Modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument with multi-function motor via shifting gear assembly

Information

  • Patent Grant
  • 10251664
  • Patent Number
    10,251,664
  • Date Filed
    Friday, December 16, 2016
    7 years ago
  • Date Issued
    Tuesday, April 9, 2019
    5 years ago
Abstract
A modular handheld surgical instrument including a modular handle assembly, a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly and a modular shaft assembly is disclosed. The modular handle assembly includes a shift gear translatable between a first position and a second position, wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the surgical instrument is configured to rotate a drive gear of a first shaft of the modular shaft assembly to perform at least one shaft actuation function and when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the surgical instrument is configured to rotate a torque gear of a second shaft of the modular shaft assembly to controllably torque an ultrasonic waveguide of the modular shaft assembly to an ultrasonic transducer of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly to a predefined torque.
Description
BACKGROUND

The present disclosure is related generally to surgical instruments and associated surgical techniques. More particularly, the present disclosure is related to ultrasonic and electrosurgical systems that allow surgeons to perform cutting and coagulation and to adapt and customize such procedures based on the type of tissue being treated.


Ultrasonic surgical instruments are finding increasingly widespread applications in surgical procedures by virtue of the unique performance characteristics of such instruments. Depending upon specific instrument configurations and operational parameters, ultrasonic surgical instruments can provide simultaneous or near-simultaneous cutting of tissue and hemostasis by coagulation, desirably minimizing patient trauma. The cutting action is typically realized by an-end effector, or blade tip, at the distal end of the instrument, which transmits ultrasonic energy to tissue brought into contact with the end effector. Ultrasonic instruments of this nature can be configured for open surgical use, laparoscopic, or endoscopic surgical procedures including robotic-assisted procedures.


Some surgical instruments utilize ultrasonic energy for both precise cutting and controlled coagulation. Ultrasonic energy cuts and coagulates by vibrating a blade in contact with tissue. Vibrating at high frequencies (e.g., 55,500 times per second), the ultrasonic blade denatures protein in the tissue to form a sticky coagulum. Pressure exerted on tissue with the blade surface collapses blood vessels and allows the coagulum to form a hemostatic seal. The precision of cutting and coagulation is controlled by the surgeon's technique and adjusting the power level, blade edge, tissue traction, and blade pressure.


Electrosurgical instruments for applying electrical energy to tissue in order to treat and/or destroy the tissue are also finding increasingly widespread applications in surgical procedures. An electrosurgical instrument typically includes a hand piece, an instrument having a distally-mounted end effector (e.g., one or more electrodes). The end effector can be positioned against the tissue such that electrical current is introduced into the tissue. Electrosurgical instruments can be configured for bipolar or monopolar operation. During bipolar operation, current is introduced into and returned from the tissue by active and return electrodes, respectively, of the end effector. During monopolar operation, current is introduced into the tissue by an active electrode of the end effector and returned through a return electrode (e.g., a grounding pad) separately located on a patient's body. Heat generated by the current flowing through the tissue may form hemostatic seals within the tissue and/or between tissues and thus may be particularly useful for sealing blood vessels, for example. The end effector of an electrosurgical instrument also may include a cutting member that is movable relative to the tissue and the electrodes to transect the tissue.


Electrical energy applied by an electrosurgical instrument can be transmitted to the instrument by a generator in communication with the hand piece. The electrical energy may be in the form of radio frequency (“RF”) energy. RF energy is a form of electrical energy that may be in the frequency range of 200 kilohertz (kHz) to 1 megahertz (MHz). In application, an electrosurgical instrument can transmit low frequency RF energy through tissue, which causes ionic agitation, or friction, in effect resistive heating, thereby increasing the temperature of the tissue. Because a sharp boundary is created between the affected tissue and the surrounding tissue, surgeons can operate with a high level of precision and control, without sacrificing un-targeted adjacent tissue. The low operating temperatures of RF energy is useful for removing, shrinking, or sculpting soft tissue while simultaneously sealing blood vessels. RF energy works particularly well on connective tissue, which is primarily comprised of collagen and shrinks when contacted by heat.


The RF energy may be in a frequency range described in EN 60601-2-2:2009+A11:2011, Definition 201.3.218—HIGH FREQUENCY. For example, the frequency in monopolar RF applications may be typically restricted to less than 5 MHz. However, in bipolar RF applications, the frequency can be almost anything. Frequencies above 200 kHz can be typically used for monopolar applications in order to avoid the unwanted stimulation of nerves and muscles that would result from the use of low frequency current. Lower frequencies may be used for bipolar applications if the risk analysis shows the possibility of neuromuscular stimulation has been mitigated to an acceptable level. Normally, frequencies above 5 MHz are not used in order to minimize the problems associated with high frequency leakage currents. Higher frequencies may, however, be used in the case of bipolar applications. It is generally recognized that 10 mA is the lower threshold of thermal effects on tissue.


A challenge of using these medical devices is the inability to fully control and customize the functions of the surgical instruments. It would be desirable to provide a surgical instrument that overcomes some of the deficiencies of current instruments.


SUMMARY

In one aspect, the present disclosure provides a surgical instrument, comprising: a modular handle assembly, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear; and a shift gear translatable between a first position and a second position; a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly coupled to the modular handle assembly, wherein the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly comprises: an ultrasonic transducer; and an ultrasonic transducer shaft extending distally from the ultrasonic transducer; and a modular shaft assembly coupled to the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly and the modular handle assembly, wherein the modular shaft assembly comprises: a first rotatable shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first rotatable shaft comprises a drive gear; an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned with the first rotatable shaft about the shaft axis; and a second rotatable shaft coaxially aligned with the first rotatable shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second rotatable shaft comprises a torque gear; wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the drive gear via the shift gear, and wherein when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the torque gear via the shift gear.


In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a modular handheld surgical instrument, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear; a shift gear translatable distally and proximally between a first position and a second position; a transducer assembly comprising an ultrasonic transducer shaft; and a shaft assembly, comprising: a first shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first shaft comprises a drive gear; an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned inside the first shaft about the shaft axis; and a second shaft coaxially aligned outside the first shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second shaft comprises a torque gear coupled to the second shaft via a slip-clutch subsystem, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is configured such that the torque gear does not slip about the second shaft until a predefined torque is reached to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft; wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the drive gear via the shift gear, and wherein when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the torque gear via the shift gear.


In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a modular handheld surgical instrument, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear; a shift gear translatable distally and proximally between a first position and a second position; a transducer assembly comprising an ultrasonic transducer shaft; and a shaft assembly, comprising: a first shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first shaft comprises a drive gear; an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned inside the first shaft about the shaft axis; and a second shaft coaxially aligned outside the first shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second shaft comprises a torque gear; and a motor circuit, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft via the torque gear; wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the drive gear via the shift gear, and wherein when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the torque gear via the shift gear.


In addition to the foregoing, various other method and/or system and/or program product aspects are set forth and described in the teachings such as text (e.g., claims and/or detailed description) and/or drawings of the present disclosure.


The foregoing is a summary and thus may contain simplifications, generalizations, inclusions, and/or omissions of detail; consequently, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the summary is illustrative only and is NOT intended to be in any way limiting. Other aspects, features, and advantages of the devices and/or processes and/or other subject matter described herein will become apparent in the teachings set forth herein.


In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are not limited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting herein-referenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can be virtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmware configured to affect the herein-referenced method aspects depending upon the design choices of the system designer. In addition to the foregoing, various other method and/or system aspects are set forth and described in the teachings such as text (e.g., claims and/or detailed description) and/or drawings of the present disclosure.


Further, it is understood that any one or more of the following-described forms, expressions of forms, examples, can be combined with any one or more of the other following-described forms, expressions of forms, and examples.


The foregoing summary is illustrative only and is not intended to be in any way limiting. In addition to the illustrative aspects, and features described above, further aspects, and features will become apparent by reference to the drawings and the following detailed description.





FIGURES

The novel features of the various aspects described herein are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. The various aspects, however, both as to organization and methods of operation may be better understood by reference to the following description, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings as follows:



FIG. 1 is a diagram of a modular battery powered handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument, according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 2 is an exploded view of the surgical instrument shown in FIG. 1, according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 3 is an exploded view of a modular shaft assembly of the surgical instrument shown in FIG. 1, according to aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 4 is a perspective transparent view of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly of the surgical instrument shown in FIG. 1, according to aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 5 is an end view of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly, according to aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly with the top housing portion removed to expose the ultrasonic generator, according to aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 7 is a sectional view of the of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly, according to aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 8 is an elevation view of an ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly that is configured to operate at 31 kHz resonant frequency, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 9 is an elevation view of an ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly that is configured to operate at 55 kHz resonant frequency, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate a shifting assembly that selectively rotates the ultrasonic transmission waveguide with respect to the ultrasonic transducer and urges them towards one another, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of one aspect of an ultrasonic drive circuit shown in FIG. 4 suitable for driving an ultrasonic transducer, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the transformer coupled to the ultrasonic drive circuit shown in FIG. 11, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the transformer shown in FIG. 12 coupled to a test circuit, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a control circuit, according to one aspect f the present disclosure.



FIG. 15 shows a simplified block circuit diagram illustrating another electrical circuit contained within a modular ultrasonic surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 16 shows a battery assembly for use with the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 17 shows a disposable battery assembly for use with the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 18 shows a reusable battery assembly for use with the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 19 is an elevated perspective view of a battery assembly with both halves of the housing shell removed exposing battery cells coupled to multiple circuit boards which are coupled to the multi-lead battery terminal in accordance with one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 20 illustrates a battery test circuit, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 21 illustrates a supplemental power source circuit to maintain a minimum output voltage, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 22 illustrates a switch mode power supply circuit for supplying energy to the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 23 illustrates a discrete version of the switching regulator shown in FIG. 22 for supplying energy to the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 24 illustrates a linear power supply circuit for supplying energy to the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 25 is an elevational exploded view of modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument showing the left shell half removed from a handle assembly exposing a device identifier communicatively coupled to the multi-lead handle terminal assembly in accordance with one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 26 is a detail view of a trigger portion and switch of the ultrasonic surgical instrument shown in FIG. 25, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 27 is a fragmentary, enlarged perspective view of an end effector from a distal end with a jaw member in an open position, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 28 illustrates a modular shaft assembly and end effector portions of the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 29 is a detail view of an inner tube/spring assembly, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 30 illustrates a modular battery powered handheld combination ultrasonic/electrosurgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 31 is an exploded view of the surgical instrument shown in FIG. 30, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 32 is a partial perspective view of a modular battery powered handheld combination ultrasonic/RF surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 33 illustrates a nozzle portion of the surgical instruments described in connection with FIGS. 30-32, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of one aspect of a drive circuit configured for driving a high-frequency current (RF), according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of the transformer coupled to the RF drive circuit shown in FIG. 34, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of a circuit comprising separate power sources for high power energy/drive circuits and low power circuits, according to one aspect of the resent disclosure.



FIG. 37 illustrates a control circuit that allows a dual generator system to switch between the RF generator and the ultrasonic generator energy modalities for the surgical instrument shown in FIGS. 30 and 31.



FIG. 38 is a sectional view of an end effector, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 39 is a sectional view of an end effector, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 40 is a partial longitudinal sectional side view showing a distal jaw section in a closed state, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 41 is a partial longitudinal sectional side view showing the distal jaw section in an open state, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 42 is a partial longitudinal sectional side view showing a jaw member, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view showing the distal jaw section in a normal state, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing the distal jaw section in a worn state, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 45 illustrates a modular battery powered handheld electrosurgical instrument with distal articulation, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 46 is an exploded view of the surgical instrument shown in FIG. 45, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 47 is a perspective view of the surgical instrument shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 with a display located on the handle assembly, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 48 is a perspective view of the instrument shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 without a display located on the handle assembly, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 49 is a motor assembly that can be used with the surgical instrument to drive the knife, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 50 is diagram of a motor drive circuit, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 51 illustrates a rotary drive mechanism to drive distal head rotation, articulation, and jaw closure, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 52 is an enlarged, left perspective view of an end effector assembly with the jaw members shown in an open configuration, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 53 is an enlarged, right side view of the end effector assembly of FIG. 52, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 54 illustrates a modular battery powered handheld electrosurgical instrument with distal articulation, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 55 is an exploded view of the surgical instrument shown in FIG. 54, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 56 is an enlarged area detail view of an articulation section illustrated in FIG. 54 including electrical connections, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 57 is an enlarged area detail view articulation section illustrated in FIG. 56 including electrical connections, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 58 illustrates a perspective view of components of the shaft assembly, end effector, and cutting member of the surgical instrument of FIG. 54, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 59 illustrates the articulation section in a second stage of articulation, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 60 illustrates a perspective view of the end effector of the device of FIGS. 54-59 in an open configuration, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 61 illustrates a cross-sectional end view of the end effector of FIG. 60 in a closed configuration and with the blade in a distal position, according to one aspect to the present disclosure.



FIG. 62 illustrates the components of a control circuit of the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 63 is a system diagram of a segmented circuit comprising a plurality of independently operated circuit segments, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 63 is a diagram of one form of a direct digital synthesis circuit.



FIG. 64 illustrates a diagram of one aspect of a surgical instrument comprising a feedback system for use with any one of the surgical instruments described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61, which may include or implement many of the features described herein



FIG. 65 illustrates one aspect of a fundamental architecture for a digital synthesis circuit such as a direct digital synthesis (DDS) circuit configured to generate a plurality of wave shapes for the electrical signal waveform for use in any of the surgical instruments described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 66 illustrates one aspect of direct digital synthesis (DDS) circuit configured to generate a plurality of wave shapes for the electrical signal waveform for use in any of the surgical instruments described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 67 illustrates one cycle of a discrete time digital electrical signal waveform, according to one aspect of the present disclosure of an analog waveform (shown superimposed over a discrete time digital electrical signal waveform for comparison purposes), according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 68A illustrates a circuit comprising a controller comprising one or more processors coupled to at least one memory circuit for use in any of the surgical instruments described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 68B illustrates a circuit comprising a finite state machine comprising a combinational logic circuit configured to implement any of the algorithms, processes, or techniques described herein, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 68C illustrates a circuit comprising a finite state machine comprising a sequential logic circuit configured to implement any of the algorithms, processes, or techniques described herein, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 69 is a circuit diagram of various components of a surgical instrument with motor control functions, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 70 illustrates a handle assembly with a removable service panel removed to shown internal components of the handle assembly, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 71 illustrates an elevation view of system comprising a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly attached to a modular handle assembly of a battery powered modular handheld surgical instrument, wherein an ultrasonic waveguide of a modular shaft assembly is positioned for attachment to an ultrasonic transducer shaft of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 72 illustrates an elevation view of the system of FIG. 71, wherein the ultrasonic waveguide is positioned in axial alignment with the ultrasonic transducer shaft when the modular shaft assembly is attached to the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly and the modular handle assembly of the battery powered modular handheld surgical instrument according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 73 illustrates an elevation view of the system of FIG. 71, wherein the ultrasonic waveguide of the modular shaft assembly is attached to and torqued to the ultrasonic transducer shaft of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 74 illustrates an elevation view of a modular handheld surgical instrument wherein a shifting spur gear has been translated from a first position at a primary drive gear to a second position at a slip clutch gear for a primary gear of a motor to rotate the slip-clutch gear via the shifting spur gear according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 75 illustrates an isometric view of a portion of the modular handheld surgical instrument of FIG. 74, wherein the ultrasonic waveguide is rotatable within a primary rotary drive rotatable via the primary drive gear within an exterior shaft rotatable via a slip clutch subsystem of the slip clutch gear according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 76 illustrates an elevation view of a portion of the modular handheld surgical instrument of FIG. 74, wherein the exterior shaft is coupled to the ultrasonic waveguide and wherein the exterior shaft is coupleable to a fixed external housing of the modular handheld surgical instrument according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 77 illustrates a top elevation view of the system of FIG. 71 comprising a transducer locking mechanism to lock the ultrasonic transducer of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 78 illustrates an end elevation view of the system of FIG. 71 that shows the slip clutch subsystem of FIG. 75 and the transducer locking mechanism of FIG. 77 according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 79 illustrates a top elevation view of the transducer locking mechanism of FIG. 77 being operated via a torque lever to lock the ultrasonic transducer of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 80 illustrates a graph of torque versus motor current wherein current supplied to the motor is electronically limited when torqueing the ultrasonic waveguide of the modular shaft assembly onto the ultrasonic transducer shaft of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 81 illustrates graphs of torque versus motor current wherein current supplied to the motor is electronically limited based on the function (e.g., torqueing, rotating, articulating, clamping, etc.) performed by the modular handheld surgical instrument according to an aspect of the present disclosure.



FIG. 82 illustrates an isometric view of a motor of the modular handheld surgical instrument wherein a strain gauge is used to measure torque applied by the motor according to an aspect of the present disclosure.





DESCRIPTION

This application is related to following commonly owned patent applications filed on Dec. 16, 2016, the content of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety:


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,515, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT AND METHODS THEREFOR, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, I V, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202605.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,238, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH SELECTIVE APPLICATION OF ENERGY BASED ON TISSUE CHARACTERIZATION, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202591.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,246, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH SELECTIVE APPLICATION OF ENERGY BASED ON BUTTON DISPLACEMENT, INTENSITY, OR LOCAL TISSUE CHARACTERIZATION, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202607.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,252, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH VARIABLE MOTOR CONTROL LIMITS, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202592.


U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 15/382,257, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MOTOR CONTROL LIMIT PROFILE, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202593.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,265, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MOTOR CONTROL LIMITS BASED ON TISSUE CHARACTERIZATION, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202594.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,281, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH A PLURALITY OF CONTROL PROGRAMS, by inventor Frederick E. Shelton, IV, filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202595.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,283, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ENERGY CONSERVATION TECHNIQUES, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, I V, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202596.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,285, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH VOLTAGE SAG RESISTANT BATTERY PACK, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0207467.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,287, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTISTAGE GENERATOR CIRCUITS, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202597.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,288, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE MAGNETIC POSITION SENSORS, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202598.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,290, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT CONTAINING ELONGATED MULTI-LAYERED SHAFT, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202608.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,292, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MOTOR DRIVE, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202572.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,297, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH SELF-DIAGNOSING CONTROL SWITCHES FOR REUSABLE HANDLE ASSEMBLY, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202599.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,306, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH REUSABLE ASYMMETRIC HANDLE HOUSING, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202571.


U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/382,309, titled MODULAR BATTERY POWERED HANDHELD SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH CURVED END EFFECTORS HAVING ASYMMETRIC ENGAGEMENT BETWEEN JAW AND BLADE, by inventors Frederick E. Shelton, IV, et al., filed Dec. 16, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0202609.


In the following detailed description, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, which form a part hereof. In the drawings, similar symbols and reference characters typically identify similar components throughout the several views, unless context dictates otherwise. The illustrative aspects described in the detailed description, drawings, and claims are not meant to be limiting. Other aspects may be utilized, and other changes may be made, without departing from the scope of the subject matter presented here.


Before explaining the various aspects of the present disclosure in detail, it should be noted that the various aspects disclosed herein are not limited in their application or use to the details of construction and arrangement of parts illustrated in the accompanying drawings and description. Rather, the disclosed aspects may be positioned or incorporated in other aspects, variations and modifications thereof, and may be practiced or carried out in various ways. Accordingly, aspects disclosed herein are illustrative in nature and are not meant to limit the scope or application thereof. Furthermore, unless otherwise indicated, the terms and expressions employed herein have been chosen for the purpose of describing the aspects for the convenience of the reader and are not to limit the scope thereof. In addition, it should be understood that any one or more of the disclosed aspects, expressions of aspects, and/or examples thereof, can be combined with any one or more of the other disclosed aspects, expressions of aspects, and/or examples thereof, without limitation.


Also, in the following description, it is to be understood that terms such as front, back, inside, outside, top, bottom and the like are words of convenience and are not to be construed as limiting terms. Terminology used herein is not meant to be limiting insofar as devices described herein, or portions thereof, may be attached or utilized in other orientations. The various aspects will be described in more detail with reference to the drawings.


In various aspects, the present disclosure is directed to a mixed energy surgical instrument that utilizes both ultrasonic and RF energy modalities. The mixed energy surgical instrument my use modular shafts using that accomplish existing end-effector functions such as ultrasonic functions disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 9,107,690, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, combination device functions disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,696,666 and 8,663,223, which are both incorporated herein by reference in their entireties, RF opposed electrode functions disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 9,028,478 and 9,113,907, which are both incorporated herein by reference in their entireties, and RF I-blade offset electrode functions as disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0023868, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.


In various aspects, the present disclosure is directed to a modular battery powered handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument comprising a first generator, a second generator, and a control circuit for controlling the energy modality applied by the surgical instrument. The surgical instrument is configured to apply at least one energy modality that comprises an ultrasonic energy modality, a radio frequency (RF) energy modality, or a combination ultrasonic and RF energy modalities.


In another aspect, the present disclosure is directed to a modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument that can be configured for ultrasonic energy modality, RF modality, or a combination of ultrasonic and RF energy modalities. A mixed energy surgical instrument utilizes both ultrasonic and RF energy modalities. The mixed energy surgical instrument may use modular shafts that accomplish end effector functions. The energy modality may be selectable based on a measure of specific measured tissue and device parameters, such as, for example, electrical impedance, tissue impedance, electric motor current, jaw gap, tissue thickness, tissue compression, tissue type, temperature, among other parameters, or a combination thereof, to determine a suitable energy modality algorithm to employ ultrasonic vibration and/or electrosurgical high-frequency current to carry out surgical coagulation/cutting treatments on the living tissue based on the measured tissue parameters identified by the surgical instrument. Once the tissue parameters have been identified, the surgical instrument may be configured to control treatment energy applied to the tissue in a single or segmented RF electrode configuration or in an ultrasonic device, through the measurement of specific tissue/device parameters. Tissue treatment algorithms are described in commonly owned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/177,430, titled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH USER ADAPTABLE TECHNIQUES, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.


In another aspect, the present disclosure is directed to a modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument having a motor and a controller, where a first limiting threshold is used on the motor for the purpose of attaching a modular assembly and a second threshold is used on the motor and is associated with a second assembly step or functionality of the surgical instrument. The surgical instrument may comprise a motor driven actuation mechanism utilizing control of motor speed or torque through measurement of motor current or parameters related to motor current, wherein motor control is adjusted via a non-linear threshold to trigger motor adjustments at different magnitudes based on position, inertia, velocity, acceleration, or a combination thereof. Motor driven actuation of a moving mechanism and a motor controller may be employed to control the motor velocity or torque. A sensor associated with physical properties of the moving mechanism provides feedback to the motor controller. In one aspect, the sensor is employed to adjust a predefined threshold which triggers a change in the operation of the motor controller. A motor may be utilized to drive shaft functions such as shaft rotation and jaw closure and switching that motor to also provide a torque limited waveguide attachment to a transducer. A motor control algorithm may be utilized to generate tactile feedback to a user through a motor drive train for indication of device status and/or limits of the powered actuation. A motor powered modular advanced energy based surgical instrument may comprise a series of control programs or algorithms to operate a series of different shaft modules and transducers. In one aspect, the programs or algorithms reside in a module and are uploaded to a control handle when attached. The motor driven modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument may comprise a primary rotary drive capable of being selectably coupleable to at least two independent actuation functions (first, second, both, neither) and utilize a clutch mechanism located in a distal modular elongated tube.


In another aspect, the present disclosure is directed to modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument comprising energy conservation circuits and techniques using sleep mode de-energizing of a segmented circuit with short cuts to minimize non-use power drain and differing wake-up sequence order than the order of a sleep sequence. A disposable primary cell battery pack may be utilized with a battery powered modular handheld surgical instrument. The disposable primary cell may comprise power management circuits to compensate the battery output voltage with additional voltage to offset voltage sags under load and to prevent the battery pack output voltage from sagging below a predetermined level during operation under load. The circuitry of the surgical instrument comprises radiation tolerant components and amplification of electrical signals may be divided into multiple stages. An ultrasonic transducer housing or RF housing may contain the final amplification stage and may comprise different ratios depending on an energy modality associated with the ultrasonic transducer or RF module.


In another aspect, the present disclosure is directed to a modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument comprising multiple magnetic position sensors along a length of a shaft and paired in different configurations to allow multiple sensors to detect the same magnet in order to determine three dimensional position of actuation components of the shaft from a stationary reference plane and simultaneously diagnosing any error from external sources. Control and sensing electronics may be incorporated in the shaft. A portion of the shaft control electronics may be disposed along the inside of moving shaft components and are separated from other shaft control electronics that are disposed along the outside of the moving shaft components. Control and sensing electronics may be situated and designed such that they act as a shaft seal in the device.


In another aspect, the present disclosure is directed to a modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument comprising self diagnosing control switches within a battery powered, modular, reusable handle. The control switches are capable of adjusting their thresholds for triggering an event as well as being able to indicate external influences on the controls or predict time till replacement needed. The reusable handle housing is configured for use with modular disposable shafts and at least one control and wiring harness. The handle is configured to asymmetrically part when opened so that the switches, wiring harness, and/or control electronics can be supportably housed in one side such that the other side is removably attached to cover the primary housing.



FIG. 1 is a diagram of a modular battery powered handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 100, according to an aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 2 is an exploded view of the surgical instrument 100 shown in FIG. 1, according to an aspect of the present disclosure. Wth reference now to FIGS. 1 and 2, the surgical instrument 100 comprises a handle assembly 102, an ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104, a battery assembly 106, a shaft assembly 110, and an end effector 112. The ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104, battery assembly 106, and shaft assembly 110 are modular components that are removably connectable to the handle assembly 102. The handle assembly 102 comprises a motor assembly 160. In addition, some aspects of the surgical instrument 100 include battery assemblies 106 that contain the ultrasonic generator and motor control circuits. The battery assembly 106 includes a first stage generator function with a final stage existing as part of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 for driving 55 kHz and 33.1 Khz ultrasonic transducers. A different final stage generator for interchangeable use with the battery assembly 106, common generator components, and segmented circuits enable battery assembly 106 to power up sections of the drive circuits in a controlled manner and to enable checking of stages of the circuit before powering them up and enabling power management modes. In addition, general purpose controls may be provide in the handle assembly 102 with dedicated shaft assembly 110 controls located on the shafts that have those functions. For instance, an end effector 112 module may comprise distal rotation electronics, the shaft assembly 110 may comprise rotary shaft control along with articulation switches, and the handle assembly 102 may comprise energy activation controls and jaw member 114 trigger 108 controls to clamp and unclamp the end effector 112.


The ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 comprises a housing 148, a display 176, such as a liquid crystal display (LCD), for example, an ultrasonic transducer 130, and an ultrasonic generator 162 (FIG. 4). The shaft assembly 110 comprises an outer tube 144 an ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145, and an inner tube (not shown). The end effector 112 comprises a jaw member 114 and an ultrasonic blade 116. As described hereinbelow, a motor or other mechanism operated by the trigger 108 may be employed to close the jaw member 114. The ultrasonic blade 116 is the distal end of the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145. The jaw member 114 is pivotally rotatable to grasp tissue between the jaw member and the ultrasonic blade 116. The jaw member 114 is operably coupled to a trigger 108 such that when the trigger 108 is squeezed the jaw member 114 closes to grasp tissue and when the trigger 108 is released the jaw member 114 opens to release tissue. In a one-stage trigger configuration, the trigger 108 functions to close the jaw member 114 when the trigger 108 is squeezed and to open the jaw member 114 when the trigger 108 is released. Once the jaw member 114 is closed, the switch 120 is activated to energize the ultrasonic generator to seal and cut the tissue. In a two-stage trigger configuration, during the first stage, the trigger 108 is squeezed part of the way to close the jaw member 114 and, during the second stage, the trigger 108 is squeezed the rest of the way to energize the ultrasonic generator to seal and cut the tissue. The jaw member 114a opens by releasing the trigger 108 to release the tissue. It will be appreciated that in other aspects, the ultrasonic transducer 103 may be activated without the jaw member 114 being closed.


The battery assembly 106 is electrically connected to the handle assembly 102 by an electrical connector 132. The handle assembly 102 is provided with a switch 120. The ultrasonic blade 116 is activated by energizing the ultrasonic transducer/generator circuit by actuating the switch 120. The battery assembly 106, according to one aspect, is a rechargeable, reusable battery pack with regulated output. In some cases, as is explained below, the battery assembly 106 facilitates user-interface functions. The handle assembly 102 is a disposable unit that has bays or docks for attachment to the battery assembly 106, the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104, and the shaft assembly 110. The handle assembly 102 also houses various indicators including, for example, a speaker/buzzer and activation switches. In one aspect, the battery assembly is a separate component that is inserted into the housing of the handle assembly through a door or other opening defined by the housing of the handle assembly.


The ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 is a reusable unit that produces high frequency mechanical motion at a distal output. The ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 is mechanically coupled to the shaft assembly 110 and the ultrasonic blade 116 and, during operation of the device, produces movement at the distal output of the ultrasonic blade 116. In one aspect, the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 also provides a visual user interface, such as, through a red/green/blue (RGB) light-emitting diode (LED), LCD, or other display. As such, a visual indicator of the battery status is uniquely not located on the battery and is, therefore, remote from the battery.


In accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure, the three components of the surgical instrument 100, e.g., the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104, the battery assembly 106, and the shaft assembly 110, are advantageously quickly disconnectable from one or more of the others. Each of the three components of the surgical instrument 100 is sterile and can be maintained wholly in a sterile field during use. Because the components of the surgical instrument 100 are separable, the surgical instrument 100 can be composed of one or more portions that are single-use items (e.g., disposable) and others that are multi-use items (e.g., sterilizable for use in multiple surgical procedures). Aspects of the components separate as part of the surgical instrument 100. In accordance with an additional aspect of the present disclosure, the handle assembly 102, battery assembly 106, and shaft assembly 110 components is equivalent in overall weight; each of the handle assembly 102, battery assembly 106, and shaft assembly 110 components is balanced so that they weigh the same or substantially the same. The handle assembly 102 overhangs the operator's hand for support, allowing the user's hand to more freely operate the controls of the surgical instrument 100 without bearing the weight. This overhang is set to be very close to the center of gravity. This combined with a triangular assembly configuration, makes the surgical instrument 100 advantageously provided with a center of balance that provides a very natural and comfortable feel to the user operating the device. That is, when held in the hand of the user, the surgical instrument 100 does not have a tendency to tip forward or backward or side-to-side, but remains relatively and dynamically balanced so that the waveguide is held parallel to the ground with very little effort from the user. Of course, the instrument can be placed in non-parallel angles to the ground just as easily.


A rotation knob 118 is operably coupled to the shaft assembly 110. Rotation of the rotation knob 118 ±360° in the direction indicated by the arrows 126 causes an outer tube 144 to rotate ±360° in the respective direction of the arrows 128. In one aspect, the rotation knob 118 may be configured to rotate the jaw member 114 while the ultrasonic blade 116 remains stationary and a separate shaft rotation knob may be provided to rotate the outer tube 144 ±360°. In various aspects, the ultrasonic blade 116 does not have to stop at ±360° and can rotate at an angle of rotation that is greater than ±360°. The outer tube 144 may have a diameter D1 ranging from 5 mm to 10 mm, for example.


The ultrasonic blade 116 is coupled to an ultrasonic transducer 130 (FIG. 2) portion of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 by an ultrasonic transmission waveguide located within the shaft assembly 110. The ultrasonic blade 116 and the ultrasonic transmission waveguide may be formed as a unit construction from a material suitable for transmission of ultrasonic energy. Examples of such materials include Ti6Al4V (an alloy of Titanium including Aluminum and Vanadium), Aluminum, Stainless Steel, or other suitable materials. Alternately, the ultrasonic blade 116 may be separable (and of differing composition) from the ultrasonic transmission waveguide, and coupled by, for example, a stud, weld, glue, quick connect, or other suitable known methods. The length of the ultrasonic transmission waveguide may be an integral number of one-half wavelengths (nλ/2), for example. The ultrasonic transmission waveguide may be preferably fabricated from a solid core shaft constructed out of material suitable to propagate ultrasonic energy efficiently, such as the titanium alloy discussed above (i.e., Ti6Al4V) or any suitable aluminum alloy, or other alloys, or other materials such as sapphire, for example.


The ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 also comprises electronic circuitry for driving the ultrasonic transducer 130. The ultrasonic blade 116 may be operated at a suitable vibrational frequency range may be about 20 Hz to 120 kHz and a well-suited vibrational frequency range may be about 30-100 kHz. A suitable operational vibrational frequency may be approximately 55.5 kHz, for example. The ultrasonic transducer 130 is energized by the actuating the switch 120.


It will be appreciated that the terms “proximal” and “distal” are used herein with reference to a clinician gripping the handle assembly 102. Thus, the ultrasonic blade 116 is distal with respect to the handle assembly 102, which is more proximal. It will be further appreciated that, for convenience and clarity, spatial terms such as “top” and “bottom” also are used herein with respect to the clinician gripping the handle assembly 102. However, surgical instruments are used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not intended to be limiting and absolute.



FIG. 3 is an exploded view of a modular shaft assembly 110 of the surgical instrument 100 shown in FIG. 1, according to aspect of the present disclosure. The surgical instrument 100 uses ultrasonic vibration to carry out a surgical treatment on living tissue. The shaft assembly 110 couples to the handle assembly 102 via slots 142a, 142b formed on the handle assembly 102 and tabs 134a, 134b on the shaft assembly 110. The handle assembly 102 comprises a male coupling member 136 that is received in a corresponding female coupling member in the 138 shaft assembly 110. The male coupling member 136 is operably coupled to the trigger 108 such that when the trigger 108 is squeezed the male coupling member 136 translates distally to drive a closure tube mechanism 140 that translates an outer tube portion of the shaft assembly 110 to close the jaw member 114. As previously discussed, when the trigger 108 is released, the jaw member 114 opens. The male coupling member 136 also couples to the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 (FIG. 2) located within the outer tube 144 of the shaft assembly 110 and couples to the ultrasonic transducer 130 (FIG. 2), which is received within the nozzle 146 of the handle assembly 102. The shaft assembly 110 is electrically coupled to the handle assembly 102 via electrical contacts 137.



FIG. 4 is a perspective transparent view of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 of the surgical instrument 100 shown in FIG. 1, according to aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 5 is an end view of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104, FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 with the top housing portion removed to expose the ultrasonic generator 162, and FIG. 7 is a sectional view of the of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104. With reference now to FIGS. 4-7, the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 comprises an ultrasonic transducer 130, an ultrasonic generator 162 to drive the ultrasonic transducer 130, and a housing 148. A first electrical connector 158 couples the ultrasonic generator 162 to the battery assembly 106 (FIGS. 1 and 2) and a second electrical connector 161 couples the ultrasonic generator 162 to the nozzle (FIG. 3). In one aspect, a display 176 may be provided on one side of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 housing 148.


The ultrasonic generator 162 comprises an ultrasonic driver circuit such as the electrical circuit 177 shown in FIG. 11 and, in some aspects, a second stage amplifier circuit 178. The electrical circuit 177 is configured for driving the ultrasonic transducer 130 and forms a portion of the ultrasonic generator circuit. The electrical circuit 177 comprises a transformer 166 and a blocking capacitor 168, among other components. The transformer 166 is electrically coupled to the piezoelectric elements 150a, 150b, 150c, 150d of the ultrasonic transducer 130. The electrical circuit 177 is electrically coupled to first electrical connector 158 via a first cable 179. The first electrical connector 158 is electrically coupled to the battery assembly 106 (FIGS. 1 and 2). The electrical circuit 177 is electrically coupled to second electrical connector 160 via a second cable 183. The second electrical connector 160 is electrically coupled to the nozzle 146 (FIG. 3). In one aspect, the second stage amplifier circuit 178 may be employed in a two stage amplification system.


The ultrasonic transducer 130, which is known as a “Langevin stack”, generally includes a transduction portion comprising piezoelectric elements 150a-150d, a first resonator portion or end-bell 164, and a second resonator portion or fore-bell 152, and ancillary components. The total construction of these components is a resonator. There are other forms of transducers, such as magnetostrictive transducers, that could also be used. The ultrasonic transducer 130 is preferably an integral number of one-half system wavelengths (nλ/2; where “n” is any positive integer; e.g., n=1, 2, 3 . . . ) in length as will be described in more detail later. An acoustic assembly includes the end-bell 164, ultrasonic transducer 130, fore-bell 152, and a velocity transformer 154.


The distal end of the end-bell 164 is acoustically coupled to the proximal end of the piezoelectric element 150a, and the proximal end of the fore-bell 152 is acoustically coupled to the distal end of the piezoelectric element 150d. The fore-bell 152 and the end-bell 164 have a length determined by a number of variables, including the thickness of the transduction portion, the density and modulus of elasticity of the material used to manufacture the end-bell 164 and the fore-bell 152, and the resonant frequency of the ultrasonic transducer 130. The fore-bell 152 may be tapered inwardly from its proximal end to its distal end to amplify the ultrasonic vibration amplitude at the velocity transformer 154, or alternately may have no amplification. A suitable vibrational frequency range may be about 20 Hz to 120 kHz and a well-suited vibrational frequency range may be about 30-100 kHz. A suitable operational vibrational frequency may be approximately 55.5 kHz, for example.


The ultrasonic transducer 130 comprises several piezoelectric elements 150a-150d acoustically coupled or stacked to form the transduction portion. The piezoelectric elements 150a-150d may be fabricated from any suitable material, such as, for example, lead zirconate-titanate, lead meta-niobate, lead titanate, barium titanate, or other piezoelectric ceramic material. Electrically conductive elements 170a, 170b, 170c, 170d are inserted between the piezoelectric elements 150a-150d to electrically couple the electrical circuit 177 to the piezoelectric elements 150a-150d. The electrically conductive element 170a located between piezoelectric elements 150a, 150b and the electrically conductive element 170d located between piezoelectric element 150d and the fore-bell 152 are electrically coupled to the positive electrode 174a of the electrical circuit 177. The electrically conductive element 170b located between piezoelectric elements 150b, 150c and the electrically conductive element 170c located between piezoelectric elements 150c, 150d are electrically coupled to the negative electrode 174b of the electrical circuit 177. The positive and negative electrodes 174a, 174b are electrically coupled to the electrical circuit 177 by electrical conductors.


The ultrasonic transducer 130 converts the electrical drive signal from the electrical circuit 177 into mechanical energy that results in primarily a standing acoustic wave of longitudinal vibratory motion of the ultrasonic transducer 130 and the ultrasonic blade 116 (FIGS. 1 and 3) at ultrasonic frequencies. In another aspect, the vibratory motion of the ultrasonic transducer 130 may act in a different direction. For example, the vibratory motion may comprise a local longitudinal component of a more complicated motion of the ultrasonic blade 116. When the acoustic assembly is energized, a vibratory motion in the form of a standing wave is generated through the ultrasonic transducer 130 to the ultrasonic blade 116 at a resonance and amplitude determined by various electrical and geometrical parameters. The amplitude of the vibratory motion at any point along the acoustic assembly depends upon the location along the acoustic assembly at which the vibratory motion is measured. A minimum or zero crossing in the vibratory motion standing wave is generally referred to as a node (i.e., where motion is minimal), and a local absolute value maximum or peak in the standing wave is generally referred to as an anti-node (i.e., where local motion is maximal). The distance between an anti-node and its nearest node is one-quarter wavelength (λ/4).


The wires transmit an electrical drive signal from the electrical circuit 177 to the positive electrode 170a and the negative electrode 170b. The piezoelectric elements 150a-150d are energized by the electrical signal supplied from the electrical circuit 177 in response to an actuator, such as the switch 120, for example, to produce an acoustic standing wave in the acoustic assembly. The electrical signal causes disturbances in the piezoelectric elements 150a-150d in the form of repeated small displacements resulting in large alternating compression and tension forces within the material. The repeated small displacements cause the piezoelectric elements 150a-150d to expand and contract in a continuous manner along the axis of the voltage gradient, producing longitudinal waves of ultrasonic energy. The ultrasonic energy is transmitted through the acoustic assembly to the ultrasonic blade 116 (FIGS. 1 and 3) via a transmission component or an ultrasonic transmission waveguide through the shaft assembly 110 (FIGS. 1-3).


In order for the acoustic assembly to deliver energy to the ultrasonic blade 116 (FIGS. 1 and 3), components of the acoustic assembly are acoustically coupled to the ultrasonic blade 116. A coupling stud 156 of the ultrasonic transducer 130 is acoustically coupled to the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 by a threaded connection such as a stud. In one aspect, the ultrasonic transducer 130 may be acoustically coupled to the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 as shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B.


The components of the acoustic assembly are preferably acoustically tuned such that the length of any assembly is an integral number of one-half wavelengths (nλ/2), where the wavelength λ is the wavelength of a pre-selected or operating longitudinal vibration drive frequency fd of the acoustic assembly. It is also contemplated that the acoustic assembly may incorporate any suitable arrangement of acoustic elements.


The ultrasonic blade 116 (FIGS. 1 and 3) may have a length that is an integral multiple of one-half system wavelengths (nλ/2). A distal end of the ultrasonic blade 116 may be disposed near an antinode in order to provide the maximum longitudinal excursion of the distal end. When the ultrasonic transducer 130 is energized, the distal end of the ultrasonic blade 116 may be configured to move in the range of, for example, approximately 10 to 500 microns peak-to-peak, and preferably in the range of about 30 to 150 microns, and in some aspects closer to 100 microns, at a predetermined vibrational frequency of 55 kHz, for example.



FIG. 8 is an elevation view of an ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 that is configured to operate at 31 kHz resonant frequency, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 9 is an elevation view of an ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104′ that is configured to operate at 55 kHz resonant frequency, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. As can be seen, the ultrasonic transducer/generator assemblies 104, 104′, the housings 148 are the same size in order to fit into the nozzle 146 of the surgical instrument 100 shown in FIG. 3. Nevertheless, the individual ultrasonic transducers 130, 130′ will vary in size depending on the desired resonant frequency. For example, the ultrasonic transducer 130 shown in FIG. 8 is tuned at a resonant frequency of 31 kHz is physically larger than the ultrasonic transducer 130′ shown in FIG. 9, which is tuned at a resonant frequency of 55 kHz. The coupling stud 156, 156′ of the ultrasonic transducer 130, 130′ may be acoustically coupled to the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 by a threaded connection such as a stud.



FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate a shifting assembly 200 that selectively rotates the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 with respect to the ultrasonic transducer 130 and urges them towards one another, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 10A illustrates the shifting assembly 200 with the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 and the ultrasonic transducer 130 in a disengaged configuration and FIG. 10B illustrates the shifting assembly 200 with the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 and the ultrasonic transducer 130 in an engaged configuration. With reference now to both FIGS. 10A and 10B, the shifting assembly 200 is located in the handle assembly 102 of the surgical instrument 100. One or more sleeves 204 hold the ultrasonic transducer 130 in place within the housing 148. The distal end of the ultrasonic transducer 130 includes threads 202 that are engaged by a worm gear 206. As the worm gear 206 rotates the ultrasonic transducer 130 is urged in the direction indicated by the arrow 208 to thread the threaded coupling stud 156 into a threaded end of the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145. The worm gear 206 may be driven by a motor located within the handle assembly 102 of the surgical instrument 100.


In one aspect, the shifting assembly 200 may include a torque limited motor driven attachment of the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 via the motor located in the handle assembly 102 that controls shaft actuation of clamping, rotation, and articulation. The shifting assembly 200 in the handle assembly 102 applies the proper torque onto the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 into place with a predetermined minimum torque. For instance, the handle assembly 102 may include a transducer torqueing mechanism which shifts the primary motor longitudinally uncoupling the primary drive shaft spur gear and coupling the transducer torqueing gear which rotates the shaft and nozzle therefore screwing the wave guide into the transducer.



FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of one aspect of a electrical circuit 177 shown in FIG. 4, suitable for driving an ultrasonic transducer 130, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The electrical circuit 177 comprises an analog multiplexer 180. The analog multiplexer 180 multiplexes various signals from the upstream channels SCL-A/SDA-A such as ultrasonic, battery, and power control circuit. A current sensor 182 is coupled in series with the return or ground leg of the power supply circuit to measure the current supplied by the power supply. A field effect transistor (FET) temperature sensor 184 provides the ambient temperature. A pulse width modulation (PWM) watchdog timer 188 automatically generates a system reset if the main program neglects to periodically service it. It is provided to automatically reset the electrical circuit 177 when it hangs or freezes because of a software or hardware fault. It will be appreciated that the electrical circuit 177 may be configured as an RF driver circuit for driving the ultrasonic transducer 130 or for driving RF electrodes such as the electrical circuit 702 shown in FIG. 34, for example. Accordingly, with reference now back to FIG. 11, the electrical circuit 177 can be used to drive both ultrasonic transducers and RF electrodes interchangeably. If driven simultaneously, filter circuits may be provided in the corresponding first stage circuits 5504 to select either the ultrasonic waveform or the RF waveform. Such filtering techniques are described in commonly owned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/265,293, titled TECHNIQUES FOR CIRCUIT TOPOLOGIES FOR COMBINED GENERATOR, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.


A drive circuit 186 provides left and right ultrasonic energy outputs. A digital signal the represents the signal waveform is provided to the SCL-A/SDA-A inputs of the analog multiplexer 180 from a control circuit, such as the control circuit 210 (FIG. 14). A digital-to-analog converter 190 (DAC) converts the digital input to an analog output to drive a PWM circuit 192 coupled to an oscillator 194. The PWM circuit 192 provides a first signal to a first gate drive circuit 196a coupled to a first transistor output stage 198a to drive a first ultrasonic (Left) energy output. The PWM circuit 192 also provides a second signal to a second gate drive circuit 196b coupled to a second transistor output stage 198b to drive a second ultrasonic (Right) energy output. A voltage sensor 199 is coupled between the Ultrasonic Left/Right output terminals to measure the output voltage. The drive circuit 186, the first and second drive circuits 196a, 196b, and the first and second transistor output stages 198a, 198b define a first stage amplifier circuit. In operation, the control circuit 210 (FIG. 14) generates a digital waveform 1800 (FIG. 67) employing circuits such as direct digital synthesis (DDS) circuits 1500, 1600 (FIGS. 65 and 66). The DAC 190 receives the digital waveform 1800 and converts it into an analog waveform, which is received and amplified by the first stage amplifier circuit.



FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the transformer 166 coupled to the electrical circuit 177 shown in FIG. 11, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The Ultrasonic Left/Right input terminals (primary winding) of the transformer 166 are electrically coupled to the Ultrasonic Left/Right output terminals of the electrical circuit 177. The secondary winding of the transformer 166 are coupled to the positive and negative electrodes 174a, 174b. The positive and negative electrodes 174a, 174b of the transformer 166 are coupled to the positive terminal 170a (Stack 1) and the negative terminal 170b (Stack 2) of the ultrasonic transducer 130 (FIG. 4). In one aspect, the transformer 166 has a turns-ratio of n1:n2 of 1:50.



FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the transformer 166 shown in FIG. 12 coupled to a test circuit 165, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The test circuit 165 is coupled to the positive and negative electrodes 174a, 174b. A switch 167 is placed in series with an inductor/capacitor/resistor (LCR) load that simulates the load of an ultrasonic transducer.



FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a control circuit 210, according to one aspect f the present disclosure. The control circuit 210 is located within a housing of the battery assembly 106. The battery assembly 106 is the energy source for a variety of local power supplies 215. The control circuit comprises a main processor 214 coupled via an interface master 218 to various downstream circuits by way of outputs SCL-A/SDA-A, SCL-B/SDA-B, SCL-C/SDA-C, for example. In one aspect, the interface master 218 is a general purpose serial interface such as an I2C serial interface. The main processor 214 also is configured to drive switches 224 through general purposes input output 220 (GPIO), a display 226 (e.g., and LCD display), and various indicators 228 trough GPIO 222. A watchdog processor 216 is provided to control the main processor 214. A switch 230 is provided in series with the battery 211 to activate the control circuit 212 upon insertion of the battery assembly 106 into the handle assembly 102 (FIGS. 1-3).


In one aspect, the main processor 214 is coupled to the electrical circuit 177 (FIGS. 4 and 11) by way of output terminals SCL-A/SDA-A. The main processor 214 comprises a memory for storing tables of digitized drive signals or waveforms that are transmitted to the electrical circuit 177 for driving the ultrasonic transducer 130 (FIGS. 4-8), for example. In other aspects, the main processor 214 may generate a digital waveform and transmit it to the electrical circuit 177 or may store the digital waveform for later transmission to the electrical circuit 177. The main processor 214 also may provide RF drive by way of output terminals SCL-B/SDA-B and various sensors (e.g., Hall-effect sensors, magnetorheological fluid (MRF) sensors, etc.) by way of output terminals SCL-C/SDA-C. In one aspect, the main processor 214 is configured to sense the presence of ultrasonic drive circuitry and/or RF drive circuitry to enable appropriate software and user interface functionality.


In one aspect, the main processor 214 may be an LM 4F230H5QR, available from Texas Instruments, for example. In at least one example, the Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR is an ARM Cortex-M4F Processor Core comprising on-chip memory of 256 KB single-cycle flash memory, or other non-volatile memory, up to 40 MHz, a prefetch buffer to improve performance above 40 MHz, a 32 KB single-cycle serial random access memory (SRAM), internal read-only memory (ROM) loaded with StellarisWare® software, 2 KB electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), one or more pulse width modulation (PWM) modules, one or more quadrature encoder inputs (QED analog, one or more 12-bit Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC) with 12 analog input channels, among other features that are readily available for the product datasheet. Other processors may be readily substituted and, accordingly, the present disclosure should not be limited in this context.



FIG. 15 shows a simplified block circuit diagram illustrating another electrical circuit 300 contained within a modular ultrasonic surgical instrument 334, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The electrical circuit 300 includes a processor 302, a clock 330, a memory 326, a power supply 304 (e.g., a battery), a switch 306, such as a metal-oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (MOSFET) power switch, a drive circuit 308 (PLL), a transformer 310, a signal smoothing circuit 312 (also referred to as a matching circuit and can be, e.g., a tank circuit), a sensing circuit 314, a transducer 130, and a shaft assembly 110 comprising an ultrasonic transmission waveguide that terminates at an ultrasonic blade 116, which may be referred to herein simply as the waveguide.


One feature of the present disclosure that severs dependency on high voltage (120 VAC) input power (a characteristic of general ultrasonic cutting devices) is the utilization of low-voltage switching throughout the wave-forming process and the amplification of the driving signal only directly before the transformer stage. For this reason, in one aspect of the present disclosure, power is derived from only a battery, or a group of batteries, small enough to fit either within the handle assembly 102 (FIGS. 1-3). State-of-the-art battery technology provides powerful batteries of a few centimeters in height and width and a few millimeters in depth. By combining the features of the present disclosure to provide a self-contained and self-powered ultrasonic device, a reduction in manufacturing cost may be achieved.


The output of the power supply 304 is fed to and powers the processor 302. The processor 302 receives and outputs signals and, as will be described below, functions according to custom logic or in accordance with computer programs that are executed by the processor 302. The electrical circuit 300 can also include a memory 326, preferably, random access memory (RAM), that stores computer-readable instructions and data.


The output of the power supply 304 also is directed to a switch 306 having a duty cycle controlled by the processor 302. By controlling the on-time for the switch 306, the processor 302 is able to dictate the total amount of power that is ultimately delivered to the transducer 316. In one aspect, the switch 306 is a MOSFET, although other switches and switching configurations are adaptable as well. The output of the switch 306 is fed to a drive circuit 308 that contains, for example, a phase detecting phase-locked loop (PLL) and/or a low-pass filter and/or a voltage-controlled oscillator. The output of the switch 306 is sampled by the processor 302 to determine the voltage and current of the output signal (V IN and I IN, respectively). These values are used in a feedback architecture to adjust the pulse width modulation of the switch 306. For instance, the duty cycle of the switch 306 can vary from about 20% to about 80%, depending on the desired and actual output from the switch 306.


The drive circuit 308, which receives the signal from the switch 306, includes an oscillatory circuit that turns the output of the switch 306 into an electrical signal having an ultrasonic frequency, e.g., 55 kHz (VCO). As explained above, a smoothed-out version of this ultrasonic waveform is ultimately fed to the ultrasonic transducer 130 to produce a resonant sine wave along the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 (FIG. 2).


At the output of the drive circuit 308 is a transformer 310 that is able to step up the low voltage signal(s) to a higher voltage. It is noted that upstream switching, prior to the transformer 310, is performed at low (e.g., battery driven) voltages, something that, to date, has not been possible for ultrasonic cutting and cautery devices. This is at least partially due to the fact that the device advantageously uses low on-resistance MOSFET switching devices. Low on-resistance MOSFET switches are advantageous, as they produce lower switching losses and less heat than a traditional MOSFET device and allow higher current to pass through. Therefore, the switching stage (pre-transformer) can be characterized as low voltage/high current. To ensure the lower on-resistance of the amplifier MOSFET(s), the MOSFET(s) are run, for example, at 10 V. In such a case, a separate 10 VDC power supply can be used to feed the MOSFET gate, which ensures that the MOSFET is fully on and a reasonably low on resistance is achieved. In one aspect of the present disclosure, the transformer 310 steps up the battery voltage to 120V root-mean-square (RMS). Transformers are known in the art and are, therefore, not explained here in detail.


In the circuit configurations described, circuit component degradation can negatively impact the circuit performance of the circuit. One factor that directly affects component performance is heat. Known circuits generally monitor switching temperatures (e.g., MOSFET temperatures). However, because of the technological advancements in MOSFET designs, and the corresponding reduction in size, MOSFET temperatures are no longer a valid indicator of circuit loads and heat. For this reason, according to one aspect of the present disclosure, a sensing circuit 314 senses the temperature of the transformer 310. This temperature sensing is advantageous as the transformer 310 is run at or very close to its maximum temperature during use of the device. Additional temperature will cause the core material, e.g., the ferrite, to break down and permanent damage can occur. The present disclosure can respond to a maximum temperature of the transformer 310 by, for example, reducing the driving power in the transformer 310, signaling the user, turning the power off, pulsing the power, or other appropriate responses.


In one aspect of the present disclosure, the processor 302 is communicatively coupled to the end effector 112, which is used to place material in physical contact with the ultrasonic blade 116, e.g., the clamping mechanism shown in FIG. 1. Sensors are provided that measure, at the end effector 112, a clamping force value (existing within a known range) and, based upon the received clamping force value, the processor 302 varies the motional voltage VM. Because high force values combined with a set motional rate can result in high blade temperatures, a temperature sensor 336 can be communicatively coupled to the processor 302, where the processor 302 is operable to receive and interpret a signal indicating a current temperature of the blade from the temperature sensor 336 and to determine a target frequency of blade movement based upon the received temperature. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the trigger 108 to measure the force applied to the trigger 108 by the user. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the switch 120 button such that displacement intensity corresponds to the force applied by the user to the switch 120 button.


According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the PLL portion of the drive circuit 308, which is coupled to the processor 302, is able to determine a frequency of waveguide movement and communicate that frequency to the processor 302. The processor 302 stores this frequency value in the memory 326 when the device is turned off. By reading the clock 330, the processor 302 is able to determine an elapsed time after the device is shut off and retrieve the last frequency of waveguide movement if the elapsed time is less than a predetermined value. The device can then start up at the last frequency, which, presumably, is the optimum frequency for the current load.



FIG. 16 shows a battery assembly 400 for use with the surgical instrument 100, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The battery assembly 400 comprises a housing 402 sized and configured to contain various energy cells. The energy cells may include rechargeable and non-rechargeable batteries. In one aspect, the battery assembly 400 includes four Li-ion non-rechargeable batteries 404a, 404b, 404c, 404d and two nickel metal hydride (NiMH) rechargeable batteries 406a (the second battery is not shown). The housing 402 comprises tabs 408a, 408b to removably connect the battery assembly 400 to the handle assembly 102 of the surgical instrument 100 (FIGS. 1 and 2).



FIG. 17 shows a disposable battery assembly 410 for use with the surgical instrument 100, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. In one aspect, the disposable battery assembly 410 comprises a primary cell battery pack for use with a battery powered advanced energy instrument such as the surgical instrument 100 (FIGS. 1 and 2), comprising compensating electronics with additional voltage to offset a voltage sag from the disposable battery assembly 410 to prevent the output voltage from sagging below a predetermined level during operation under load. The disposable battery assembly 410 comprises a housing 412 sized and configured to contain various energy cells. The energy cells may include rechargeable and non-rechargeable batteries. In one aspect, the disposable battery assembly 410 includes four primary Lithium-ion (Li-ion) non-rechargeable batteries 414a, 414b, 414c, 414d and two secondary NiMH or Nickel Cadmium (NiCd) rechargeable batteries 416a, 416b. The housing 412 comprises electrical contact 418 to electrically couple the disposable battery assembly 410 to the handle assembly 102 of the surgical instrument 100. In the illustrated example the electrical contact 418 comprises four metal contacts. The disposable battery assembly 410 also includes electrical circuits 419 such as the control circuit 210 (FIG. 14) and/or the electrical circuit 300 (FIG. 15). The electrical circuits 419 are radiated hardened.


In one aspect, the disposable battery assembly 410 includes batteries 414a-d, electrical circuits 419, and other componentry that is resistant to gamma or other radiation sterilization. For instance, a switching mode power supply 460 (FIG. 22) or a linear power supply 470 (FIG. 24) and an optional charge circuit may be incorporated within the housing 412 of the disposable battery assembly 410 to reduce voltage sag of the primary Li-ion batteries 414a-d and to allow the secondary NiMH batteries 416a, 416b to be used to reduce voltage sag. This guarantees full charged cells at the beginning of each surgery that are easy to introduce into the sterile field. A dual type battery assembly including primary Li-ion batteries 414a-d and secondary NiMH batteries 416a-b can be used with dedicated energy cells 416a-b to control the electronics from dedicated energy cells 414a-d that run the generator and motor control circuits. In one aspect, the system pulls from the batteries involved in driving the electronics circuits in the case that batteries involved are dropping low. In one aspect, the system would include a one way diode system that would not allow for current to flow in the opposite direction, for example, from the batteries involved in driving the energy and/or motor control circuits to the batteries involved in driving the electronic circuits. In one additional aspect, the system may comprise a gamma friendly charge circuit and switch mode power supply using diodes and vacuum tube components that would minimize voltage sag at a predetermined level. The switch mode power supply may be eliminated by including a minimum sag voltage that is a division of the NiMH voltages (e.g., three NiMH cells). In another aspect, a modular system can be made wherein the radiation hardened components are located in a module, making this module sterilizable by radiation sterilization. Other non-radiation hardened components are included in other modular components and connections are made between the modular components such that the componentry operate together as if the components were located together on the same circuit board. If only two cells of the secondary NiMH batteries 416a-b are desired the switch mode power supply based on diodes and vacuum tubes allows for sterilizable electronics within the disposable primary Li-ion batteries 414a-d.



FIG. 18 shows a reusable battery assembly 420 for use with the surgical instrument 100, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The reusable battery assembly 420 comprises a housing 422 sized and configured to contain various rechargeable energy cells. The energy cells may include rechargeable batteries. In one aspect, the reusable battery assembly 420 includes five laminated NiMH rechargeable batteries 424a, 424b, 424c, 424d, 424e. The housing 422 comprises electrical contact 428 to electrically couple the reusable battery assembly 420 to the handle assembly 102 of the surgical instrument 100 (FIGS. 1 and 2). In the illustrated example, the electrical contact 428 comprises six metal contacts. The reusable battery assembly 420 also includes up to six circuit boards 429a, 429b, 429c, 429d, 429e, 429f that may include electrical circuits such as the control circuit 210 (FIG. 14) and/or the electrical circuit 300 (FIG. 15). In one aspect, the reusable battery assembly 420 comprises drive FET transistors and associated circuitry 429a-f in the housing 422 for easy swap and no need to shut down the surgical instrument 100 (FIGS. 1 and 2) to replace the reusable battery assembly 420 with energy delivery.


The reusable battery assembly 420 comprises a battery test switch 426 and up to three LED indicators 427a, 427b, 427c to determine the health of the batteries 424a-e in the reusable battery assembly 420. The first LED indicator 427a may indicate fully charged batteries 424a-e that is ready to use. The second LED indicator 427b may indicate that the battery needs to be recharged. The third LED indicator 427c may indicate that battery is not good and to dispose. The reusable battery assembly 420 health indication to allow the user to determine the specific health and capabilities of the batteries 424a-e before it is inserted and used. For instance, charge status of the rechargeable secondary cells, sag voltage, primary cell voltage are checked by the activation of the battery test switch 426 which could measure these in an unload state or with a predefined resistive load placed on the system. The voltages could have at least one but more preferably three thresholds to compare the resulting voltages checks to. In the case of the first indicator 427a, the batteries 424a-e indicating whether or not they are suitable to use. With three levels the reusable battery assembly 420 could display full charge, minimum charge, and some marginal but limited charge status. This battery 424a-e health monitor would be useful for either the disposable battery assembly 410 (FIG. 17) or the reusable battery assembly 420. In the case of the disposable battery assembly 410 it is a ready/damaged indicator. In the case of the reusable battery assembly 420 it could indicate life remaining, recharge capacity, even age before failure in addition to ready/not ready.



FIG. 19 is an elevated perspective view of a removable battery assembly 430 with both halves of the housing shell removed exposing battery cells coupled to multiple circuit boards which are coupled to the multi-lead battery terminal in accordance with an aspect of the present disclosure. Further, more than or less than three circuit boards is possible to provide expanded or limited functionality. As shown in FIG. 19, the multiple circuit boards 432, 434, 436 may be positioned in a stacked architecture, which provides a number of advantages. For example, due to the smaller layout size, the circuit boards have a reduced footprint within the removable battery assembly 430, thereby allowing for a smaller battery. In addition, in this configuration, is possible to easily isolate power boards from digital boards to prevent any noise originating from the power boards to cause harm to the digital boards. Also, the stacked configuration allows for direct connect features between the boards, thereby reducing the presence of wires. Furthermore, the circuit boards can be configured as part of a rigid-flex-rigid circuit to allow the rigid parts to be “fanned” into a smaller volumetric area.


According to aspects of the present disclosure, the circuit board 432, 434, 436 provides a specific function. For instance, one circuit board 432 can provide the components for carrying out the battery protection circuitry. Similarly, another circuit board 434 can provide the components for carrying out the battery controller. Another circuit board 436 can, for example, provide high power buck controller components. Finally, the battery protection circuitry can provide connection paths for coupling the battery cells 438a-n. By placing the circuit boards in a stacked configuration and separating the boards by their respective functions, the boards may be strategically placed in a specific order that best handles their individual noise and heat generation. For example, the circuit board having the high-power buck controller components produces the most heat and, therefore, it can be isolated from the other boards and placed in the center of the stack. In this way, the heat can be kept away from the outer surface of the device in an effort to prevent the heat from being felt by the physician or operator of the device. In addition, the battery board grounds may be configured in a star topology with the center located at the buck controller board to reduce the noise created by ground loops.


The strategically stacked circuit boards, the low thermal conductivity path from the circuit boards to the multi-lead battery terminal assembly, and a flex circuit 3516 are features that assist in preventing heat from reaching the exterior surface of the device. The battery cells and buck components are thermally connected to a flex circuit within the handle assembly 102 (FIGS. 1 and 2) so that the heat generated by the cells and buck components enter a portion away from the physician's hand. The flex circuit presents a relatively high thermal mass, due to its broad area of exposure and the advantageous conduction characteristics of the copper, which redirects, absorbs, and/or dissipates heat across a broader area thereby slowing the concentration of heat and limiting high spot temperatures on the exterior surface of the device. Other techniques may be implemented as well, including, but not limited to, larger heat wells, sinks or insulators, a metal connector cap and heavier copper content in the flex circuit or the handle assembly 102 of the device.


Another advantage of the removable battery assembly 430 is realized when Li-ion batteries are used. As previously stated, Li-ion batteries should not be charged in a parallel configuration of multiple cells. This is because, as the voltage increases in a particular cell, it begins to accept additional charge faster than the other lower-voltage cells. Therefore, the cells are monitored so that a charge to that cell can be controlled individually. When a Li-ion battery is formed from a group of cells 438a-n, a multitude of wires extending from the exterior of the device to the batteries 438a-n is needed (at least one additional wire for each battery cell beyond the first). By having a removable battery assembly 430, a battery cell 438a-n can, in one aspect, have its own exposed set of contacts and, when the removable battery assembly 430 is not present inside the handle assembly 102 (FIGS. 1 and 2), a set of contacts can be coupled to a corresponding set of contacts in an external, non-sterile, battery-charging device. In another aspect, a battery cell 438a-n can be electrically connected to the battery protection circuitry to allow the battery protection circuitry to control and regulate recharging of a cell 438a-n. The removable battery assembly 430 is provided with circuitry to prevent use of the removable battery assembly 430 past an expected term-of-life. This term is not only dictated by the cells but is also dictated by the outer surfaces, including the battery casing or shell and the upper contact assembly. Such circuitry will be explained in further detail below and includes, for example, a use count, a recharge count, and an absolute time from manufacture count.



FIG. 19 also shows a multi-lead battery terminal assembly 433, which is an interface that electrically couples the components within the removable battery assembly 430 to an electrical interface of the handle assembly 102 (FIGS. 1 and 2). It is through the handle assembly 102 that the removable battery assembly 430 is able to electrically (and mechanically) couple with the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 104 (FIG. 4). As is explained above, the removable battery assembly 430, through the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 433, provides power to the surgical instrument 100 (FIGS. 1 and 2), as well as other functionality described herein. The multi-lead battery terminal assembly 433 includes a plurality of contacts pads 435a-n capable of separately electrically connecting a terminal within the removable battery assembly 430 to another terminal provided by a docking bay of the handle assembly 102. One example of such electrical connections coupled to the plurality of contact pads 435a-n as power and communication signal paths. In the aspect of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 433, sixteen different contact pads 435a-n are shown. This number is merely illustrative. In an aspect, an interior side of the battery terminal assembly 433 has a well formed on the molded terminal holder that can be filled with potting materials to create a gas tight seal. The contact pads 435a-n are overmolded in the lid and extend through the potting well into the interior of the battery 430. Here a flex circuit can be used to rearrange the array of pins and provide an electrical connection to the circuit boards. In one example, a 4×4 array is converted to a 2×8 array. In one example the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 433, a plurality of contact pads 435a-n of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 include a corresponding plurality of interior contact pins 437a-n. A contact pin 437a provides a direct electrical coupling to a corresponding one of the contact pads 435a.



FIG. 20 illustrates a battery test circuit 440, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The battery test circuit 440 includes the battery test switch 426 as described in FIG. 18. The battery test switch 426 is a switch that engages an LCR dummy load that simulates a transducer or shaft assembly electronics. As described in FIG. 18, additional indicator circuits may be coupled to the battery test circuit 440 to provide a suitable indication of the capacity of the batteries in the reusable battery assembly 420. The illustrated battery test circuit 440 may be employed in any of the battery assemblies 400, 410, 420, 430 described in connection with FIGS. 16-19, respectively.



FIG. 21 illustrates a supplemental power source circuit 450 to maintain a minimum output voltage, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The supplemental power source circuit 450 may be included in any of the battery assemblies 400, 410, 420, 430 described in connection with FIGS. 16-19. The supplemental power source circuit 450 prevents the output voltage Vo from sagging under high load conditions. The supplemental power source circuit 450 includes a set of four primary batteries 452a-b, 452c-d (up to n batteries may be used) that are activated when the switch 453 closes upon insertion of the battery assembly 400, 410, 420, 430 into the handle assembly 102 of the surgical instrument 100 (FIGS. 1 and 2). The primary batteries 452a-d may be Li-ion batteries such as CR123A Li-ion batteries. Under load, the primary batteries 452a-d provide the output voltage Vo while the secondary rechargeable battery 454 is charged by the battery charger 455. In one aspect, the secondary rechargeable battery 454 in a NiMH battery and the battery charger 455 is a suitable NiMH charger. When the output voltage Vo sags or droops due to high load conditions the voltage Vx operates the switch mode power supply 456 to restore the output voltage Vo by supplying the additional current into the load. The diode 458 is provided to prevent current from flowing into the output of the switch mode power supply 456. Accordingly, the output voltage Vb of the switch mode power supply 456 must exceed the voltage drop across the diode 458 (˜0.7V) before the supplemental current can flow into the load. Optionally, a battery test switch 459 and test resistor RTest may be provided to test the supplemental power source circuit 450 under load conditions. In particular, in view of FIG. 21, the battery assemblies 400, 410, 420, 430 may comprise a test circuit 457a comprising a switch 457b and a resistor 457c such that when the switch 457b is closed (e.g., via the test button 426), the resistor 457c tests whether the primary batteries 452a-d are capable of delivering the output voltage Vo. Otherwise, the resistor 457 tests whether the secondary battery 454, via operation of the switch mode power supply 456, is capable of delivering a Vb such that supplemental current passing through the diode 458 restores the output voltage Vo.



FIG. 22 illustrates a switch mode power supply circuit 460 for supplying energy to the surgical instrument 100, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The switch mode power supply circuit 460 may be disposed within any one of the battery assemblies 400, 410, 430 described in connection with FIGS. 16, 17, and 19, respectively. In the illustrated example, the switch mode power supply circuit 460 comprises primary Li cell batteries 429a-d where the positive (+) output voltage is coupled to an input terminal VIN of a switching regulator 464. It will be appreciated that any suitable number of primary cells may be employed. The switch mode power supply circuit 460 includes a remote ON/OFF switch. The input VIN of the switching regulator 464 also includes an input filter represented by capacitor Ci. The output VOUT of the switching regulator 464 is coupled to an inductor L and an output filter represented by capacitor Co. A catch diode D is disposed between VOUT and ground. A feedback signal is provided from the output filter Co to the FB input of the switching regulator 464. A load resistor RL represents a load. In one aspect, the minimum load is about 200 mA. In one aspect, the output voltage VOUT is 3.3 VDC at 800 mA.



FIG. 23 illustrates a discrete version of the switching regulator 464 shown in FIG. 22 for supplying energy to the surgical instrument 100, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The switching regulator 464 receives the input voltage from a battery assembly 400, 410, 420, 430 at the VIN terminal. The signal at the ON/OFF input enables or disables the operation of the switching regulator 464 by controlling the state of the switch 471. A feedback signal is received from the load at the FB input where is divided by a voltage divider circuit 463. The voltage from the voltage divider 463 is applied to the positive input of a fixed gain amplifier 465. The negative input of the fixed gain amplifier 465 is coupled to a bandgap reference diode 469 (e.g., 1.23V). The amplified output of the fixed gain amplifier 465 is applied to the positive input of a comparator 466. The negative input of the comparator 466 receives a 50 kHz oscillator 467 input. The output of the comparator 466 is applied to a driver 468 which drives and output transistor 461. The output transistor 461 supplies voltage and current to the load via the VOUT terminal.



FIG. 24 illustrates a linear power supply circuit 470 for supplying energy to the surgical instrument 100, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The linear power supply circuit 470 may be disposed within any one of the battery assemblies 400, 410, 420, 430 described in connection with FIGS. 16, 17, 18, and 19, respectively. In the illustrated example, the linear power supply circuit 470 comprises primary Li-ion cell batteries 462a-d where the positive (+) output voltage is coupled to the VIN terminal of transistor 472. The output of the transistor 472 supplies the current and voltage to the load via the VOUT terminal of the linear power supply circuit 470. An input filter Ci is provided at the input side and an output filter Co is provided at an output side. A Zener diode DZ applies a regulated voltage to the base of the transistor 472. A bias resistor biases the Zener diode DZ and the transistor 472.



FIG. 25 is an elevational exploded view of modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480 showing the left shell half removed from a handle assembly 482 exposing a device identifier communicatively coupled to the multi-lead handle terminal assembly in accordance with one aspect of the present disclosure. In additional aspects of the present disclosure, an intelligent or smart battery is used to power the modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480. However, the smart battery is not limited to the modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480 and, as will be explained, can be used in a variety of devices, which may or may not have power requirements (e.g., current and voltage) that vary from one another. The smart battery assembly 486, in accordance with one aspect of the present disclosure, is advantageously able to identify the particular device to which it is electrically coupled. It does this through encrypted or unencrypted identification methods. For instance, a smart battery assembly 486 can have a connection portion, such as connection portion 488. The handle assembly 482 can also be provided with a device identifier communicatively coupled to the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 491 and operable to communicate at least one piece of information about the handle assembly 482. This information can pertain to the number of times the handle assembly 482 has been used, the number of times an ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 (presently disconnected from the handle assembly 482) has been used, the number of times a waveguide shaft assembly 490 (presently connected to the handle assembly 482) has been used, the type of the waveguide shaft assembly 490 that is presently connected to the handle assembly 482, the type or identity of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 that is presently connected to the handle assembly 482, and/or many other characteristics. When the smart battery assembly 486 is inserted in the handle assembly 482, the connection portion 488 within the smart battery assembly 486 makes communicating contact with the device identifier of the handle assembly 482. The handle assembly 482, through hardware, software, or a combination thereof, is able to transmit information to the smart battery assembly 486 (whether by self-initiation or in response to a request from the smart battery assembly 486). This communicated identifier is received by the connection portion 488 of the smart battery assembly 486. In one aspect, once the smart battery assembly 486 receives the information, the communication portion is operable to control the output of the smart battery assembly 486 to comply with the device's specific power requirements.


In one aspect, the communication portion includes a processor 493 and a memory 497, which may be separate or a single component. The processor 493, in combination with the memory, is able to provide intelligent power management for the modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480. This aspect is particularly advantageous because an ultrasonic device, such as the modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480, has a power requirement (frequency, current, and voltage) that may be unique to the modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480. In fact, the modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480 may have a particular power requirement or limitation for one dimension or type of outer tube 494 and a second different power requirement for a second type of waveguide having a different dimension, shape, and/or configuration.


A smart battery assembly 486, according to one aspect of the present disclosure, therefore, allows a battery assembly to be used amongst several surgical instruments. Because the smart battery assembly 486 is able to identify to which device it is attached and is able to alter its output accordingly, the operators of various different surgical instruments utilizing the smart battery assembly 486 no longer need be concerned about which power source they are attempting to install within the electronic device being used. This is particularly advantageous in an operating environment where a battery assembly needs to be replaced or interchanged with another surgical instrument in the middle of a complex surgical procedure.


In a further aspect of the present disclosure, the smart battery assembly 486 stores in a memory 497 a record of each time a particular device is used. This record can be useful for assessing the end of a device's useful or permitted life. For instance, once a device is used 20 times, such batteries in the smart battery assembly 486 connected to the device will refuse to supply power thereto—because the device is defined as a “no longer reliable” surgical instrument. Reliability is determined based on a number of factors. One factor can be wear, which can be estimated in a number of ways including the number of times the device has been used or activated. After a certain number of uses, the parts of the device can become worn and tolerances between parts exceeded. For instance, the smart battery assembly 486 can sense the number of button pushes received by the handle assembly 482 and can determine when a maximum number of button pushes has been met or exceeded. The smart battery assembly 486 can also monitor an impedance of the button mechanism which can change, for instance, if the handle gets contaminated, for example, with saline.


This wear can lead to an unacceptable failure during a procedure. In some aspects, the smart battery assembly 486 can recognize which parts are combined together in a device and even how many uses a part has experienced. For instance, if the smart battery assembly 486 is a smart battery according to the present disclosure, it can identify the handle assembly 482, the waveguide shaft assembly 490, as well as the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484, well before the user attempts use of the composite device. The memory 497 within the smart battery assembly 486 can, for example, record a time when the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 is operated, and how, when, and for how long it is operated. If the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 has an individual identifier, the smart battery assembly 486 can keep track of uses of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 and refuse to supply power to that the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 once the handle assembly 482 or the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 exceeds its maximum number of uses. The ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484, the handle assembly 482, the waveguide shaft assembly 490, or other components can include a memory chip that records this information as well. In this way, any number of smart batteries in the smart battery assembly 486 can be used with any number of ultrasonic transducer/generator assemblies 484, staplers, vessel sealers, etc. and still be able to determine the total number of uses, or the total time of use (through use of the clock), or the total number of actuations, etc. of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484, the stapler, the vessel sealer, etc. or charge or discharge cycles. Smart functionality may reside outside the battery assembly 486 and may reside in the handle assembly 482, the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484, and/or the shaft assembly 490, for example.


When counting uses of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484, to intelligently terminate the life of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484, the surgical instrument accurately distinguishes between completion of an actual use of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 in a surgical procedure and a momentary lapse in actuation of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 due to, for example, a battery change or a temporary delay in the surgical procedure. Therefore, as an alternative to simply counting the number of activations of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484, a real-time clock (RTC) circuit can be implemented to keep track of the amount of time the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 actually is shut down. From the length of time measured, it can be determined through appropriate logic if the shutdown was significant enough to be considered the end of one actual use or if the shutdown was too short in time to be considered the end of one use. Thus, in some applications, this method may be a more accurate determination of the useful life of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 than a simple “activations-based” algorithm, which for example, may provide that ten “activations” occur in a surgical procedure and, therefore, ten activations should indicate that the counter is incremented by one. Generally, this type and system of internal clocking will prevent misuse of the device that is designed to deceive a simple “activations-based” algorithm and will prevent incorrect logging of a complete use in instances when there was only a simple de-mating of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 or the smart battery assembly 486 that was required for legitimate reasons.


Although the ultrasonic transducer/generator assemblies 484 of the surgical instrument 480 are reusable, in one aspect a finite number of uses may be set because the surgical instrument 480 is subjected to harsh conditions during cleaning and sterilization. More specifically, the battery pack is configured to be sterilized. Regardless of the material employed for the outer surfaces, there is a limited expected life for the actual materials used. This life is determined by various characteristics which could include, for example, the amount of times the pack has actually been sterilized, the time from which the pack was manufactured, and the number of times the pack has been recharged, to name a few. Also, the life of the battery cells themselves is limited. Software of the present disclosure incorporates inventive algorithms that verify the number of uses of the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 and smart battery assembly 486 and disables the device when this number of uses has been reached or exceeded. Analysis of the battery pack exterior in each of the possible sterilizing methods can be performed. Based on the harshest sterilization procedure, a maximum number of permitted sterilizations can be defined and that number can be stored in a memory of the smart battery assembly 486. If it is assumed that a charger is non-sterile and that the smart battery assembly 486 is to be used after it is charged, then the charge count can be defined as being equal to the number of sterilizations encountered by that particular pack.


In one aspect, the hardware in the battery pack may be to disabled to minimize or eliminate safety concerns due to continuous drain in from the battery cells after the pack has been disabled by software. A situation can exist where the battery's internal hardware is incapable of disabling the battery under certain low voltage conditions. In such a situation, in an aspect, the charger can be used to “kill” the battery. Due to the fact that the battery microcontroller is OFF while the battery is in its charger, a non-volatile, System Management Bus (SMB) based electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM) can be used to exchange information between the battery microcontroller and the charger. Thus, a serial EEPROM can be used to store information that can be written and read even when the battery microcontroller is OFF, which is very beneficial when trying to exchange information with the charger or other peripheral devices. This example EEPROM can be configured to contain enough memory registers to store at least (a) a use-count limit at which point the battery should be disabled (Battery Use Count), (b) the number of procedures the battery has undergone (Battery Procedure Count), and/or (c) a number of charges the battery has undergone (Charge Count), to name a few. Some of the information stored in the EEPROM, such as the Use Count Register and Charge Count Register are stored in write-protected sections of the EEPROM to prevent users from altering the information. In an aspect, the use and counters are stored with corresponding bit-inverted minor registers to detect data corruption.


Any residual voltage in the SMBus lines could damage the microcontroller and corrupt the SMBus signal. Therefore, to ensure that the SMBus lines of the battery controller 703 do not carry a voltage while the microcontroller is OFF, relays are provided between the external SMBus lines and the battery microcontroller board.


During charging of the smart battery assembly 486, an “end-of-charge” condition of the batteries within the smart battery assembly 486 is determined when, for example, the current flowing into the battery falls below a given threshold in a tapering manner when employing a constant-current/constant-voltage charging scheme. To accurately detect this “end-of-charge” condition, the battery microcontroller and buck boards are powered down and turned OFF during charging of the battery to reduce any current drain that may be caused by the boards and that may interfere with the tapering current detection. Additionally, the microcontroller and buck boards are powered down during charging to prevent any resulting corruption of the SMBus signal.


With regard to the charger, in one aspect the smart battery assembly 486 is prevented from being inserted into the charger in any way other than the correct insertion position. Accordingly, the exterior of the smart battery assembly 486 is provided with charger-holding features. A cup for holding the smart battery assembly 486 securely in the charger is configured with a contour-matching taper geometry to prevent the accidental insertion of the smart battery assembly 486 in any way other than the correct (intended) way. It is further contemplated that the presence of the smart battery assembly 486 may be detectable by the charger itself. For example, the charger may be configured to detect the presence of the SMBus transmission from the battery protection circuit, as well as resistors that are located in the protection board. In such case, the charger would be enabled to control the voltage that is exposed at the charger's pins until the smart battery assembly 486 is correctly seated or in place at the charger. This is because an exposed voltage at the charger's pins would present a hazard and a risk that an electrical short could occur across the pins and cause the charger to inadvertently begin charging.


In some aspects, the smart battery assembly 486 can communicate to the user through audio and/or visual feedback. For example, the smart battery assembly 486 can cause the LEDs to light in a pre-set way. In such a case, even though the microcontroller in the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 controls the LEDs, the microcontroller receives instructions to be carried out directly from the smart battery assembly 486.


In yet a further aspect of the present disclosure, the microcontroller in the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484, when not in use for a predetermined period of time, goes into a sleep mode. Advantageously, when in the sleep mode, the clock speed of the microcontroller is reduced, cutting the current drain significantly. Some current continues to be consumed because the processor continues pinging waiting to sense an input. Advantageously, when the microcontroller is in this power-saving sleep mode, the microcontroller and the battery controller can directly control the LEDs. For example, a decoder circuit could be built into the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 and connected to the communication lines such that the LEDs can be controlled independently by the processor 493 while the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 microcontroller is “OFF” or in a “sleep mode.” This is a power-saving feature that eliminates the need for waking up the microcontroller in the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484. Power is conserved by allowing the generator to be turned off while still being able to actively control the user-interface indicators.


Another aspect slows down one or more of the microcontrollers to conserve power when not in use. For example, the clock frequencies of both microcontrollers can be reduced to save power. To maintain synchronized operation, the microcontrollers coordinate the changing of their respective clock frequencies to occur at about the same time, both the reduction and, then, the subsequent increase in frequency when full speed operation is required. For example, when entering the idle mode, the clock frequencies are decreased and, when exiting the idle mode, the frequencies are increased.


In an additional aspect, the smart battery assembly 486 is able to determine the amount of usable power left within its cells and is programmed to only operate the surgical instrument to which it is attached if it determines there is enough battery power remaining to predictably operate the device throughout the anticipated procedure. For example, the smart battery assembly 486 is able to remain in a non-operational state if there is not enough power within the cells to operate the surgical instrument for 20 seconds. According to one aspect, the smart battery assembly 486 determines the amount of power remaining within the cells at the end of its most recent preceding function, e.g., a surgical cutting. In this aspect, therefore, the smart battery assembly 486 would not allow a subsequent function to be carried out if, for example, during that procedure, it determines that the cells have insufficient power. Alternatively, if the smart battery assembly 486 determines that there is sufficient power for a subsequent procedure and goes below that threshold during the procedure, it would not interrupt the ongoing procedure and, instead, will allow it to finish and thereafter prevent additional procedures from occurring.


The following explains an advantage to maximizing use of the device with the smart battery assembly 486 of the present disclosure. In this example, a set of different devices have different ultrasonic transmission waveguides. By definition, the waveguides could have a respective maximum allowable power limit where exceeding that power limit overstresses the waveguide and eventually causes it to fracture. One waveguide from the set of waveguides will naturally have the smallest maximum power tolerance. Because prior-art batteries lack intelligent battery power management, the output of prior-art batteries must be limited by a value of the smallest maximum allowable power input for the smallest/thinnest/most-frail waveguide in the set that is envisioned to be used with the device/battery. This would be true even though larger, thicker waveguides could later be attached to that handle and, by definition, allow a greater force to be applied. This limitation is also true for maximum battery power. For example, if one battery is designed to be used in multiple devices, its maximum output power will be limited to the lowest maximum power rating of any of the devices in which it is to be used. With such a configuration, one or more devices or device configurations would not be able to maximize use of the battery because the battery does not know the particular device's specific limits.


In one aspect, the smart battery assembly 486 may be employed to intelligently circumvent the above-mentioned ultrasonic device limitations. The smart battery assembly 486 can produce one output for one device or a particular device configuration and the same smart battery assembly 486 can later produce a different output for a second device or device configuration. This universal smart battery surgical system lends itself well to the modern operating room where space and time are at a premium. By having a smart battery pack operate many different devices, the nurses can easily manage the storage, retrieval, and inventory of these packs. Advantageously, in one aspect the smart battery system according to the present disclosure may employ one type of charging station, thus increasing ease and efficiency of use and decreasing cost of surgical room charging equipment.


In addition, other surgical instruments, such as an electric stapler, may have a different power requirement than that of the modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480. In accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure, a smart battery assembly 486 can be used with any one of a series of surgical instruments and can be made to tailor its own power output to the particular device in which it is installed. In one aspect, this power tailoring is performed by controlling the duty cycle of a switched mode power supply, such as buck, buck-boost, boost, or other configuration, integral with or otherwise coupled to and controlled by the smart battery assembly 486. In other aspects, the smart battery assembly 486 can dynamically change its power output during device operation. For instance, in vessel sealing devices, power management provides improved tissue sealing. In these devices, large constant current values are needed. The total power output needs to be adjusted dynamically because, as the tissue is sealed, its impedance changes. Aspects of the present disclosure provide the smart battery assembly 486 with a variable maximum current limit. The current limit can vary from one application (or device) to another, based on the requirements of the application or device.



FIG. 26 is a detail view of a trigger 483 portion and switch of the ultrasonic surgical instrument 480 shown in FIG. 25, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The trigger 483 is operably coupled to the jaw member 495 of the end effector 492. The ultrasonic blade 496 is energized by the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 upon activating the activation switch 485. Continuing now with FIG. 25 and also looking to FIG. 26, the trigger 483 and the activation switch 485 are shown as components of the handle assembly 482. The trigger 483 activates the end effector 492, which has a cooperative association with the ultrasonic blade 496 of the waveguide shaft assembly 490 to enable various kinds of contact between the end effector jaw member 495 and the ultrasonic blade 496 with tissue and/or other substances. The jaw member 495 of the end effector 492 is usually a pivoting jaw that acts to grasp or clamp onto tissue disposed between the jaw and the ultrasonic blade 496. In one aspect, an audible feedback is provided in the trigger that clicks when the trigger is fully depressed. The noise can be generated by a thin metal part that the trigger snaps over while closing. This feature adds an audible component to user feedback that informs the user that the jaw is fully compressed against the waveguide and that sufficient clamping pressure is being applied to accomplish vessel sealing. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the trigger 483 to measure the force applied to the trigger 483 by the user. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the switch 485 button such that displacement intensity corresponds to the force applied by the user to the switch 485 button.


The activation switch 485, when depressed, places the modular handheld ultrasonic surgical instrument 480 into an ultrasonic operating mode, which causes ultrasonic motion at the waveguide shaft assembly 490. In one aspect, depression of the activation switch 485 causes electrical contacts within a switch to close, thereby completing a circuit between the smart battery assembly 486 and the ultrasonic transducer/generator assembly 484 so that electrical power is applied to the ultrasonic transducer, as previously described. In another aspect, depression of the activation switch 485 closes electrical contacts to the smart battery assembly 486. Of course, the description of closing electrical contacts in a circuit is, here, merely an example general description of switch operation. There are many alternative aspects that can include opening contacts or processor-controlled power delivery that receives information from the switch and directs a corresponding circuit reaction based on the information.



FIG. 27 is a fragmentary, enlarged perspective view of an end effector 492, according to one aspect of the present disclosure, from a distal end with a jaw member 495 in an open position. Referring to FIG. 27, a perspective partial view of the distal end 498 of the waveguide shaft assembly 490 is shown. The waveguide shaft assembly 490 includes an outer tube 494 surrounding a portion of the waveguide. The ultrasonic blade 496 portion of the waveguide 499 protrudes from the distal end 498 of the outer tube 494. It is the ultrasonic blade 496 portion that contacts the tissue during a medical procedure and transfers its ultrasonic energy to the tissue. The waveguide shaft assembly 490 also includes a jaw member 495 that is coupled to the outer tube 494 and an inner tube (not visible in this view). The jaw member 495, together with the inner and outer tubes and the ultrasonic blade 496 portion of the waveguide 499, can be referred to as an end effector 492. As will be explained below, the outer tube 494 and the non-illustrated inner tube slide longitudinally with respect to each other. As the relative movement between the outer tube 494 and the non-illustrated inner tube occurs, the jaw member 495 pivots upon a pivot point, thereby causing the jaw member 495 to open and close. When closed, the jaw member 495 imparts a pinching force on tissue located between the jaw member 495 and the ultrasonic blade 496, insuring positive and efficient blade-to-tissue contact.



FIG. 28 illustrates a modular shaft assembly 110 and end effector 112 portions of the surgical instrument 100, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The shaft assembly 110 comprises an outer tube 144, an inner tube 147, and an ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145. The shaft assembly 110 is removably mounted to the handle assembly 102. The inner tube 147 is slidably received within the outer tube 144. The ultrasonic transmission waveguide 145 is positioned within the inner tube 147. The jaw member 114 of the end effector 112 is pivotally coupled to the outer tube 144 at a pivot point 151. The jaw member 114 also is coupled to inner tube 147 by a pin 153 such that as the inner tube 147 slides within the slot 155, the jaw member opens and closes. In the illustrated configuration, the inner tube 147 is in its distal position and the jaw member 114 is open. To close the jaw member 114, the inner tube 147 is retracted in the proximal direction 157 and to open the jaw member is advanced in the distal direction 159. The proximal end of the shaft assembly 110 comprises a jaw member tube (e.g., inner tube)/spring assembly 141. A spring 139 is provided to apply a constant force control mechanism for use with different shaft assemblies, motor closures to control constant force closures, two bar mechanism to drive closure systems, cam lobes to push and pull closure system, drive screw designs to drive closure or wave spring designs to control constant force.



FIG. 29 is a detail view of the inner tube/spring assembly 141. A closure mechanism 149 is operably coupled to the trigger 108 (FIGS. 1-3). Accordingly, as the trigger 108 is squeezed, the inner tube 143 is retracted in the proximal direction 157 to close the jaw member 114. Accordingly, as the trigger 108 is released, the inner tube 143 is advanced in the distal direction 159 to open the jaw member 114.


For a more detailed description of a combination ultrasonic/electrosurgical instrument, reference is made to U.S. Pat. No. 9,107,690, which is herein incorporated by reference.



FIG. 30 illustrates a modular battery powered handheld combination ultrasonic/electrosurgical instrument 500, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 31 is an exploded view of the surgical instrument 500 shown in FIG. 30, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. With reference now to FIGS. 30 and 31, the surgical instrument 500 comprises a handle assembly 502, an ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 504, a battery assembly 506, a shaft assembly 510, and an end effector 512. The ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 504, battery assembly 506, and shaft assembly 510 are modular components that are removably connectable to the handle assembly 502. The handle assembly 502 also comprises a motor assembly 560. The surgical instrument 500 is configured to use both ultrasonic vibration and electrosurgical high-frequency current to carry out surgical coagulation/cutting treatments on living tissue, and uses high-frequency current to carry out a surgical coagulation treatment on living tissue. The ultrasonic vibrations and the high-frequency (e.g., RF) current can be applied independently or in combination according to algorithms or user input control.


The ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 504 comprises a housing 548, a display 576, such as an LCD display, for example, an ultrasonic transducer 530, an electrical circuit 177 (FIGS. 4, 10 and/or electrical circuit 300 in FIG. 14), and a electrical circuit 702 (FIG. 34) configured to drive an RF electrode and forms a portion of an RF generator circuit. The shaft assembly 510 comprises an outer tube 544 an ultrasonic transmission waveguide 545, and an inner tube (not shown). The end effector 512 comprises a jaw member 514 and an ultrasonic blade 516. The jaw member 514 comprises an electrode 515 that is coupled to an RF generator circuit. The ultrasonic blade 516 is the distal end of the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 545. The jaw member 514 is pivotally rotatable to grasp tissue between the jaw member 514 and the ultrasonic blade 516. The jaw member 514 is operably coupled to a trigger 508. The trigger 508 functions to close the jaw member 514 when the trigger 508 is squeezed and to open the jaw member 514 when the trigger 508 is released to release the tissue. In a one-stage trigger configuration, the trigger 508 is squeezed to close the jaw member 514 and, once the jaw member 514 is closed, a first switch 521a of a switch section is activated to energize the RF generator to seal the tissue. After the tissue is sealed, a second switch 521b of the switch section 520 is activated to energize the ultrasonic generator to cut the tissue. In various aspects, the trigger 508 may be a two-stage, or a multi-stage, trigger. In a two-stage trigger configuration, during the first stage, the trigger 508 is squeezed part of the way to close the jaw member 514 and, during the second stage, the trigger 508 is squeezed the rest of the way to energize the RF generator circuit to seal the tissue. After the tissue is sealed, one of the switches 521a, 521b can be activated to energize the ultrasonic generator to cut the tissue. After the tissue is cut, the jaw member 514 is opened by releasing the trigger 508 to release the tissue. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the trigger 508 to measure the force applied to the trigger 508 by the user. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the switch 520 button such that displacement intensity corresponds to the force applied by the user to the switch 520 button.


The battery assembly 506 is electrically connected to the handle assembly 502 by an electrical connector 532. The handle assembly 502 is provided with a switch section 520. A first switch 520a and a second switch 520b are provided in the switch section 520. The RF generator is activated by actuating the first switch 520a and the ultrasonic blade 516 is activated by actuating the second switch 520b. Accordingly, the first switch 520a energizes the RF circuit to drive high-frequency current through the tissue to form a seal and the second switch 520b energizes the ultrasonic transducer 530 to vibrate the ultrasonic blade 516 and cut the tissue.


A rotation knob 518 is operably coupled to the shaft assembly 510. Rotation of the rotation knob 518 ±360° in the direction indicated by the arrows 526 causes an outer tube 544 to rotate ±360° in the respective direction of the arrows 528. In one aspect, another rotation knob 522 may be configured to rotate the jaw member 514 while the ultrasonic blade 516 remains stationary and the rotation knob 518 rotates the outer tube 144 ±360°. The outer tube 144 may have a diameter D1 ranging from 5 mm to 10 mm, for example.



FIG. 32 is a partial perspective view of a modular battery powered handheld combination ultrasonic/RF surgical instrument 600, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The surgical instrument 600 is configured to use both ultrasonic vibration and high-frequency current to carry out surgical coagulation/cutting treatments on living tissue, and uses high-frequency current to carry out a surgical coagulation treatment on living tissue. The ultrasonic vibrations and the high-frequency (e.g., RF) current can be applied independently or in combination according to algorithms or user input control. The surgical instrument 600 comprises a handle assembly 602, an ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 604, a battery assembly 606, a shaft assembly (not shown), and an end effector (not shown). The ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 604, battery assembly 606, and shaft assembly are modular components that are removably connectable to the handle assembly 602. A trigger 608 is operatively coupled to the handle assembly 602. As previously described, the trigger operates the end effector.


The ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 604 comprises a housing 648, a display 676, such as an LCD display, for example. The display 676 provides a visual display of surgical procedure parameters such as tissue thickness, status of seal, status of cut, tissue thickness, tissue impedance, algorithm being executed, battery capacity, energy being applied (either ultrasonic vibration or RF current), among other parameters. The ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 604 also comprises two visual feedback indicators 678, 679 to indicate the energy modality currently being applied in the surgical procedure. For example, one indicator 678 shows when RF energy is being used and another indicator 679 shows when ultrasonic energy is being used. It will be appreciated that when both energy modalities RF and ultrasonic are being applied, both indicators will show this condition. The surgical instrument 600 also comprises an ultrasonic transducer, an ultrasonic generator circuit and/or electrical circuit, a shaft assembly, and an end effector comprising a jaw member and an ultrasonic blade, the modular components being similar to those described in connection with FIGS. 30 and 31 and the description will not be repeated here for conciseness and clarity of disclosure.


The battery assembly 606 is electrically connected to the handle assembly 602 by an electrical connector. The handle assembly 602 is provided with a switch section 620. A first switch 620a and a second switch 620b are provided in the switch section 620. The ultrasonic blade is activated by actuating the first switch 620a and the RF generator is activated by actuating the second switch 620b. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the trigger 608 to measure the force applied to the trigger 608 by the user. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the switch 620 button such that displacement intensity corresponds to the force applied by the user to the switch 620 button.


A rotation knob 618 is operably coupled to the shaft assembly. Rotation of the rotation knob 618 ±360° causes an outer tube to rotate ±360° in the respective direction, as described herein in connection with FIGS. 30 and 31. In one aspect, another rotation knob may be configured to rotate the jaw member while the ultrasonic blade remains stationary and the rotation knob 618 rotates the outer tube ±360°. A button 673 is used to connect and retain the shaft assembly to the handle assembly 602. Another slide switch 675 is used to lock in and release the ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 604.


In one aspect, the surgical instrument 500, 600 includes a battery powered advanced energy (ultrasonic vibration plus high-frequency current) with driver amplification broken into multiple stages. The different stages of amplification may reside in different modular components of the surgical instrument 500, 600 such as the handle assembly 502, 602 ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 504, 604, battery assembly 506, 606, shaft assembly 510, and/or the end effector 112. In one aspect, the ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 504, 604 may include an amplification stage in the ultrasonic transducer and/or RF electronic circuits within the housing 548, 648 and different ratios of amplification based on the energy modality associated with the particular energy mode. The final stage may be controlled via signals from the electronic system of the surgical instrument 100 located in the handle assembly 502, 602 and/or the battery assembly 506, 606 through a bus structure, such as I2C, as previously described. Final stage switches system may be employed to apply power to the transformer and blocking capacitors to form the RF waveform. Measurements of the RF output, such as voltage and current, are fed back to the electronic system over the bus. The handle assembly 502, 602 and/or battery assembly 506, 606 may contain the majority of the primary amplification circuits including any electrical isolation components, motor control, and waveform generator. The two differing ultrasonic transducers (e.g., ultrasonic transducer 130, 130′ shown in FIGS. 8 and 9) and the RF transducer contain the electronics to utilize the preconditions generator signals and perform the final conditioning to power different frequency transducers of RF signals in the desired frequency ranges and amplitudes. This minimizes the weight size and cost of the electronics residing only in the transducers themselves. It also allows the primary processor boards to occupy the areas of the handle that have the most useful space which is rarely where the transducer is, due to its size. It also allows the electronics to be divided in such a way as the high wear high duty cycle elements could be only connectively attached to the primary electronics enabling it to be more serviceable and repairable since the system is designed for high repeated use before disposal.


The surgical instruments 500, 600 described in connection with FIGS. 30-32 are configured to use high-frequency current to carry out surgical coagulation/cutting treatments on living tissue, and uses high-frequency current to carry out a surgical coagulation treatment on living tissue. Accordingly, additional structural and functional components to carry out this additional functionality will be described hereinbelow in connection with FIGS. 33-44.


The structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 506, 606 are similar to those of the battery assembly 106 for the surgical instrument 100 described in connection with FIGS. 1, 2, and 16-24, including the battery circuits described in connection with FIGS. 20-24. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 106 are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here. Similarly, unless otherwise noted, the structural and functional aspects of the shaft assembly 510 are similar to those of the shaft assembly 110 for the surgical instrument 100 described in connection with FIGS. 1-3. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the shaft assembly 110 are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here. Furthermore, the structural and functional aspects of the ultrasonic transducer 530 generator circuits are similar to those of the ultrasonic transducer 130 generator circuits for the surgical instrument 100 described in connection with FIGS. 1, 2, and 4-15. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the ultrasonic transducer 130 and generator circuits are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here. Furthermore, the surgical instruments 500, 600 include the circuits described in connection with FIGS. 12-15, including, for example, the control circuit 210 described in connection with FIG. 14 and the electrical circuit 300 described in connection with FIG. 15. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, the description of the circuits described in connection with FIGS. 12-15 is incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here.


Turning now to FIG. 33, there is shown a nozzle 700 portion of the surgical instruments 500, 600 described in connection with FIGS. 30-32, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The nozzle 700 contains an electrical circuit 702 configured to drive the high-frequency RF current to an electrode located in the end effector as described hereinbelow in connection with FIGS. 38-44. The electrical circuit 702 is coupled to the primary winding of a transformer 704. The positive side of the secondary winding of the transformer 704 is coupled to series connected first and second blocking capacitors 706, 708. The load side of the second blocking capacitor 708 is coupled to the positive RF(+) terminal which is coupled to the positive side of the end effector electrode. The negative side of the secondary winding of the transformer 704 is coupled to the negative RF(−) terminal, otherwise referred to as ground. It will be appreciated that the RF(−) or ground terminal of the RF energy circuit is coupled to an outer tube 744, which is formed of an electrically conductive metal. Accordingly, in use, high-frequency current is conducted from the end effector electrode RF(+), through the tissue, and returns through the negative electrode RF(−).


With reference now also to FIGS. 30, 31, in one aspect, the outer tube 744 is operably coupled to the jaw member 514 portion of the end effector 512 such that the jaw member 514 opens when the outer tube 744 is advanced in the distal direction 722 and the jaw member 514 closes when the outer tube 744 is retracted in the proximal direction 724. Although not shown in FIG. 33, the outer tube 744 is operably coupled to the trigger 508, which is used to open and close the jaw member 514 portion of the end effector 512. Examples of actuation mechanisms for use with ultrasonic surgical instruments as described herein are disclosed in U.S. Pub. No. 2006/0079879 and U.S. Pub. No. 2015/0164532, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.


Still with reference to FIGS. 30, 31, and 33, in one aspect, an inner tube 714 is slidably disposed within the outer tube 744. The inner tube 714 is operably coupled to the jaw member 514 to rotate the jaw member 514 while maintaining the ultrasonic blade 516 stationary. In the aspect shown in FIGS. 30 and 31 the inner tube 714 is rotated by the rotation knob 522. In the aspect shown in FIG. 33, a motor 719 may be provided within the handle assembly 502 to engage a gear 721 on the proximal end of the outer tube 744, optionally through an idler gear 725.


Still with reference to FIGS. 30, 31, and 33, in one aspect, an inner electrically insulative (e.g., rubber, plastic) tube 716 is slidably disposed within the inner tube 714. A flex circuit 728 may be disposed within the inner electrically insulative tube 716 to electrically couple energy and sensor circuits to the end effector 512. For example, the jaw member 514 may comprise an electrode coupled to conductors in the flex circuit 728. In other aspects, the end effector 512, jaw member 514, or the ultrasonic blade 516 may comprise various sensors or other electrical elements that can be interconnected to electrical circuits and components in the shaft assembly 510, the handle assembly 502, the ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 504, and/or the battery assembly 506, for example.


Still with reference to FIGS. 30, 31, and 33, in one aspect, the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 545 (shown in FIG. 32 only; not shown in FIG. 33 for clarity) is disposed within the inner electrically insulative tube 716. In one aspect, the positive electrode RF(+) of the electrical circuit 702 is electrically coupled to the ultrasonic transmission waveguide 545 and the negative electrode RF(−) of the electrical circuit 702 is electrically coupled to an electrode disposed in the jaw member 514, which is electrically coupled to the outer tube 744. In operation, after tissue is grasped between the ultrasonic blade 516 and the jaw member 514, control circuits of the surgical instrument 500 can execute various algorithms to seal and the cut the tissue. The ultrasonic vibrations and high-frequency energy may be applied to the tissue in accordance with monitored tissue conditions such as tissue impedance, friction, and the like. In some situations, high-frequency current is applied to the tissue through the ultrasonic blade 516 and back to the outer tube 744 return path. The tissue impedance is monitored and when a tissue seal is formed, as may be determined by the tissue impedance, the ultrasonic blade 516 is mechanically energized to induce vibrational energy into the tissue to cut the tissue. In other aspects ultrasonic vibrations and high-frequency may be applied by pulsing these energy modalities, applying the energy modalities alternatively or simultaneously. In somewhat unique situations, an algorithm can detect when the tissue impedance is extremely low to deliver energy to the tissue. In response, the algorithm energizes the ultrasonic blade 516 mechanically to apply vibratory energy to the tissue until such time that the impedance rises above a threshold suitable for the application of the high-frequency current. Upon reaching this threshold, the algorithm switches energy delivery mode to high-frequency current to seal the tissue.



FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of one aspect of an electrical circuit 702 configured to drive a high-frequency current (RF), according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The electrical circuit 702 comprises an analog multiplexer 580. The analog multiplexer 580 multiplexes various signals from the upstream channels SCL-A/SDA-A such as RF, battery, and power control circuit. A current sensor 582 is coupled in series with the return or ground leg of the power supply circuit to measure the current supplied by the power supply. A field effect transistor (FET) temperature sensor 584 provides the ambient temperature. A pulse width modulation (PWM) watchdog timer 588 automatically generates a system reset if the main program neglects to periodically service it. It is provided to automatically reset the electrical circuit 702 when it hangs or freezes because of a software or hardware fault. It will be appreciated that the electrical circuit 702 may be configured for driving RF electrodes or for driving the ultrasonic transducer 130 as described in connection with FIG. 11, for example. Accordingly, with reference now back to FIG. 34, the electrical circuit 702 can be used to drive both ultrasonic and RF electrodes interchangeably.


A drive circuit 586 provides left and right RF energy outputs. A digital signal that represents the signal waveform is provided to the SCL-A/SDA-A inputs of the analog multiplexer 580 from a control circuit, such as the control circuit 210 (FIG. 14). A digital-to-analog converter 590 (DAC) converts the digital input to an analog output to drive a PWM circuit 592 coupled to an oscillator 594. The PWM circuit 592 provides a first signal to a first gate drive circuit 596a coupled to a first transistor output stage 598a to drive a first RF+ (Left) energy output. The PWM circuit 592 also provides a second signal to a second gate drive circuit 596b coupled to a second transistor output stage 598b to drive a second RF− (Right) energy output. A voltage sensor 599 is coupled between the RF Left/RF output terminals to measure the output voltage. The drive circuit 586, the first and second drive circuits 596a, 596b, and the first and second transistor output stages 598a, 598b define a first stage amplifier circuit. In operation, the control circuit 210 (FIG. 14) generates a digital waveform 1800 (FIG. 67) employing circuits such as direct digital synthesis (DDS) circuits 1500, 1600 (FIGS. 65 and 66). The DAC 590 receives the digital waveform 1800 and converts it into an analog waveform, which is received and amplified by the first stage amplifier circuit.



FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of the transformer 704 coupled to the electrical circuit 702 shown in FIG. 34, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The RF Left/RF input terminals (primary winding) of the transformer 704 are electrically coupled to the RF Left/RF output terminals of the electrical circuit 702. One side of the secondary winding is coupled in series with first and second blocking capacitors 706, 708. The second blocking capacitor is coupled to the RF+ 574a terminal. The other side of the secondary winding is coupled to the RF− 574b terminal. As previously discussed, the RF+ 574a output is coupled to the ultrasonic blade 516 (FIG. 30) and the RF− 574b ground terminal is coupled to the outer tube 544 (FIG. 30). In one aspect, the transformer 166 has a turns-ratio of n1:n2 of 1:50.



FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of a circuit 710 comprising separate power sources for high power energy/drive circuits and low power circuits, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. A power supply 712 includes a primary battery pack comprising first and second primary batteries 715, 717 (e.g., Li-ion batteries) that are connected into the circuit 710 by a switch 718 and a secondary battery pack comprising a secondary battery 720 that is connected into the circuit by a switch 723 when the power supply 712 is inserted into the battery assembly. The secondary battery 720 is a sag preventing battery that has componentry resistant to gamma or other radiation sterilization. For instance, a switch mode power supply 727 and optional charge circuit within the battery assembly can be incorporated to allow the secondary battery 720 to reduce the voltage sag of the primary batteries 715, 717. This guarantees full charged cells at the beginning of a surgery that are easy to introduce into the sterile field. The primary batteries 715, 717 can be used to power the motor control circuits 726 and the energy circuits 732 directly. The power supply/battery pack 712 may comprise a dual type battery assembly including primary Li-ion batteries 715, 717 and secondary NiMH batteries 720 with dedicated energy cells 720 to control the handle electronics circuits 730 from dedicated energy cells 715, 717 to run the motor control circuits 726 and the energy circuits 732. In this case the circuit 710 pulls from the secondary batteries 720 involved in driving the handle electronics circuits 730 when the primary batteries 715, 717 involved in driving the energy circuits 732 and/or motor control circuits 726 are dropping low. In one various aspect, the circuit 710 may include a one way diode that would not allow for current to flow in the opposite direction (e.g., from the batteries involved in driving the energy and/or motor control circuits to the batteries involved in driving the electronics circuits).


Additionally, a gamma friendly charge circuit may be provided that includes a switch mode power supply 727 using diodes and vacuum tube components to minimize voltage sag at a predetermined level. With the inclusion of a minimum sag voltage that is a division of the NiMH voltages (3 NiMH cells) the switch mode power supply 727 could be eliminated. Additionally a modular system may be provided wherein the radiation hardened components are located in a module, making the module sterilizable by radiation sterilization. Other non-radiation hardened components may be included in other modular components and connections made between the modular components such that the componentry operates together as if the components were located together on the same circuit board. If only two NiMH cells are desired the switch mode power supply 727 based on diodes and vacuum tubes allows for sterilizable electronics within the disposable primary battery pack.


Turning now to FIG. 37, there is shown a control circuit 800 for operating a battery 801 powered RF generator circuit 802 for use with the surgical instrument 500 shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The surgical instrument 500 is configured to use both ultrasonic vibration and high-frequency current to carry out surgical coagulation/cutting treatments on living tissue, and uses high-frequency current to carry out a surgical coagulation treatment on living tissue.



FIG. 37 illustrates a control circuit 800 that allows a dual generator system to switch between the RF generator circuit 802 and the ultrasonic generator circuit 820 (similar to the electrical circuit 177 shown in FIGS. 11 and 12) energy modalities for the surgical instrument 500 shown in FIGS. 30 and 31. In one aspect, a current threshold in an RF signal is detected. When the impedance of the tissue is low the high-frequency current through tissue is high when RF energy is used as the treatment source for the tissue. According to one aspect, a visual indicator 812 or light located on the surgical instrument 500 may be configured to be in an on-state during this high current period. When the current falls below a threshold, the visual indicator 812 is in an off-state. Accordingly, a photo-transistor 814 may be configured to detect the transition from an on-state to an off-state and disengages the RF energy as shown in the control circuit 800 shown in FIG. 37. Therefore, when the energy button is released and the energy switch 826 is opened, the control circuit 800 is reset and both the RF and ultrasonic generator circuits 802, 820 are held off.


With reference to FIGS. 30-33 and 37, in one aspect, a method of managing an RF generator circuit 802 and ultrasound generator circuit 820 is provided. As previously described the RF generator circuit 802 and/or the ultrasound generator circuit 820 may be located in the handle assembly 502, the ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 504, the battery assembly 506, the shaft assembly 510, and/or the nozzle 700. The control circuit 800 is held in a reset state if the energy switch 826 is off (e.g., open). Thus, when the energy switch 826 is opened, the control circuit 800 is reset and both the RF and ultrasonic generator circuits 802, 820 are turned off. When the energy switch 826 is squeezed and the energy switch 826 is engaged (e.g., closed), RF energy is delivered to the tissue and a visual indicator 812 operated by a current sensing step-up transformer 804 will be lit while the tissue impedance is low. The light from the visual indicator 812 provides a logic signal to keep the ultrasonic generator circuit 820 in the off state. Once the tissue impedance increases above a threshold and the high-frequency current through the tissue decreases below a threshold, the visual indicator 812 turns off and the light transitions to an off-state. A logic signal generated by this transition turns off the relay 808, whereby the RF generator circuit 802 is turned off and the ultrasonic generator circuit 820 is turned on, to complete the coagulation and cut cycle.


Still with reference to FIGS. 30-33 and 37, in one aspect, the dual generator circuit 802, 820 configuration employs an on-board RF generator circuit 802, which is battery 801 powered, for one modality and a second, on-board ultrasound generator circuit 820, which may be on-board in the handle assembly 502, battery assembly 506, shaft assembly 510, nozzle 700, and/or the ultrasonic transducer/RF generator assembly 504. The ultrasonic generator circuit 820 also is battery 801 operated. In various aspects, the RF generator circuit 802 and the ultrasonic generator circuit 820 may be an integrated or separable component of the handle assembly 502. According to various aspects, having the dual RF/ultrasonic generator circuits 802, 820 as part of the handle assembly 502 may eliminate the need for complicated wiring in an environment where the surgical instrument 500. The RF/ultrasonic generator circuits 802, 820 may be configured to provide the full capabilities of an existing generator while utilizing the capabilities of a cordless generator system simultaneously.


Either type of system can have separate controls for the modalities that are not communicating with each other. The surgeon activates the RF and Ultrasonic separately and at their discretion. Another approach would be to provide fully integrated communication schemes that share buttons, tissue status, instrument operating parameters (such as jaw closure, forces, etc.) and algorithms to manage tissue treatment. Various combinations of this integration can be implemented to provide the appropriate level of function and performance.


In one aspect, the control circuit 800 includes a battery 801 powered RF generator circuit 802 comprising a battery as an energy source. As shown, RF generator circuit 802 is coupled to two electrically conductive surfaces referred to herein as electrodes 806a, 806b and is configured to drive the electrodes 806a, 806b with RF energy (e.g., high-frequency current). A first winding 810a of a step-up transformer 804 is connected in series with one pole of the bipolar RF generator circuit 802 and the return electrode 806b. In one aspect, the first winding 810a and the return electrode 806b are connected to the negative pole of the bipolar RF generator circuit 802. The other pole of the bipolar RF generator circuit 802 is connected to the active electrode 806a through a switch contact 809 of a relay 808, or any suitable electromagnetic switching device comprising an armature which is moved by an electromagnet 836 to operate the switch contact 809. The switch contact 809 is closed when the electromagnet 836 is energized and the switch contact 809 is open when the electromagnet 836 is de-energized. When the switch contact is closed, RF current flows through conductive tissue (not shown) located between the electrodes 806a, 806b. It will be appreciated, that in one aspect, the active electrode 806a is connected to the positive pole of the bipolar RF generator circuit 802.


A visual indicator circuit 805 comprises a step-up transformer 804, a series resistor R2, and a visual indicator 812. The visual indicator 812 can be adapted for use with the surgical instrument 500 and other electrosurgical systems and tools, such as those described herein. The first winding 810a of the step-up transformer 804 is connected in series with the return electrode 806b and a second winding 810b of the step-up transformer 804 is connected in series with a resistor R2 and a visual indicator 812 comprising a type NE-2 neon bulb, for example.


In operation, when the switch contact 809 of the relay 808 is open, the active electrode 806a is disconnected from the positive pole of the bipolar RF generator circuit 802 and no current flows through the tissue, the return electrode 806b, and the first winding 810a of the step-up transformer 804. Accordingly, the visual indicator 812 is not energized and does not emit light. When the switch contact 809 of the relay 808 is closed, the active electrode 806a is connected to the positive pole of the bipolar RF generator circuit 802 enabling current to flow through tissue, the return electrode 806b, and the first winding 810a of the step-up transformer 804 to operate on tissue, for example cut and cauterize the tissue.


A first current flows through the first winding 810a as a function of the impedance of the tissue located between the active and return electrodes 806a, 806b providing a first voltage across the first winding 810a of the step-up transformer 804. A stepped up second voltage is induced across the second winding 810b of the step-up transformer 804. The secondary voltage appears across the resistor R2 and energizes the visual indicator 812 causing the neon bulb to light when the current through the tissue is greater than a predetermined threshold. It will be appreciated that the circuit and component values are illustrative and not limited thereto. When the switch contact 809 of the relay 808 is closed, current flows through the tissue and the visual indicator 812 is turned on.


Turning now to the energy switch 826 portion of the control circuit 800, when the energy switch 826 is open position, a logic high is applied to the input of a first inverter 828 and a logic low is applied of one of the two inputs of the AND gate 832. Thus, the output of the AND gate 832 is low and the transistor 834 is off to prevent current from flowing through the winding of the electromagnet 836. With the electromagnet 836 in the de-energized state, the switch contact 809 of the relay 808 remains open and prevents current from flowing through the electrodes 806a, 806b. The logic low output of the first inverter 828 also is applied to a second inverter 830 causing the output to go high and resetting a flip-flop 818 (e.g., a D-Type flip-flop). At which time, the Q output goes low to turn off the ultrasound generator circuit 820 circuit and the Q output goes high and is applied to the other input of the AND gate 832.


When the user presses the energy switch 826 on the instrument handle to apply energy to the tissue between the electrodes 806a, 806b, the energy switch 826 closes and applies a logic low at the input of the first inverter 828, which applies a logic high to other input of the AND gate 832 causing the output of the AND gate 832 to go high and turns on the transistor 834. In the on state, the transistor 834 conducts and sinks current through the winding of the electromagnet 836 to energize the electromagnet 836 and close the switch contact 809 of the relay 808. As discussed above, when the switch contact 809 is closed, current can flow through the electrodes 806a, 806b and the first winding 810a of the step-up transformer 804 when tissue is located between the electrodes 806a, 806b.


As discussed above, the magnitude of the current flowing through the electrodes 806a, 806b depends on the impedance of the tissue located between the electrodes 806a, 806b. Initially, the tissue impedance is low and the magnitude of the current high through the tissue and the first winding 810a. Consequently, the voltage impressed on the second winding 810b is high enough to turn on the visual indicator 812. The light emitted by the visual indicator 812 turns on the phototransistor 814, which pulls the input of the inverter 816 low and causes the output of the inverter 816 to go high. A high input applied to the CLK of the flip-flop 818 has no effect on the Q or the Q outputs of the flip-flop 818 and Q output remains low and the Q output remains high. Accordingly, while the visual indicator 812 remains energized, the ultrasound generator circuit 820 is turned OFF and the ultrasonic transducer 822 and ultrasonic blade 824 are not activated.


As the tissue between the electrodes 806a, 806b dries up, due to the heat generated by the current flowing through the tissue, the impedance of the tissue increases and the current therethrough decreases. When the current through the first winding 810a decreases, the voltage across the second winding 810b also decreases and when the voltage drops below a minimum threshold required to operate the visual indicator 812, the visual indicator 812 and the phototransistor 814 turn off. When the phototransistor 814 turns off, a logic high is applied to the input of the inverter 816 and a logic low is applied to the CLK input of the flip-flop 818 to clock a logic high to the Q output and a logic low to the Q output. The logic high at the Q output turns on the ultrasound generator circuit 820 to activate the ultrasonic transducer 822 and the ultrasonic blade 824 to initiate cutting the tissue located between the electrodes 806a, 806a. Simultaneously or near simultaneously with the ultrasound generator circuit 820 turning on, the Q output of the flip-flop 818 goes low and causes the output of the AND gate 832 to go low and turn off the transistor 834, thereby de-energizing the electromagnet 836 and opening the switch contact 809 of the relay 808 to cut off the flow of current through the electrodes 806a, 806b.


While the switch contact 809 of the relay 808 is open, no current flows through the electrodes 806a, 806b, tissue, and the first winding 810a of the step-up transformer 804. Therefore, no voltage is developed across the second winding 810b and no current flows through the visual indicator 812.


The state of the Q and the Q outputs of the flip-flop 818 remain the same while the user squeezes the energy switch 826 on the instrument handle to maintain the energy switch 826 closed. Thus, the ultrasonic blade 824 remains activated and continues cutting the tissue between the jaws of the end effector while no current flows through the electrodes 806a, 806b from the bipolar RF generator circuit 802. When the user releases the energy switch 826 on the instrument handle, the energy switch 826 opens and the output of the first inverter 828 goes low and the output of the second inverter 830 goes high to reset the flip-flop 818 causing the Q output to go low and turn off the ultrasound generator circuit 820. At the same time, the Q output goes high and the circuit is now in an off state and ready for the user to actuate the energy switch 826 on the instrument handle to close the energy switch 826, apply current to the tissue located between the electrodes 806a, 806b, and repeat the cycle of applying RF energy to the tissue and ultrasonic energy to the tissue as described above.



FIG. 38 is a sectional view of an end effector 900, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The end effector 900 comprises an ultrasonic blade 902 and a jaw member 904. The jaw member 904 has a channel-shaped groove 906 in which part of the end effector 900 is engaged, along an axial direction. The channel-shaped groove 906 has a wide channel shape with a wide opening in a section orthogonal to an axis of the jaw member 904. The jaw member 904 is made of a conductive material, and an insulating member 910 is provided in a range where the ultrasonic blade 902 is in contact along the axial direction on a bottom surface portion 912 of the channel shape.


The ultrasonic blade 902 has a rhombic shape partially cut out in the section orthogonal to the axial direction. The sectional shape of the ultrasonic blade 902 is a shape which is cut out in the direction orthogonal to a longer diagonal line of the rhombic shape as shown in FIG. 38. The ultrasonic blade 902 with part of the rhombic shape cut out in the sectional shape has a trapezoidal portion 914 which is engaged in the channel-shaped groove 906 of the jaw member 904. A portion in which part of the rhombic shape is not cut out in the sectional shape is an isosceles triangle portion 916 of the ultrasonic blade 902.


When the trigger of the handle assembly is closed, the ultrasonic blade 902 and the jaw member 904 are fitted to each other. When they are fitted, the bottom surface portion 912 of the channel-shaped groove 906 abuts on a top surface portion 918 of the trapezoidal portion 914 of the ultrasonic blade 902, and two inner wall portions 920 of the channel-shaped groove 906 abut on inclined surface portions 922 of the trapezoidal portion 914.


Further, an apex portion 924 of the isosceles triangle portion 916 of the ultrasonic blade 902 is formed to be rounded, but the apex portion 924 has a slightly sharp angle.


When the surgical instrument is used as a spatulate ultrasound treatment instrument, the ultrasonic blade 902 acts as an ultrasound vibration treatment portion, and the apex portion 924 and its peripheral portion (shown by the dotted line) particularly act as a scalpel knife to the tissue of the treatment object.


Further, when the surgical instrument is used as a spatulate high-frequency treatment instrument, the apex portion 924 and its peripheral portion (shown by the dotted line) act as an electric scalpel knife to the tissue of the treatment object.


In one aspect, the bottom surface portion 912 and the inner wall portions 920, and the top surface portion 918 and the inclined surface portions 922 act as the working surfaces of an ultrasound vibration.


Further, in one aspect, the inner wall portions 920 and the inclined surface portions 922 act as the working surfaces of a bipolar high-frequency current.


In one aspect, the surgical instrument may be used as a spatulate treatment instrument of simultaneous output of ultrasound and high-frequency current, the ultrasonic blade 902 acts as the ultrasound vibration treatment portion, and the apex portion 924 and its peripheral portion (shown by the dotted line) particularly act as an electrical scalpel knife to the tissue of the treatment object.


Further, when the surgical instrument provides simultaneous output of ultrasound and high-frequency current, the bottom surface portion 912 and the top surface portion 918 act as the working surfaces of an ultrasound vibration, and the inner wall portions 920 and the inclined surface portions 922 act as the working surfaces of a bipolar high-frequency current.


Consequently, according to the configuration of the treatment portion shown in FIG. 37, excellent operability is provided not only in the case of use of the surgical instrument as an ultrasound treatment instrument or a high-frequency treatment instrument, but also in the case of use of the surgical instrument as an ultrasound treatment instrument or high-frequency current treatment instrument, and further in the case of use of the surgical instrument for the time of simultaneous output of ultrasound and high frequency.


When the surgical instrument performs high-frequency current output or simultaneous output of high-frequency current and ultrasound, monopolar output may be enabled instead of a bipolar output as the high-frequency output.



FIG. 39 is a sectional view of an end effector 930, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The jaw member 932 is made of a conductive material, and an insulating member 934 is provided along the axial direction on a bottom surface portion 936 of the channel shape.


The ultrasonic blade 938 has a rhombic shape partially cut out in the section orthogonal to the axial direction. The sectional shape of the ultrasonic blade 938 is a shape in which part of the rhombic shape is cut out in the direction orthogonal to one diagonal line as shown in FIG. 39. The ultrasonic blade 938 with part of the rhombic shape cut out in the sectional shape has a trapezoidal portion 940 which is engaged in a channel-shaped groove 942 of the jaw member 932. A portion in which part of the rhombic shape is not cut out in the sectional shape is an isosceles triangle portion 944 of the end effector 900.


When the trigger of the handle assembly is closed, the ultrasonic blade 938 and the jaw member 906 are fitted to each other. When they are fitted, the bottom surface portion 936 of the channel-shaped groove 942 abuts on a top surface portion 946 of the trapezoidal portion 940 of the ultrasonic blade 938, and two inner wall portions 954 of the channel-shaped groove 932 abut on inclined surface portions 948 of the trapezoidal portion 940.


Further, an apex portion 950 of the isosceles triangle portion 944 of the ultrasonic blade 938 is formed to be rounded, but an apex portion 952 of the inner side of the hook shape has a slightly sharp angle. An angle θ of the apex portion 952 is preferably 45° to 100°. 45° is a strength limit of the ultrasonic blade 938. As above, the apex portion 952 of the ultrasonic blade 938 configures a protruding portion having a predetermined angle at the inner side of the hook-shaped portion, that is, an edge portion.


The treatment portion in the hook shape is often used for dissection. The apex portion 952 of the end effector 930 becomes a working portion at the time of dissection. Since the apex portion 952 has the slightly sharp angle θ, the apex portion 952 is effective for dissection treatment.


The ultrasonic blade 938 and the jaw member 932 shown in FIG. 39 perform the same operation as the ultrasonic blade 938 and the jaw member 932 shown in FIG. 38 at the time of ultrasound output, at the time of high-frequency output, and at the time of simultaneous output of ultrasound and high frequency respectively, except for the aforementioned operation at the time of dissection.


Referring now to FIGS. 40-43, there is shown and end effector 1000 operably coupled to an insertion sheath 1001, which is formed by an outer sheath 1002 and an inner sheath 1004. The end effector 1000 comprises an ultrasonic blade 1006 and a jaw member 1014. In the outer sheath 1002, the outside of a conductive metal pipe is covered with an insulating resin tube. The inner sheath 1004 is a conductive metal pipe. The inner sheath 1004 can be axially moved back and forth relative to the outer sheath 1002.


The ultrasonic blade 1006 is made of a conductive material having high acoustic effects and biocompatibility, for example, a titanium alloy such as a Ti-6Al-4V alloy. In the ultrasonic blade 1006, an insulating and elastic rubber lining 1008 is externally equipped in the position of nodes of the ultrasonic vibration. The rubber lining 1008 is disposed between the inner sheath 1004 and the ultrasonic blade 1006 in a compressed state. The ultrasonic blade 1006 is held to the inner sheath 1004 by the rubber lining 1008. A clearance is maintained between the inner sheath 1004 and the ultrasonic blade 1006.


An abutting portion 1010 is formed by the part of the ultrasonic blade 1012 facing the jaw member 1014 at the distal end portion of the ultrasonic blade 1006. Here, the ultrasonic blade 1012 is octagonal in its cross section perpendicular to the axial directions of the ultrasonic blade 1006. An abutting surface 1016 is formed by one surface of the abutting portion 1010 facing the jaw member 1014. A pair of electrode surfaces 1018 is formed by surfaces provided to the sides of the abutting surface 1016.


The jaw member 1014 is formed by a body member 1020, an electrode member 1022, a pad member 1024, and a regulating member 1026 as a regulating section.


The body member 1020 is made of a hard and conductive material. A proximal end portion of the body member 1020 constitutes a pivot connection portion 1028. The pivot connection portion 1028 is pivotally connected to a distal end portion of the outer sheath 1002 via a pivot connection shaft 1030. The pivot connection shaft 1030 extends in width directions perpendicular to the axial directions and the opening/closing directions. The body member 1020 can turn about the pivot connection shaft 1030 in the opening/closing directions relative to the outer sheath 1002. A distal end portion of the inner sheath 1004 is pivotally connected to the pivot connection portion 1028 of the body member 1020 at a position provided to the distal side and the opening-direction side of the pivot connection shaft 1030. If the movable handle is turned relative to the fixed handle in the handle unit, the inner sheath 1004 is moved back and forth relative to the outer sheath 1002, and the body member 1020 is driven by the inner sheath 1004 to turn about the pivot connection shaft 1030 in the opening/closing directions relative to the outer sheath 1002. In one aspect, a distal part of the body member 1020 constitutes a pair of pivot bearings 1032. The pair of pivot bearings 1032 are in the form of plates which extend in the axial directions and which are perpendicular to the width directions, and are disposed apart from each other in the width directions.


The electrode member 1022 is made of a hard and conductive material. The part of the electrode member 1022 provided on the opening-direction side constitutes a pivot support 1034. An insertion hole 1036 is formed through the pivot support 1034 in the width directions. A pivot support shaft 1038 is inserted through the insertion hole 1036 and extends in the width directions. The pivot support 1034 is disposed between the pair of pivot bearings 1032 of the body member 1020, and is pivotally supported on the pair of pivot bearings 1032 via the pivot support shaft 1038. The electrode member 1022 can oscillate about the pivot support shaft 1038 relative to the body member 1020. Further, the part of the electrode member 1022 provided on the closing-direction side constitutes an electrode section 1040. The electrode section 1040 extends in the axial directions and projects to the sides in the width directions. A recessed groove 1042 which is open toward the closing direction extends in the axial directions in the part of the electrode section 1040 provided on the closing-direction side. Teeth are axially provided in the parts of the groove 1042 provided in the closing direction side, thus forming a tooth portion 1044. The side surfaces that define the groove 1042 constitute a pair of electrode receiving surfaces 1046 that are inclined from the closing direction toward the sides in the width directions. A recessed mating receptacle 1048 which is open toward the closing direction axially extends in a bottom portion that defines the groove 1042. An embedding hole 1050 is formed through the pivot support 1034 of the electrode member 1022 in the opening/closing directions perpendicularly to the insertion hole 1036. The embedding hole 1050 is open to the mating receptacle 1048.


The pad member 1024 is softer than the ultrasonic blade 1006, and is made of an insulating material having biocompatibility such as polytetrafluorethylene. The pad member 1024 is mated with the mating receptacle 1048 of the electrode member 1022. The part of the pad member 1024 provided on the closing-direction side protrudes from the electrode member 1022 to the closing direction, thus forming an abutting receptacle 1052. In the cross section perpendicular to the axial directions, the abutting receptacle 1052 is in a recessed shape corresponding to the projecting shape of the abutting portion 1010 of the ultrasonic blade 1012. When the jaw member 1014 is closed relative to the ultrasonic blade 1012, the abutting portion 1010 of the ultrasonic blade 1012 abuts onto and engages with the abutting receptacle 1052 of the pad member 1024. The pair of electrode surfaces 1018 of the ultrasonic blade 1012 are arranged parallel to the pair of electrode receiving surfaces 1046 of the electrode section 1040, and a clearance is maintained between the electrode section 1040 and the ultrasonic blade 1012.


The regulating member 1026 is harder than the ultrasonic blade 1006, and is made of an insulating high-strength material such as ceramics. The regulating pad member 1024 is pin-shaped. The regulating pad member 1024 is inserted into the embedding hole 1050 of the pivot support 1034 of the electrode member 1022, protrudes toward the mating receptacle 1048 of the electrode section 1040, and is embedded in the abutting receptacle 1052 of the pad member 1024 in the mating receptacle 1048. A closing-direction end of the regulating member 1026 constitutes a regulating end 1054. The regulating end 1054 does not protrude from the abutting receptacle 1052 to the closing direction, and is accommodated in the abutting receptacle 1052. The insertion hole 1036 is also formed through the regulating member 1026, and the pivot support shaft 1038 is inserted through the insertion hole 1036 of the regulating member 1026.


Here, the inner sheath 1004, the body member 1020, and the electrode member 1022 are electrically connected to one another, and constitute the first electrical path 1056 used in a high-frequency surgical treatment. The electrode section 1040 of the electrode member 1022 functions as one of bipolar electrodes used in a high-frequency surgical treatment. In one aspect, the ultrasonic blade 1006 constitutes the second electrical path 1058 used in the high-frequency treatment. The ultrasonic blade 1012 provided to the distal end portion of the ultrasonic blade 1006 functions as the other of the bipolar electrodes used in a high-frequency treatment. As described above, the ultrasonic blade 1006 is held to the inner sheath 1004 by the insulating rubber lining 1008, and the clearance is maintained between the inner sheath 1004 and the ultrasonic blade 1006. This prevents a short circuit between the inner sheath 1004 and the ultrasonic blade 1006. When the jaw member 1014 is closed relative to the ultrasonic blade 1012, the abutting portion 1010 of the ultrasonic blade 1012 abuts onto and engages with the abutting receptacle 1052 of the pad member 1024. Thus, the pair of electrode surfaces 1018 of the ultrasonic blade 1012 are arranged parallel to the pair of electrode receiving surfaces 1046 of the electrode section 1040, and the clearance is maintained between the electrode section 1040 and the ultrasonic blade 1012. This prevents a short circuit between the electrode section 1040 and the ultrasonic blade 1012.


Referring to FIG. 44, the pad member 1024 is softer than the ultrasonic blade 1006. Therefore, the abutting receptacle 1052 is worn by the ultrasonic blade 1012 in the case where the ultrasonic blade 1012 is ultrasonically vibrated when the jaw member 1014 is closed relative to the ultrasonic blade 1012 and the abutting portion 1010 of the ultrasonic blade 1012 abuts onto and engages with the abutting receptacle 1052 of the pad member 1024. As the abutting receptacle 1052 is worn, the clearance between the electrode section 1040 and the ultrasonic blade 1012 is gradually reduced when the abutting portion 1010 is in a frictional engagement with the abutting receptacle 1052. When the abutting receptacle 1052 is worn more than a predetermined amount, the regulating end 1054 of the regulating member 1026 is exposed from the abutting receptacle 1052 in the closing direction. When the regulating end 1054 is exposed from the abutting receptacle 1052 in the closing direction, the regulating end 1054 contacts the ultrasonic blade 1012 before the electrode section 1040 contacts the ultrasonic blade 1012 if the jaw member 1014 is closed relative to the ultrasonic blade 1012. As a result, the contact between the ultrasonic blade 1012 and the electrode section 1040 is regulated. Here, the electrode section 1040 and the ultrasonic blade 1012 are hard. Therefore, when the ultrasonically vibrated ultrasonic blade 1012 contacts the electrode section 1040, the ultrasonic blade 1012 rapidly and repetitively comes in and out of contact with the electrode section 58. When a high-frequency voltage is applied between the electrode section 1040 and the ultrasonic blade 1012, sparking occurs between the ultrasonic blade 1012 and the electrode section 1040. In one aspect, the contact between the ultrasonic blade 1012 and the electrode section 1040 is regulated by the regulating end 1054 of the regulating member 1026, so that sparking is prevented. The regulating member 1026 is made of an insulating material, and is electrically insulated relative to the electrode member 1022. Thus, if the ultrasonically vibrated ultrasonic blade 1012 contacts the regulating end 1054 of the regulating member 1026, no sparking occurs between the regulating end 1054 and the ultrasonic blade 1012 even when the ultrasonic blade 1012 rapidly and repetitively comes in and out of contact with the regulating end 1054. This prevents sparking between the ultrasonic blade 1012 and the jaw member 1014.


The regulating member 1026 is made of a high-strength material harder than the ultrasonic blade 1006. Therefore, when the regulating end 1054 contacts the ultrasonically vibrated ultrasonic blade 1012, the regulating member 1026 is not worn, and the ultrasonic blade 1006 cracks. In the surgical treatment system according to one aspect, when the abutting receptacle 1052 is worn more than a predetermined amount, the regulating end 1054 contacts the ultrasonic blade 1012 to intentionally crack the ultrasonic blade 1006. By detecting this crack, the end of the life of the surgical treatment instrument is detected. Therefore, the position of the contact between the ultrasonic blade 1012 and the regulating end 1054 is set at the stress concentration region in the ultrasonic blade 1012 to ensure that the ultrasonic blade 1006 cracks when the regulating end 1054 contacts the ultrasonic blade 1012. In a linear ultrasonic blade 1006, stress concentrates in the positions of the nodes of the ultrasonic vibration, and a stress concentration region is located at the proximal end portion of the ultrasonic blade 1012.


For a more detailed description of a combination ultrasonic/electrosurgical instrument, reference is made to U.S. Pat. No. 8,696,666 and U.S. Pat. No. 8,663,223, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.



FIG. 45 illustrates a modular battery powered handheld electrosurgical instrument 1100 with distal articulation, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The surgical instrument 1100 comprises having a handle assembly 1102, a knife drive assembly 1104, a battery assembly 1106, a shaft assembly 1110, and an end effector 1112. The end effector 1112 comprises a pair of jaw members 1114a, 1114b in opposing relationship affixed to a distal end thereof. The end effector 1112 is configured to articulate and rotate. FIG. 46 is an exploded view of the surgical instrument 1100 shown in FIG. 45, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The end effector 1112 for use with the surgical instrument 1100 for sealing and cutting tissue includes a pair of jaw members 1114a, 1114b that in opposing relationship and movable relative to each other to grasp tissue therebetween. A jaw member 1114a, 1114b includes a jaw housing and an electrically conductive surface 1116a, 1116b, e.g., electrodes, adapted to connect to a source of electrosurgical energy (RF source) such that the electrically conductive surfaces are capable of conducting electrosurgical energy through tissue held therebetween to effect a tissue seal. One of the electrically conductive surfaces 1116b includes a channel defined therein and extending along a length thereof that communicates with a drive rod 1145 connected to a motor disposed in the knife drive assembly 1104. The knife is configured to translate and reciprocate along the channel to cut tissue grasped between the jaw members 1114a, 1114b.



FIG. 47 is a perspective view of the surgical instrument 1100 shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 with a display located on the handle assembly 1102, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The handle assembly 1102 of the surgical instrument shown in FIGS. 45-47 comprises a motor assembly 1160 and a display assembly. The display assembly comprises a display 1176, such as an LCD display, for example, which is removably connectable to a housing 1148 portion of the handle assembly 1102. The display 1176 provides a visual display of surgical procedure parameters such as tissue thickness, status of seal, status of cut, tissue thickness, tissue impedance, algorithm being executed, battery capacity, among other parameters.



FIG. 48 is a perspective view of the instrument shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 without a display located on the handle assembly 1102, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The handle assembly 1102 of the surgical instrument 1150 shown in FIG. 48 includes a different display assembly 1154 on a separate housing 1156. With reference now to FIGS. 45-48, the surgical instrument 1100, 1150 is configured to use high-frequency (RF) current and a knife to carry out surgical coagulation/cutting treatments on living tissue, and uses high-frequency current to carry out a surgical coagulation treatment on living tissue. The high-frequency (RF) current can be applied independently or in combination with algorithms or user input control. The display assembly, battery assembly 1106, and shaft assembly 1110 are modular components that are removably connectable to the handle assembly 1102. A motor 1140 is located within the handle assembly 1102. RF generator circuits and motor drive circuits are described herein in connection with FIGS. 34-37 and 50, for example, is located within the housing 1148.


The shaft assembly 1110 comprises an outer tube 1144, a knife drive rod 1145, and an inner tube (not shown). The shaft assembly 1110 comprises an articulation section 1130 and a distal rotation section 1134. The end effector 1112 comprises jaw members 1114a, 1114b in opposing relationship and a motor driven knife. The jaw member 1114a, 1114b comprises an electrically conductive surface 1116a, 1116b coupled to the RF generator circuit for delivering high-frequency current to tissue grasped between the opposed jaw members 1114a, 1114b. The jaw members 1114a, 1114b are pivotally rotatable about a pivot pin 1136 to grasp tissue between the jaw members 1114a, 1114b. The jaw members 1114a, 1114b are operably coupled to a trigger 1108 such that when the trigger 1108 is squeezed the jaw members 1114a, 1114b close to grasp tissue and when the trigger 1108 is released the jaw members 1114a, 1114b open to release tissue.


The jaw members 1114a, 1114b are operably coupled to a trigger 1108 such that when the trigger 1108 is squeezed the jaw members 1114a, 1114b close to grasp tissue and when the trigger 1108 is released the jaw members 1114a, 1114b open to release tissue. In a one-stage trigger configuration, the trigger 1108 is squeezed to close the jaw members 1114a, 1114b and, once the jaw members 1114a, 1114b are closed, a first switch 1121a of a switch section 1121 is activated to energize the RF generator to seal the tissue. After the tissue is sealed, a second switch 1121b of the switch section 1120 is activated to advance a knife to cut the tissue. In various aspects, the trigger 1108 may be a two-stage, or a multi-stage, trigger. In a two-stage trigger configuration, during the first stage, the trigger 1108 is squeezed part of the way to close the jaw members 1114a, 1114b and, during the second stage, the trigger 1108 is squeezed the rest of the way to energize the RF generator circuit to seal the tissue. After the tissue is sealed, one of the first and second switches 1121a, 1121b can be activated to advance the knife to cut the tissue. After the tissue is cut, the jaw members 1114a, 1114b are opened by releasing the trigger 1108 to release the tissue. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the trigger 1108 to measure the force applied to the trigger 1108 by the user. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the switch section 1120 first and second switch 1121a, 1121b buttons such that displacement intensity corresponds to the force applied by the user to the switch section 1120 first and second switch 1121a, 1121b buttons.


The battery assembly 1106 is electrically connected to the handle assembly 1102 by an electrical connector 1132. The handle assembly 1102 is provided with a switch section 1120. A first switch 1121a and a second switch 1121b are provided in the switch section 1120. The RF generator is energized by actuating the first switch 1121a and the knife is activated by energizing the motor 1140 by actuating the second switch 1121b. Accordingly, the first switch 1121a energizes the RF circuit to drive the high-frequency current through the tissue to form a seal and the second switch 1121b energizes the motor to drive the knife to cut the tissue. The structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 1106 are similar to those of the battery assembly 106 for the surgical instrument 100 described in connection with FIGS. 1, 2, and 16-24. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 106 are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here.


A rotation knob 1118 is operably coupled to the shaft assembly 1110. Rotation of the rotation knob 1118 ±360° in the direction indicated by the arrows 1126 causes the outer tube 1144 to rotate ±360° in the respective direction of the arrows 1119. In one aspect, another rotation knob 1122 may be configured to rotate the end effector 1112 ±360° in the direction indicated by the arrows 1128 independently of the rotation of the outer tube 1144. The end effector 1112 may be articulated by way of first and second control switches 1124a, 1124b such that actuation of the first control switch 1124a articulates the end effector 1112 about a pivot 1138 in the direction indicated by the arrow 1132a and actuation of the second control switch 1124b articulates the end effector 1112 about the pivot 1138 in the direction indicated by the arrow 1132b. Further, the outer tube 1144 may have a diameter D3 ranging from 5 mm to 10 mm, for example.



FIG. 49 is a motor assembly 1160 that can be used with the surgical instrument 1100, 1150 to drive the knife, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The motor assembly 1160 comprises a motor 1162, a planetary gear 1164, a shaft 1166, and a drive gear 1168. The gear may be operably coupled to drive the knife bar 1145 (FIG. 46). In one aspect, the drive gear 1168 or the shaft 1166 is operably coupled to a rotary drive mechanism 1170 described in connection with FIG. 50 to drive distal head rotation, articulation, and jaw closure.



FIG. 50 is diagram of a motor drive circuit 1165, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The motor drive circuit 1165 is suitable for driving the motor M, which may be employed in the surgical instruments 1100, 1150 described herein. The motor M is driven by an H-bridge comprising four switches S1-S4. The switches S1-S4 are generally solid state switches such as MOSFET switches. To turn the motor M in one direction, two switches S1, S4 are turned on and the other two switches S3, S1 are turned off. To reverse the direction of the motor M, the state of the switches S1-S4 is reversed such that the switches S1, S4 are turned off and the other two switches S3, S1 are turned on. Current sensing circuits can be placed in the motor drive circuit 1165 to sense motor currents i1a, i2a, i1b, i2b.



FIG. 51 illustrates a rotary drive mechanism 1170 to drive distal head rotation, articulation, and jaw closure, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The rotary drive mechanism 1170 has a primary rotary drive shaft 1172 that is operably coupled to the motor assembly 1160. The primary rotary drive shaft 1172 is capable of being selectively coupled to at least two independent actuation mechanisms (first, second, both, neither) with a clutch mechanism located within the outer tube 1144 of the shaft assembly 1110. The primary rotary drive shaft 1172 is coupled to independent clutches that allow the shaft functions to be independently coupled to the rotary drive shaft 1172. For example, the articulation clutch 1174 is engaged to articulate the shaft assembly 1110 about the articulation axis 1175 of the articulation section 1130. The distal head rotation clutch 1178 is engaged to rotate the distal rotation section 1134 and the jaw closure clutch 1179 is engaged to close the jaw members 1114a, 1114b of the end effector 1112. The knife is advanced and retracted by the knife drive rod 1145. All, none, or any combination of rotary mechanisms can be couple at any one time.


In one aspect, a micro-electrical clutching configuration enables rotation of the distal rotation section 1134 and articulation of the articulation section 1130 about pivot 1138 and articulation axis 1175. In one aspect, a ferro-fluid clutch couples the clutch to the primary rotary drive shaft 1172 via a fluid pump. The clutch ferro-fluid is activated by electrical coils 1181, 1183, 1185 which are wrapped around the knife drive rod 1145. The other ends of the coils 1181, 1183, 1185 are connected to three separate control circuits to independently actuate the clutches 1174, 1178, 1179. In operation, when the coils 1181, 1183, 1185 are not energized, the clutches 1174, 1178, 1179 are disengaged and there is no articulation, rotation, or jaw movements.


When the articulation clutch 1174 is engaged by energizing the coil 1181 and the distal head rotation clutch 1178 and the jaw closure clutch 1179 are disengaged by de-energizing the coils 1183, 1185, a gear 1180 is mechanically coupled to the primary rotary drive shaft 1172 to articulate the articulation section 1130. In the illustrated orientation, when the primary rotary drive shaft 1172 rotates clockwise, the gear 1180 rotates clockwise and the shaft articulates in the right direction about the articulation axis 1175 and when the primary rotary drive shaft 1172 rotates counter clockwise, the gear 1180 rotates counter clockwise and the shaft articulates in the left direction about the articulation axis 1175. It will be appreciated that left/right articulation depends on the orientation of the surgical instrument 1100, 1150.


When the articulation clutch 1174 and the jaw closure clutch 1179 are disengaged by de-energizing the coils 1181, 1185, and the distal head rotation clutch 1178 is engaged by energizing the coil 1183, the primary rotary drive shaft 1172 rotates the distal rotation section 1134 in the same direction of rotation. When the coil 1183 is energized, the distal head rotation clutch 1178 engages the primary rotary drive shaft 1172 with the distal rotation section 1134. Accordingly, the distal rotation section 1134 rotates with the primary rotary drive shaft 1172.


When the articulation clutch 1174 and the distal head rotation clutch 1178 are disengaged by de-energizing the coils 1181, 1183, and the jaw closure clutch 1179 is engaged by energizing the coil 1185, the jaw members 1114a, 114b can be opened or closed depending on the rotation of the primary rotary drive shaft 1172. When the coil 1185 is energized, the jaw closure clutch 1179 engages a captive inner threaded drive member 1186, which rotates in place in the direction of the primary rotary drive shaft 1172. The captive inner threaded drive member 1186 includes outer threads that are in threaded engagement with an outer threaded drive member 1188, which includes an inner threaded surface. As the primary rotary drive shaft 1172 rotates clockwise, the outer threaded drive member 1188 that is in threaded engagement with the captive inner threaded drive member 1186 will be driven in a proximal direction 1187 to close the jaw members 1114a, 1114b. As the primary rotary drive shaft 1172 rotates counterclockwise, the outer threaded drive member 1188 that is in threaded engagement with the captive inner threaded drive member 1186 will be driven in a distal direction 1189 to open the jaw members 1114a, 1114b.



FIG. 52 is an enlarged, left perspective view of an end effector assembly with the jaw members shown in an open configuration, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 53 is an enlarged, right side view of the end effector assembly of FIG. 52, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. Referring now to FIGS. 52 and 53, enlarged views of an end effector 1112 shown in an open position for approximating tissue. Jaw members 1114, 1114b are generally symmetrical and include similar component features which cooperate to permit facile rotation about pivot pin 1136 to effect the sealing and dividing of tissue. As a result and unless otherwise noted, only the jaw member 1114a and the operative features associated therewith are describe in detail herein but as can be appreciated, many of these features apply to the other jaw member 1114b as well.


The jaw member 1114a also includes a jaw housing 1115a, an insulative substrate or insulator 1117a and an electrically conductive surface 1116a. The insulator 1117a is configured to securely engage the electrically conductive sealing surface 1116a. This may be accomplished by stamping, by overmolding, by overmolding a stamped electrically conductive sealing plate and/or by overmolding a metal injection molded seal plate. These manufacturing techniques produce an electrode having an electrically conductive surface 1116a that is surrounded by an insulator 1117a.


As mentioned above, the jaw member 1114a includes similar elements which include: a jaw housing 1115b; insulator 1117b; and an electrically conductive surface 1116b that is dimensioned to securely engage the insulator 1117b. Electrically conductive surface 1116b and the insulator 1117b, when assembled, form a longitudinally-oriented knife channel 1113 defined therethrough for reciprocation of the knife blade 1123. The knife channel 1113 facilitates longitudinal reciprocation of the knife blade 1123 along a predetermined cutting plane to effectively and accurately separate the tissue along the formed tissue seal. Although not shown, the jaw member 1114a may also include a knife channel that cooperates with the knife channel 1113 to facilitate translation of the knife through tissue.


The jaw members 1114a, 1114b are electrically isolated from one another such that electrosurgical energy can be effectively transferred through the tissue to form a tissue seal. The electrically conductive surfaces 1116a, 1116b are also insolated from the remaining operative components of the end effector 1112 and the outer tube 1144. A plurality of stop members may be employed to regulate the gap distance between the electrically conductive surfaces 1116a, 1116b to insure accurate, consistent, and reliable tissue seals.


The structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 1106 are similar to those of the battery assembly 106 for the surgical instrument 100 described in connection with FIGS. 1, 2, and 16-24, including the battery circuits described in connection with FIGS. 20-24. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 106 are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here. Furthermore, the structural and functional aspects of the RF generator circuits are similar to those of the RF generator circuits described in for the surgical instruments 500, 600 described in connection with FIGS. 34-37. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the RF generator circuits are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here. Furthermore, the surgical instrument 1100 includes the battery and control circuits described in connection with FIGS. 12-15, including, for example, the control circuit 210 described in connection with FIG. 14 and the electrical circuit 300 described in connection with FIG. 15. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, the description of the circuits described in connection with FIGS. 12-15 is incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here.


For a more detailed description of an electrosurgical instrument comprising a cutting mechanism and an articulation section that is operable to deflect the end effector away from the longitudinal axis of the shaft, reference is made to U.S. Pat. No. 9,028,478 and U.S. Pat. No. 9,113,907, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.



FIG. 54 illustrates a modular battery powered handheld electrosurgical instrument 1200 with distal articulation, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The surgical instrument 1200 comprises a handle assembly 1202, a knife drive assembly 1204, a battery assembly 1206, a shaft assembly 1210, and an end effector 1212. The end effector 1212 comprises a pair of jaw members 1214a, 1214b in opposing relationship affixed to a distal end thereof. The end effector 1212 is configured to articulate and rotate. FIG. 55 is an exploded view of the surgical instrument 1200 shown in FIG. 54, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The end effector 1212 for use with the surgical instrument 1200 for sealing and cutting tissue includes a pair of jaw members 1214a, 1214b in opposing relationship movable relative to each other to grasp tissue therebetween. Either jaw member 1214a, 1214b may include a jaw housing and an electrically conductive surface 1216a, 1216b, e.g., electrodes, adapted to connect to a source of electrosurgical energy (RF source) such that the electrically conductive surfaces are capable of conducting electrosurgical energy through tissue held therebetween to effect a tissue seal. The jaw members 1214a, 1214b and the electrically conductive surfaces 1216a, 1216b include a channel defined therein and extending along a length thereof that communicates with a knife drive rod 1245 connected to a knife drive assembly 1204. The knife 1274 (FIGS. 60-61) is configured to translate and reciprocate along the channels to cut tissue grasped between the jaw members 1214a, 1214b. The knife has an I-beam configuration such that the jaw members 1214a, 1214b are brought closer together as the knife 1274 advances through the channels. In one aspect, the electrically conductive surfaces 1216a, 1216b are offset relative to each other. The knife 1274 includes a sharp distal end.


The handle assembly 1202 of the surgical instrument shown in FIGS. 54-55 comprises a motor assembly 1260 and a knife drive assembly 1204. In one aspect, a display assembly may be provided on the housing 1248. The display assembly may comprise a display, such as an LCD display, for example, which is removably connectable to a housing 1248 portion of the handle assembly 1202. The LCD display provides a visual display of surgical procedure parameters such as tissue thickness, status of seal, status of cut, tissue thickness, tissue impedance, algorithm being executed, battery capacity, among other parameters. With reference now to FIGS. 54-55, the surgical instrument 1200 is configured to use high-frequency (RF) current and a knife 1274 (FIGS. 60-61) to carry out surgical coagulation/cutting treatments on living tissue, and uses high-frequency current to carry out a surgical coagulation treatment on living tissue. The high-frequency (RF) current can be applied independently or in combination with algorithms or user input control. The knife drive assembly 1204, battery assembly 1206, and shaft assembly 1210 are modular components that are removably connectable to the handle assembly 1202. A motor assembly 1240 may be located within the handle assembly 1202. The RF generator and motor drive circuits are described in connection with FIGS. 34-37 and 50, for example, are located within the housing 1248. The housing 1248 includes a removable cover plate 1276 to provide access to the circuits and mechanisms located within the housing 1248. The knife drive assembly 1204 includes gears and linkages operably coupled to the handle assembly 1202 and the switch section 1220 to activate and drive the knife 1274. As discussed in more detail hereinbelow, the knife 1274 has an I-beam configuration.


The shaft assembly 1210 comprises an outer tube 1244, a knife drive rod 1245, and an inner tube (not shown). The shaft assembly 1210 comprises an articulation section 1230. The end effector 1212 comprises a pair of jaw members 1214a, 1214b and a knife 1274 configured to reciprocate with channels formed in the jaw members 1214a, 1214b. In one aspect, the knife 1274 may be driven by a motor. The jaw member 1214a, 1214b comprises an electrically conductive surface 1216a, 1216b coupled to the RF generator circuit for delivering high-frequency current to tissue grasped between the jaw members 1214a, 1214b. The jaw members 1214a, 1214b are pivotally rotatable about a pivot pin 1235 to grasp tissue between the jaw members 1214a, 1214b. The jaw members 1214a, 1214b are operably coupled to a trigger 1208 such that when the trigger 1208 is squeezed one or both of the jaw members 1214a, 1214b close to grasp tissue and when the trigger 1208 is released the jaw members 1214a, 1214b open to release tissue. In the illustrated example, one jaw member 1214a is movable relative to the other jaw member 1214b. In other aspects, both jaw members 1214a, 1214b may be movable relative to each other. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the trigger 1208 to measure the force applied to the trigger 1208 by the user. In another aspect, force sensors such as strain gages or pressure sensors may be coupled to the switch section 1220 first and second switch 1221a, 1221b buttons such that displacement intensity corresponds to the force applied by the user to the switch section 1220 first and second switch 1221a, 1221b buttons.


The jaw member 1214a is operably coupled to a trigger 1208 such that when the trigger 1208 is squeezed the jaw member 1214a closes to grasp tissue and when the trigger 1208 is released the jaw member 1214a opens to release tissue. In a one-stage trigger configuration, the trigger 1208 is squeezed to close the jaw member 1214a and, once the jaw member 1214a is closed, a first switch 1221a of a switch section 1220 is activated to energize the RF generator to seal the tissue. After the tissue is sealed, a second switch 1221b of the switch section 1220 is activated to advance a knife to cut the tissue. In various aspects, the trigger 1208 may be a two-stage, or a multi-stage, trigger. In a two-stage trigger configuration, during the first stage, the trigger 1208 is squeezed part of the way to close the jaw member 1214a and during the second stage, the trigger 1208 is squeezed the rest of the way to energize the RF generator circuit to seal the tissue. After the tissue is sealed, one of the switches 1221a, 1221b can be activated to advance the knife to cut the tissue. After the tissue is cut, the jaw member 1214a is opened by releasing the trigger 1208 to release the tissue.


The shaft assembly 1210 includes an articulation section 1230 that is operable to deflect the end effector 1212 away from the longitudinal axis “A” of the shaft assembly 1210. The dials 1232a, 1232b are operable to pivot the articulation section 1230 at the distal end of the elongated shaft assembly 1210 to various articulated orientations with respect to the longitudinal axis A-A. More particularly, the articulation dials 1232a, 1232b operably couple to a plurality of cables or tendons that are in operative communication with the articulation section 1230 of the shaft assembly 1210, as described in greater detail below. One articulation dial 1232a may be rotated in the direction of arrows “C0” to induce pivotal movement in a first plane, e.g., a vertical plane, as indicated by arrows “C1”. Similarly, another articulation dial 1232b may be rotated in the direction of arrows “D0” to induce pivotal movement in a second plane, e.g., a horizontal plane, as indicated by arrows “D1”. Rotation of the articulation dials 1232a, 1232b in either direction of arrows “C0” or “D0” results in the tendons pivoting or articulating the shaft assembly 1210 about the articulation section 1230.


The battery assembly 1206 is electrically connected to the handle assembly 1202 by an electrical connector 1231. The handle assembly 1202 is provided with a switch section 1220. A first switch 1221a and a second switch 1221b are provided in the switch section 1220. The RF generator is energized by actuating the first switch 1221a and the knife 1274 may be activated by energizing the motor assembly 1240 by actuating the second switch 1221b. Accordingly, the first switch 1221a energizes the RF circuit to drive the high-frequency current through the tissue to form a seal and the second switch 1221b energizes the motor to drive the knife 1274 to cut the tissue. In other aspects, the knife 1274 may be fired manually using a two-stage trigger 1208 configuration. The structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 1206 are similar to those of the battery assembly 106 for the surgical instrument 100 described in connection with FIGS. 1, 2, and 16-24. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 106 are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here.


A rotation knob 1218 is operably coupled to the shaft assembly 1210. Rotation of the rotation knob 1218 ±360° in the direction indicated by the arrows 1226 causes the outer tube 1244 to rotate ±360° in the respective direction of the arrows 1228. The end effector 1212 may be articulated by way of control buttons such that actuation of control buttons articulates the end effector 1212 in one direction indicated by arrows C1 and D1. Further, the outer tube 1244 may have a diameter D3 ranging from 5 mm to 10 mm, for example.



FIG. 56 is an enlarged area detail view of an articulation section illustrated in FIG. 54 including electrical connections, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 57 is an enlarged area detail view articulation section illustrated in FIG. 56 including electrical connections, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. With reference now to FIGS. 56-57, there is shown the articulation section 1230 is operably disposed on or coupled to the shaft assembly 1210 between the proximal end and the distal end 1222, respectively. In the aspect illustrated in FIGS. 56-57, the articulation section 1230 is defined by a plurality of articulating links 1233 (links 1233). The links 1233 are configured to articulate the shaft assembly 1210 transversely across the longitudinal axis “A-A” in either a horizontal or vertical plane, see FIG. 54. For illustrative purposes, the shaft assembly 1210 is shown articulated across the horizontal plane.


The links 1233 collectively define a central annulus 1238 therethrough that is configured to receive a drive mechanism, e.g., a drive rod, therethrough. As can be appreciated, the configuration of the central annulus 1238 provides adequate clearance for the drive rod therethrough. The central annulus 1238 defines an axis “B-B” therethrough that is parallel to the longitudinal axis “A-A” when the shaft assembly 1210 is in a non-articulated configuration, see FIG. 54.


Continuing with reference to FIGS. 56-57, the links 1233 are operably coupled to the articulation dials 1232a, 1232b via tendons 1234. For illustrative purposes, four (4) tendons 1234 are shown. The tendons 1234 may be constructed of stainless steel wire or other material suitable for transmitting tensile forces to a distal-most link of links 1233. Regardless of the construction materials, the tendons 1234 exhibit a spring rate that is amplified over the length of the tendons 1234 and thus, the tendons 1234 may tend to stretch when external loads are applied to the elongated shaft assembly 1210. This tendency to stretch may be associated with an unintended change in orientation of the distal end 1222 of the elongated shaft assembly 1210, e.g., without a corresponding movement of the articulation dials 1232a, 1232b initiated by the surgeon.


The tendons 1234 operably couple to the articulating dials 1232a, 1232b that are configured to actuate the tendons 1234, e.g., “pull” the tendons 1234, when the articulating dials 1232a, 1232b are rotated. The plurality of tendons 1234 operably couple to the links 1233 via one or more suitable coupling methods. More particularly, the link 1233 includes a corresponding plurality of first apertures or bores 1236a defined therein (four (4) bores 1236a are shown in the representative figures) that are radially disposed along the links 1233 and centrally aligned along a common axis, see FIG. 56. A bore of the plurality of bores 1236a is configured to receive a tendon 1234. A distal end of a tendon 1234 is operably coupled to a distal most link of the links 1233 by suitable methods, e.g., one or more of the coupling methods described above.


Continuing with reference to FIGS. 56-57 a link 1233 includes a second plurality of bores 1236b (four (4) bores 1236b are shown in the representative drawings, as best seen in FIG. 56). A bore 1236b is configured to receive a corresponding conductive lead of a plurality of conductive leads 1237 (four (4) conductive leads 1237 are shown in the representative drawings). The conductive leads 1237 are configured to transition between first and second states within the second plurality of bores 1236b. To facilitate transitioning of the conductive leads 1237, a bore 1236b includes a diameter that is greater than a diameter of the conductive leads 1237 when the conductive leads 1237 are in the first state.


The surgical instrument 1220 includes electrical circuitry that is configured to selectively induce a voltage and current flow to the plurality of conductive leads 1237 such that a conductive lead 1237 transitions from the first state to the second state. To this end, the generator G provides a voltage potential Eo of suitable proportion. A voltage is induced in a conductive lead 1237 and current flow therethrough. The current flowing through a conductive lead 1237 causes the conductive lead 1237 to transition from the first state (FIG. 56) to the second state (FIG. 57). In the second state, the conductive lead 1237 provides an interference fit between the conductive lead 1237 and the corresponding bores 1236b, as best seen in FIG. 57.



FIG. 58 illustrates a perspective view of components of the shaft assembly 1210, end effector 1212, and cutting member 1254 of the surgical instrument 1200 of FIG. 54, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 59 illustrates the articulation section in a second stage of articulation, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. With reference now to FIGS. 58-59, one articulation band 1256a is slidably disposed in one side recess of a separator 1261 while a second articulation band 1256b (FIG. 59) is slidably disposed in the other side recess of the separator 1261. A cutting member driver tube is movable longitudinally to drive a driver block 1258 longitudinally, to thereby move cutting member 1254 longitudinally. The side recesses include longitudinally extending grooves that are configured to reduce the contact surface area with articulation bands 1256a, 1256b, thereby reducing friction between separator 1261 and articulation bands 1256a, 1256b. The separator 1261 also may be formed of a low friction material and/or include a surface treatment to reduce friction. Articulation bands 1256a, 1256b extend longitudinally along the length of the shaft assembly 1210, including through the articulation section 1230. The distal end 1252 of one articulation band 1256a is secured to one side of the proximal portion 1250 of end effector 1212 at an anchor point. The distal end 1262 of the second articulation band 1256b is secured to the other side of proximal portion 1250 of end effector 1212 at an anchor point. A rotary articulation knob is operable to selectively advance the articulation band 1256a distally while simultaneously retracting the second articulation band 1256b proximally, and vice-versa. It should be understood that this opposing translation will cause articulation section 1230 to bend, thereby articulating end effector 1212. In particular, the end effector 1212 will deflect toward whichever articulation band 1256a, 1256b is being retracted proximally; and away from whichever articulation band 1256a, 1256b is being advanced distally.


With continued referenced to FIGS. 58-59, several of the above described components are shown interacting to bend the articulation section 1230 to articulate end effector 1212. In FIG. 58, articulation 1230 is in a straight configuration. Then, one of the articulation dials 1232a, 1232b (FIGS. 54-55) is rotated, which causes a lead screw to translate proximally and another lead screw to advance distally. This proximal translation of one lead screw pulls the articulation band 1256b proximally, which causes articulation section 1230 to start bending as shown in FIG. 59. This bending of articulation section 1230 pulls the other articulation band 1256a distally. The distal advancement of lead screw in response to rotation of the articulation dials 1232a, 1232b enables the articulation band 1256a and the drive member to advance distally. In some other versions, the distal advancement of the lead screw actively drives drive member and articulation band 1256a distally. As the user continues rotating one of the articulation dials 1232a, 1232b, the above described interactions continue in the same fashion, resulting in further bending of articulation section 1230 as shown in FIG. 59. It should be understand that rotating the articulation dials 1232a, 1232b in the opposite direction will cause articulation section 1230 to straighten, and further rotation in the opposite direction will cause articulation section 1230 to bend in the opposite direction.



FIG. 60 illustrates a perspective view of the end effector 1212 of the device of FIGS. 54-59 in an open configuration, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The end effector 1212 of the present example comprises a pair of jaw members 1214a, 1214b. In the present example, one jaw member 1214b is fixed relative to shaft assembly; while the other jaw member 1214a pivots relative to shaft assembly, toward and away from the other jaw member 1214b. In some versions, actuators such as rods or cables, etc., may extend through a sheath and be joined with one jaw member 1214a at a pivotal coupling, such that longitudinal movement of the actuator rods/cables/etc. through the shaft assembly provides pivoting of the jaw member 1214a relative to shaft assembly and relative to the second jaw member 1214b. Of course, the jaw members 1214a, 1214b instead may have any other suitable kind of movement and may be actuated in any other suitable fashion. By way of example only, the jaw members 1214a, 1214b may be actuated and thus closed by longitudinal translation of a firing beam 1266, such that actuator rods/cables/etc. may simply be eliminated in some versions. The upper side of one jaw member 1214a including a plurality of teeth serrations 1272. It should be understood that the lower side of the other jaw member 1214b may include complementary serrations 1277 that nest with the serrations 1272, to enhance gripping of tissue captured between the jaw members 1214a, 1214b of the end effector 1212 without necessarily tearing the tissue.



FIG. 61 illustrates a cross-sectional end view of the end effector 1212 of FIG. 60 in a closed configuration and with the blade 1274 in a distal position, according to one aspect to the present disclosure. With reference now to FIGS. 60-61, one jaw member 1214a defines a longitudinally extending elongate slot 1268; while the other jaw member 1214b also defines a longitudinally extending elongate slot 1270. In addition, the underside of one jaw member 1214a presents an electrically conductive surface 1216a; while the top side of the other jaw member 1214b presents another electrically conductive surface 1216b. The electrically conductive surfaces 1216a, 1216b are in communication with an electrical source 1278 and a controller 1280 via one or more conductors (not shown) that extend along the length of shaft assembly. The electrical source 1278 is operable to deliver RF energy to first electrically conductive surface 1216b at a first polarity and to second electrically conductive surface 1216a at a second (opposite) polarity, such that RF current flows between electrically conductive surfaces 1216a, 1216b and thereby through tissue captured between the jaw members 1214a, 1214b. In some versions, firing beam 1266 serves as an electrical conductor that cooperates with the electrically conductive surfaces 1216a, 1216b (e.g., as a ground return) for delivery of bipolar RF energy captured between the jaw members 1214a, 1214b. The electrical source 1278 may be external to surgical instrument 1200 or may be integral with surgical instrument 1200 (e.g., in the handle assembly 1202, etc.), as described in one or more references cited herein or otherwise. A controller 1280 regulates delivery of power from electrical source 1278 to the electrically conductive surfaces 1216a, 1216b. The controller 1280 may also be external to surgical instrument 1200 or may be integral with surgical instrument 1200 (e.g., in handle assembly 1202, etc.), as described in one or more references cited herein or otherwise. It should also be understood that the electrically conductive surfaces 1216a, 1216b may be provided in a variety of alternative locations, configurations, and relationships.


Still with reference to FIGS. 60-61, the surgical instrument 1200 of the present example includes a firing beam 1266 that is longitudinally movable along part of the length of end effector 1212. The firing beam 1266 is coaxially positioned within the shaft assembly 1210, extends along the length of the shaft assembly 1210, and translates longitudinally within the shaft assembly 1210 (including the articulation section 1230 in the present example), though it should be understood that firing beam 12660 and the shaft assembly 1210 may have any other suitable relationship. The firing beam 1266 includes a knife 1274 with a sharp distal end, an upper flange 1281, and a lower flange 1282. As best seen in FIG. 61, the knife 1274 extends through slots 1268, 1270 of the jaw members 1214a, 1214b, with the upper flange 1281 being located above the jaw member 1214a in a recess 1284 and the lower flange 1282 being located below the jaw member 1214b in a recess 1286. The configuration of the knife 1274 and the flanges 1281, 1282 provides an “I-beam” type of cross section at the distal end of firing beam 1266. While the flanges 1281, 1282 extend longitudinally only along a small portion of the length of firing beam 1266 in the present example, it should be understood that the flanges 1281, 1282 may extend longitudinally along any suitable length of firing beam 1266. In addition, while the flanges 1281, 1282 are positioned along the exterior of the jaw members 1214a, 1214b, the flanges 1281, 1282 may alternatively be disposed in corresponding slots formed within jaw members 1214a, 1214b. For instance, the jaw members 1214a, 1214b may define a “T”-shaped slot, with parts of the knife 1274 being disposed in one vertical portion of a “T”-shaped slot and with the flanges 1281, 1282 being disposed in the horizontal portions of the “T”-shaped slots. Various other suitable configurations and relationships will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art in view of the teachings herein. By way of example only, the end effector 1212 may include one or more positive temperature coefficient (PTC) thermistor bodies 1288, 1290 (e.g., PTC polymer, etc.), located adjacent to the electrically conductive surfaces 1216a, 1216b and/or elsewhere.


The structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 1206 are similar to those of the battery assembly 106 for the surgical instrument 100 described in connection with FIGS. 1, 2, and 16-24, including the battery circuits described in connection with FIGS. 20-24. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the battery assembly 106 are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here. Furthermore, the structural and functional aspects of the RF generator circuits are similar to those of the RF generator circuits described in for the surgical instruments 500, 600 described in connection with FIGS. 34-37. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, such the structural and functional aspects of the RF generator circuits are incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here. Furthermore, the surgical instrument 1200 includes the battery and control circuits described in connection with FIGS. 12-15, including, for example, the control circuit 210 described in connection with FIG. 14 and the electrical circuit 300 described in connection withe FIG. 15. Accordingly, for conciseness and clarity of disclosure, the description of the circuits described in connection with FIGS. 12-15 is incorporated herein by reference and will not be repeated here.


For a more detailed description of an electrosurgical instrument comprising a cutting mechanism and an articulation section that is operable to deflect the end effector away from the longitudinal axis of the shaft, reference is made to U.S. Pub. No. 2013/0023868, which is herein incorporated by reference.


It should also be understood that any of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein may be modified to include a motor or other electrically powered device to drive an otherwise manually moved component. Various examples of such modifications are described in U.S. Pub. No. 2012/0116379 and U.S. Pub. No. 2016/0256184, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Various other suitable ways in which a motor or other electrically powered device may be incorporated into any of the devices herein will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art in view of the teachings herein.


It should also be understood that the circuits described in connection with FIGS. 11-15, 20-24, 34-37, and 50 may be configured to operate either alone or in combination with any of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein.



FIGS. 62-70 describe various circuits that are configured to operate with any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described in connections with FIGS. 1-61. Turning now to FIG. 62, there is shown the components of a control circuit 1300 of the surgical instrument, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The control circuit 1300 comprises a processor 1302 coupled to a volatile memory 1304, one or more sensors 1306, a nonvolatile memory 1308 and a battery 1310. In one aspect, the surgical instrument may comprise a handle housing to house the control circuit 1300 and to contain general purpose controls to implement the power conservation mode. In some aspects, the processor 1302 may be a primary processor of the surgical instrument that includes one or more secondary processors. In some aspects, the processor 1302 may be stored within the battery 1310. The processor 1302 is configured to control various operations and functions of the surgical instrument by executing machine executable instructions, such as control programs or other software modules. For example, execution of an energy modality control program by the processor 1302 enables selection of a particular type of energy to be applied to patient tissue by a surgeon using the surgical instrument. The surgical instrument may comprise an energy modality actuator located on the handle of the surgical instrument. The actuator may be a slider, a toggle switch, a segmented momentary contact switch, or some other type of actuator. Actuation of the energy modality actuator causes the processor 1302 to activate an energy modality corresponding to a selected type of energy. The type of energy can be ultrasonic, RF, or a combination of ultrasonic and RF energy. In various aspects general, the processor 1302 is electrically coupled to the plurality of circuit segments of the surgical instrument as illustrated in FIG. 63 to activate or deactivate the circuit segments in accordance with energization and deenergization sequences.


The volatile memory 1304, such as a random-access memory (RAM), temporarily stores selected control programs or other software modules while the processor 1302 is in operation, such as when the processor 1302 executes a control program or software module. The one or more sensors 1306 may include force sensors, temperature sensors, current sensors or motion sensors. In some aspects, the one or more sensors 1306 may be located at the shaft, end effector, battery, or handle, or any combination or sub-combination thereof. The one or more sensors 1306 transmit data associated with the operation of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described in connection with FIGS. 1-61, such as the presence of tissue grasped by the jaws of the end effector or the force applied by the motor. In one aspect, the one or more sensors 1306 may include an accelerometer to verify the function or operation of the circuit segments, based on a safety check and a Power On Self Test (POST). Machine executable instructions such as control programs or other software modules are stored in the nonvolatile memory 1308. For example, the nonvolatile memory 1308 stores the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) program. The nonvolatile memory 1308 may be a read-only memory, erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), an EEPROM, flash memory or some other type of nonvolatile memory device. Various examples of control programs are described in U.S. Pub. No. 2015/0272578, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The battery 1310 powers the surgical instrument by providing a source voltage that causes a current. The battery 1310 may comprise the motor control circuit segment 1428 illustrated in FIG. 63.


In one aspect, the processor 1302 may be any single core or multicore processor such as those known under the trade name ARM Cortex by Texas Instruments. In one aspect, the processor 1302 may be implemented as a safety processor comprising two microcontroller-based families such as TMS570 and RM4x known under the trade name Hercules ARM Cortex R4, also by Texas Instruments. Nevertheless, other suitable substitutes for microcontrollers and safety processor may be employed, without limitation. In one aspect, the safety processor may be configured specifically for IEC 61508 and ISO 26262 safety critical applications, among others, to provide advanced integrated safety features while delivering scalable performance, connectivity, and memory options.


In certain aspects, the processor 1302 may be an LM 4F230H5QR, available from Texas Instruments, for example. In at least one example, the Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR is an ARM Cortex-M4F Processor Core comprising on-chip memory of 256 KB single-cycle flash memory, or other non-volatile memory, up to 40 MHz, a prefetch buffer to improve performance above 40 MHz, a 32 KB single-cycle serial random access memory (SRAM), internal read-only memory (ROM) loaded with StellarisWare® software, 2 KB electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), one or more pulse width modulation (PWM) modules, one or more quadrature encoder inputs (QED analog, one or more 12-bit Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC) with 12 analog input channels, among other features that are readily available for the product datasheet. Other processors may be readily substituted and, accordingly, the present disclosure should not be limited in this context.



FIG. 63 is a system diagram 1400 of a segmented circuit 1401 comprising a plurality of independently operated circuit segments 1402, 1414, 1416, 1420, 1424, 1428, 1434, 1440, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. A circuit segment of the plurality of circuit segments of the segmented circuit 1401 comprises one or more circuits and one or more sets of machine executable instructions stored in one or more memory devices. The one or more circuits of a circuit segment are coupled to for electrical communication through one or more wired or wireless connection media. The plurality of circuit segments are configured to transition between three modes comprising a sleep mode, a standby mode and an operational mode.


In one aspect shown, the plurality of circuit segments 1402, 1414, 1416, 1420, 1424, 1428, 1434, 1440 start first in the standby mode, transition second to the sleep mode, and transition third to the operational mode. However, in other aspects, the plurality of circuit segments may transition from any one of the three modes to any other one of the three modes. For example, the plurality of circuit segments may transition directly from the standby mode to the operational mode. Individual circuit segments may be placed in a particular state by the voltage control circuit 1408 based on the execution by the processor 1302 of machine executable instructions. The states comprise a deenergized state, a low energy state, and an energized state. The deenergized state corresponds to the sleep mode, the low energy state corresponds to the standby mode, and the energized state corresponds to the operational mode. Transition to the low energy state may be achieved by, for example, the use of a potentiometer.


In one aspect, the plurality of circuit segments 1402, 1414, 1416, 1420, 1424, 1428, 1434, 1440 may transition from the sleep mode or the standby mode to the operational mode in accordance with an energization sequence. The plurality of circuit segments also may transition from the operational mode to the standby mode or the sleep mode in accordance with a deenergization sequence. The energization sequence and the deenergization sequence may be different. In some aspects, the energization sequence comprises energizing only a subset of circuit segments of the plurality of circuit segments. In some aspects, the deenergization sequence comprises deenergizing only a subset of circuit segments of the plurality of circuit segments.


Referring back to the system diagram 1400 in FIG. 63, the segmented circuit 1401 comprise a plurality of circuit segments comprising a transition circuit segment 1402, a processor circuit segment 1414, a handle circuit segment 1416, a communication circuit segment 1420, a display circuit segment 1424, a motor control circuit segment 1428, an energy treatment circuit segment 1434, and a shaft circuit segment 1440. The transition circuit segment comprises a wake up circuit 1404, a boost current circuit 1406, a voltage control circuit 1408, a safety controller 1410 and a POST controller 1412. The transition circuit segment 1402 is configured to implement a deenergization and an energization sequence, a safety detection protocol, and a POST.


In some aspects, the wake up circuit 1404 comprises an accelerometer button sensor 1405. In aspects, the transition circuit segment 1402 is configured to be in an energized state while other circuit segments of the plurality of circuit segments of the segmented circuit 1401 are configured to be in a low energy state, a deenergized state or an energized state. The accelerometer button sensor 1405 may monitor movement or acceleration of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61. For example, the movement may be a change in orientation or rotation of the surgical instrument. The surgical instrument may be moved in any direction relative to a three dimensional Euclidean space by for example, a user of the surgical instrument. When the accelerometer button sensor 1405 senses movement or acceleration, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 sends a signal to the voltage control circuit 1408 to cause the voltage control circuit 1408 to apply voltage to the processor circuit segment 1414 to transition the processor 1302 and the volatile memory 1304 to an energized state. In aspects, the processor 1302 and the volatile memory 1304 are in an energized state before the voltage control circuit 1409 applies voltage to the processor 1302 and the volatile memory 1304. In the operational mode, the processor 1302 may initiate an energization sequence or a deenergization sequence. In various aspects, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may also send a signal to the processor 1302 to cause the processor 1302 to initiate an energization sequence or a deenergization sequence. In some aspects, the processor 1302 initiates an energization sequence when the majority of individual circuit segments are in a low energy state or a deenergized state. In other aspects, the processor 1302 initiates a deenergization sequence when the majority of individual circuit segments are in an energized state.


Additionally or alternatively, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may sense external movement within a predetermined vicinity of the surgical instrument. For example, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may sense a user of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 moving a hand of the user within the predetermined vicinity. When the accelerometer button sensor 1405 senses this external movement, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may send a signal to the voltage control circuit 1408 and a signal to the processor 1302, as previously described. After receiving the sent signal, the processor 1302 may initiate an energization sequence or a deenergization sequence to transition one or more circuit segments between the three modes. In aspects, the signal sent to the voltage control circuit 1408 is sent to verify that the processor 1302 is in operational mode. In some aspects, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may sense when the surgical instrument has been dropped and send a signal to the processor 1302 based on the sensed drop. For example, the signal can indicate an error in the operation of an individual circuit segment. The one or more sensors 1306 may sense damage or malfunctioning of the affected individual circuit segments. Based on the sensed damage or malfunctioning, the POST controller 1412 may perform a POST of the corresponding individual circuit segments.


An energization sequence or a deenergization sequence may be defined based on the accelerometer button sensor 1405. For example, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may sense a particular motion or a sequence of motions that indicates the selection of a particular circuit segment of the plurality of circuit segments. Based on the sensed motion or series of sensed motions, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may transmit a signal comprising an indication of one or more circuit segments of the plurality of circuit segments to the processor 1302 when the processor 1302 is in an energized state. Based on the signal, the processor 1302 determines an energization sequence comprising the selected one or more circuit segments. Additionally or alternatively, a user of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 may select a number and order of circuit segments to define an energization sequence or a deenergization sequence based on interaction with a graphical user interface (GUI) of the surgical instrument.


In various aspects, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may send a signal to the voltage control circuit 1408 and a signal to the processor 1302 only when the accelerometer button sensor 1405 detects movement of any one the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 or external movement within a predetermined vicinity above a predetermined threshold. For example, a signal may only be sent if movement is sensed for 5 or more seconds or if the surgical instrument is moved 5 or more inches. In other aspects, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may send a signal to the voltage control circuit 1408 and a signal to the processor 1302 only when the accelerometer button sensor 1405 detects oscillating movement of the surgical instrument. A predetermined threshold reduces inadvertent transition of circuit segments of the surgical instrument. As previously described, the transition may comprise a transition to operational mode according to an energization sequence, a transition to low energy mode according to a deenergization sequence, or a transition to sleep mode according to a deenergization sequence. In some aspects, the surgical instrument comprises an actuator that may be actuated by a user of the surgical instrument. The actuation is sensed by the accelerometer button sensor 1405. The actuator may be a slider, a toggle switch, or a momentary contact switch. Based on the sensed actuation, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may send a signal to the voltage control circuit 1408 and a signal to the processor 1302.


The boost current circuit 1406 is coupled to the battery 1310. The boost current circuit 1406 is a current amplifier, such as a relay or transistor, and is configured to amplify the magnitude of a current of an individual circuit segment. The initial magnitude of the current corresponds to the source voltage provided by the battery 1310 to the segmented circuit 1401. Suitable relays include solenoids. Suitable transistors include field-effect transistors (FET), MOSFET, and bipolar junction transistors (BJT). The boost current circuit 1406 may amplify the magnitude of the current corresponding to an individual circuit segment or circuit which requires more current draw during operation of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described in connection with FIGS. 1-61. For example, an increase in current to the motor control circuit segment 1428 may be provided when a motor of the surgical instrument requires more input power. The increase in current provided to an individual circuit segment may cause a corresponding decrease in current of another circuit segment or circuit segments. Additionally or alternatively, the increase in current may correspond to voltage provided by an additional voltage source operating in conjunction with the battery 1310.


The voltage control circuit 1408 is coupled to the battery 1310. The voltage control circuit 1408 is configured to provide voltage to or remove voltage from the plurality of circuit segments. The voltage control circuit 1408 is also configured to increase or reduce voltage provided to the plurality of circuit segments of the segmented circuit 1401. In various aspects, the voltage control circuit 1408 comprises a combinational logic circuit such as a multiplexer (MUX) to select inputs, a plurality of electronic switches, and a plurality of voltage converters. An electronic switch of the plurality of electronic switches may be configured to switch between an open and closed configuration to disconnect or connect an individual circuit segment to or from the battery 1310. The plurality of electronic switches may be solid state devices such as transistors or other types of switches such as wireless switches, ultrasonic switches, accelerometers, inertial sensors, among others. The combinational logic circuit is configured to select an individual electronic switch for switching to an open configuration to enable application of voltage to the corresponding circuit segment. The combination logic circuit also is configured to select an individual electronic switch for switching to a closed configuration to enable removal of voltage from the corresponding circuit segment. By selecting a plurality of individual electronic switches, the combination logic circuit may implement a deenergization sequence or an energization sequence. The plurality of voltage converters may provide a stepped-up voltage or a stepped-down voltage to the plurality of circuit segments. The voltage control circuit 1408 may also comprise a microprocessor and memory device, as illustrated in FIG. 62.


The safety controller 1410 is configured to perform safety checks for the circuit segments. In some aspects, the safety controller 1410 performs the safety checks when one or more individual circuit segments are in the operational mode. The safety checks may be performed to determine whether there are any errors or defects in the functioning or operation of the circuit segments. The safety controller 1410 may monitor one or more parameters of the plurality of circuit segments. The safety controller 1410 may verify the identity and operation of the plurality of circuit segments by comparing the one or more parameters with predefined parameters. For example, if an RF energy modality is selected, the safety controller 1410 may verify that an articulation parameter of the shaft matches a predefined articulation parameter to verify the operation of the RF energy modality of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described in connection with FIGS. 1-61. In some aspects, the safety controller 1410 may monitor, by the sensors 1306, a predetermined relationship between one or more properties of the surgical instrument to detect a fault. A fault may arise when the one or more properties are inconsistent with the predetermined relationship. When the safety controller 1410 determines that a fault exists, an error exists, or that some operation of the plurality of circuit segments was not verified, the safety controller 1410 prevents or disables operation of the particular circuit segment where the fault, error or verification failure originated.


The POST controller 1412 performs a POST to verify proper operation of the plurality of circuit segments. In some aspects, the POST is performed for an individual circuit segment of the plurality of circuit segments prior to the voltage control circuit 1408 applying a voltage to the individual circuit segment to transition the individual circuit segment from standby mode or sleep mode to operational mode. If the individual circuit segment does not pass the POST, the particular circuit segment does not transition from standby mode or sleep mode to operational mode. POST of the handle circuit segment 1416 may comprise, for example, testing whether the handle control sensors 1418 sense an actuation of a handle control of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described in connection with FIGS. 1-61. In some aspects, the POST controller 1412 may transmit a signal to the accelerometer button sensor 1405 to verify the operation of the individual circuit segment as part of the POST. For example, after receiving the signal, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 may prompt a user of the surgical instrument to move the surgical instrument to a plurality of varying locations to confirm operation of the surgical instrument. The accelerometer button sensor 1405 may also monitor an output of a circuit segment or a circuit of a circuit segment as part of the POST. For example, the accelerometer button sensor 1405 can sense an incremental motor pulse generated by the motor 1432 to verify operation. A motor controller of the motor control circuit 1430 may be used to control the motor 1432 to generate the incremental motor pulse.


In various aspects, any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described in connection with FIGS. 1-61 may comprise additional accelerometer button sensors may be used. The POST controller 1412 may also execute a control program stored in the memory device of the voltage control circuit 1408. The control program may cause the POST controller 1412 to transmit a signal requesting a matching encrypted parameter from a plurality of circuit segments. Failure to receive a matching encrypted parameter from an individual circuit segment indicates to the POST controller 1412 that the corresponding circuit segment is damaged or malfunctioning. In some aspects, if the POST controller 1412 determines based on the POST that the processor 1302 is damaged or malfunctioning, the POST controller 1412 may send a signal to one or more secondary processors to cause one or more secondary processors to perform critical functions that the processor 1302 is unable to perform. In some aspects, if the POST controller 1412 determines based on the POST that one or more circuit segments do not operate properly, the POST controller 1412 may initiate a reduced performance mode of those circuit segments operating properly while locking out those circuit segments that fail POST or do not operate properly. A locked out circuit segment may function similarly to a circuit segment in standby mode or sleep mode.


The processor circuit segment 1414 comprises the processor 1302 and the volatile memory 1304 described with reference to FIG. 62. The processor 1302 is configured to initiate an energization or a deenergization sequence. To initiate the energization sequence, the processor 1302 transmits an energizing signal to the voltage control circuit 1408 to cause the voltage control circuit 1408 to apply voltage to the plurality or a subset of the plurality of circuit segments in accordance with the energization sequence. To initiate the deenergization sequence, the processor 1302 transmits a deenergizing signal to the voltage control circuit 1408 to cause the voltage control circuit 1408 to remove voltage from the plurality or a subset of the plurality of circuit segments in accordance with the deenergization sequence.


The handle circuit segment 1416 comprises handle control sensors 1418. The handle control sensors 1418 may sense an actuation of one or more handle controls of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61. In various aspects, the one or more handle controls comprise a clamp control, a release button, an articulation switch, an energy activation button, and/or any other suitable handle control. The user may activate the energy activation button to select between an RF energy mode, an ultrasonic energy mode or a combination RF and ultrasonic energy mode. The handle control sensors 1418 may also facilitate attaching a modular handle to the surgical instrument. For example, the handle control sensors 1418 may sense proper attachment of the modular handle to the surgical instrument and indicate the sensed attachment to a user of the surgical instrument. The LCD display 1426 may provide a graphical indication of the sensed attachment. In some aspects, the handle control sensors 1418 senses actuation of the one or more handle controls. Based on the sensed actuation, the processor 1302 may initiate either an energization sequence or a deenergization sequence.


The communication circuit segment 1420 comprises a communication circuit 1422. The communication circuit 1422 comprises a communication interface to facilitate signal communication between the individual circuit segments of the plurality of circuit segments. In some aspects, the communication circuit 1422 provides a path for the modular components of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 to communicate electrically. For example, a modular shaft and a modular transducer, when attached together to the handle of the surgical instrument, can upload control programs to the handle through the communication circuit 1422.


The display circuit segment 1424 comprises a LCD display 1426. The LCD display 1426 may comprise a liquid crystal display screen, LED indicators, etc. In some aspects, the LCD display 1426 is an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) screen. The Display 226 may be placed on, embedded in, or located remotely from any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61. For example, the Display 226 can be placed on the handle of the surgical instrument. The Display 226 is configured to provide sensory feedback to a user. In various aspects, the LCD display 1426 further comprises a backlight. In some aspects, the surgical instrument may also comprise audio feedback devices such as a speaker or a buzzer and tactile feedback devices such as a haptic actuator.


The motor control circuit segment 1428 comprises a motor control circuit 1430 coupled to a motor 1432. The motor 1432 is coupled to the processor 1302 by a driver and a transistor, such as a FET. In various aspects, the motor control circuit 1430 comprises a motor current sensor in signal communication with the processor 1302 to provide a signal indicative of a measurement of the current draw of the motor to the processor 1302. The processor transmits the signal to the Display 226. The Display 226 receives the signal and displays the measurement of the current draw of the motor 1432. The processor 1302 may use the signal, for example, to monitor that the current draw of the motor 1432 exists within an acceptable range, to compare the current draw to one or more parameters of the plurality of circuit segments, and to determine one or more parameters of a patient treatment site. In various aspects, the motor control circuit 1430 comprises a motor controller to control the operation of the motor. For example, the motor control circuit 1430 controls various motor parameters, such as by adjusting the velocity, torque and acceleration of the motor 1432. The adjusting is done based on the current through the motor 1432 measured by the motor current sensor.


In various aspects, the motor control circuit 1430 comprises a force sensor to measure the force and torque generated by the motor 1432. The motor 1432 is configured to actuate a mechanism of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61. For example, the motor 1432 is configured to control actuation of the shaft of the surgical instrument to realize clamping, rotation and articulation functionality. For example, the motor 1432 may actuate the shaft to realize a clamping motion with jaws of the surgical instrument. The motor controller may determine whether the material clamped by the jaws is tissue or metal. The motor controller may also determine the extent to which the jaws clamp the material. For example, the motor controller may determine how open or closed the jaws are based on the derivative of sensed motor current or motor voltage. In some aspects, the motor 1432 is configured to actuate the transducer to cause the transducer to apply torque to the handle or to control articulation of the surgical instrument. The motor current sensor may interact with the motor controller to set a motor current limit. When the current meets the predefined threshold limit, the motor controller initiates a corresponding change in a motor control operation. For example, exceeding the motor current limit causes the motor controller to reduce the current draw of the motor.


The energy treatment circuit segment 1434 comprises a RF amplifier and safety circuit 1436 and an ultrasonic signal generator circuit 1438 to implement the energy modular functionality of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described in connection with FIGS. 1-61. In various aspects, the RF amplifier and safety circuit 1436 is configured to control the RF modality of the surgical instrument by generating an RF signal. The ultrasonic signal generator circuit 1438 is configured to control the ultrasonic energy modality by generating an ultrasonic signal. The RF amplifier and safety circuit 1436 and an ultrasonic signal generator circuit 1438 may operate in conjunction to control the combination RF and ultrasonic energy modality.


The shaft circuit segment 1440 comprises a shaft module controller 1442, a modular control actuator 1444, one or more end effector sensors 1446, and a non volatile memory 1448. The shaft module controller 1442 is configured to control a plurality of shaft modules comprising the control programs to be executed by the processor 1302. The plurality of shaft modules implements a shaft modality, such as ultrasonic, combination ultrasonic and RF, RF I-blade, and RF-opposable jaw. The shaft module controller 1442 can select shaft modality by selecting the corresponding shaft module for the processor 1302 to execute. The modular control actuator 1444 is configured to actuate the shaft according to the selected shaft modality. After actuation is initiated, the shaft articulates the end effector according to the one or more parameters, routines or programs specific to the selected shaft modality and the selected end effector modality. The one or more end effector sensors 1446 located at the end effector may include force sensors, temperature sensors, current sensors or motion sensors. The one or more end effector sensors 1446 transmit data about one or more operations of the end effector, based on the energy modality implemented by the end effector. In various aspects, the energy modalities include an ultrasonic energy modality, a RF energy modality, or a combination of the ultrasonic energy modality and the RF energy modality. The non volatile memory 1448 stores the shaft control programs. A control program comprises one or more parameters, routines or programs specific to the shaft. In various aspects, the non volatile memory 1448 may be an ROM, EPROM, EEPROM or flash memory. The non volatile memory 1448 stores the shaft modules corresponding to the selected shaft of nay one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61. The shaft modules may be changed or upgraded in the non volatile memory 1448 by the shaft module controller 1442, depending on the surgical instrument shaft to be used in operation.



FIG. 64 illustrates a diagram of one aspect of a surgical instrument 1500 comprising a feedback system for use with any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61, which may include or implement many of the features described herein. For example, in one aspect, the surgical instrument 1500 may be similar to or representative of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200. The surgical instrument 1500 may include a generator 1502. The surgical instrument 1500 also may include an end effector 1506, which may be activated when a clinician operates a trigger 1510. In various aspects, the end effector 1506 may include an ultrasonic blade to deliver ultrasonic vibration to carry out surgical coagulation/cutting treatments on living tissue. In other aspects the end effector 1506 may include electrically conductive elements coupled to an electrosurgical high-frequency current energy source to carry out surgical coagulation or cauterization treatments on living tissue and either a mechanical knife with a sharp edge or an ultrasonic blade to carry out cutting treatments on living tissue. When the trigger 1510 is actuated, a force sensor 1512 may generate a signal indicating the amount of force being applied to the trigger 1510. In addition to, or instead of a force sensor 1512, the surgical instrument 1500 may include a position sensor 1513, which may generate a signal indicating the position of the trigger 1510 (e.g., how far the trigger has been depressed or otherwise actuated). In one aspect, the position sensor 1513 may be a sensor positioned with the outer tubular sheath described above or reciprocating tubular actuating member located within the outer tubular sheath described above. In one aspect, the sensor may be a Hall-effect sensor or any suitable transducer that varies its output voltage in response to a magnetic field. The Hall-effect sensor may be used for proximity switching, positioning, speed detection, and current sensing applications. In one aspect, the Hall-effect sensor operates as an analog transducer, directly returning a voltage. With a known magnetic field, its distance from the Hall plate can be determined.


A control circuit 1508 may receive the signals from the sensors 1512 and/or 1513. The control circuit 1508 may include any suitable analog or digital circuit components. The control circuit 1508 also may communicate with the generator 1502 and/or the transducer 1504 to modulate the power delivered to the end effector 1506 and/or the generator level or ultrasonic blade amplitude of the end effector 1506 based on the force applied to the trigger 1510 and/or the position of the trigger 1510 and/or the position of the outer tubular sheath described above relative to the reciprocating tubular actuating member 58 located within the outer tubular sheath 56 described above (e.g., as measured by a Hall-effect sensor and magnet combination). For example, as more force is applied to the trigger 1510, more power and/or a higher ultrasonic blade amplitude may be delivered to the end effector 1506. According to various aspects, the force sensor 1512 may be replaced by a multi-position switch.


According to various aspects, the end effector 1506 may include a clamp or clamping mechanism, for example, such as that described above with respect to FIGS. 1-5. When the trigger 1510 is initially actuated, the clamping mechanism may close, clamping tissue between a clamp arm and the end effector 1506. As the force applied to the trigger increases (e.g., as sensed by force sensor 1512) the control circuit 1508 may increase the power delivered to the end effector 1506 by the transducer 1504 and/or the generator level or ultrasonic blade amplitude brought about in the end effector 1506. In one aspect, trigger position, as sensed by position sensor 1513 or clamp or clamp arm position, as sensed by position sensor 1513 (e.g., with a Hall-effect sensor), may be used by the control circuit 1508 to set the power and/or amplitude of the end effector 1506. For example, as the trigger is moved further towards a fully actuated position, or the clamp or clamp arm moves further towards the ultrasonic blade (or end effector 1506), the power and/or amplitude of the end effector 1506 may be increased.


According to various aspects, the surgical instrument 1500 also may include one or more feedback devices for indicating the amount of power delivered to the end effector 1506. For example, a speaker 1514 may emit a signal indicative of the end effector power. According to various aspects, the speaker 1514 may emit a series of pulse sounds, where the frequency of the sounds indicates power. In addition to, or instead of the speaker 1514, the surgical instrument 1500 may include a visual display 1516. The visual display 1516 may indicate end effector power according to any suitable method. For example, the visual display 1516 may include a series of LEDs, where end effector power is indicated by the number of illuminated LEDs. The speaker 1514 and/or visual display 1516 may be driven by the control circuit 1508. According to various aspects, the surgical instrument 1500 may include a ratcheting device (not shown) connected to the trigger 1510. The ratcheting device may generate an audible sound as more force is applied to the trigger 1510, providing an indirect indication of end effector power. The surgical instrument 1500 may include other features that may enhance safety. For example, the control circuit 1508 may be configured to prevent power from being delivered to the end effector 1506 in excess of a predetermined threshold. Also, the control circuit 1508 may implement a delay between the time when a change in end effector power is indicated (e.g., by speaker 1514 or visual display 1516), and the time when the change in end effector power is delivered. In this way, a clinician may have ample warning that the level of ultrasonic power that is to be delivered to the end effector 1506 is about to change.


In one aspect, the ultrasonic or high-frequency current generators of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 may be configured to generate the electrical signal waveform digitally such that the desired using a predetermined number of phase points stored in a lookup table to digitize the wave shape. The phase points may be stored in a table defined in a memory, a field programmable gate array (FPGA), or any suitable non-volatile memory. FIG. 65 illustrates one aspect of a fundamental architecture for a digital synthesis circuit such as a direct digital synthesis (DDS) circuit 1600 configured to generate a plurality of wave shapes for the electrical signal waveform. The generator software and digital controls may command the FPGA to scan the addresses in the lookup table 1604 which in turn provides varying digital input values to a DAC circuit 1608 that feeds a power amplifier. The addresses may be scanned according to a frequency of interest. Using such a lookup table 1604 enables generating various types of wave shapes that can be fed into tissue or into a transducer, an RF electrode, multiple transducers simultaneously, multiple RF electrodes simultaneously, or a combination of RF and ultrasonic instruments. Furthermore, multiple lookup tables 1604 that represent multiple wave shapes can be created, stored, and applied to tissue from a generator.


The waveform signal may be configured to control at least one of an output current, an output voltage, or an output power of an ultrasonic transducer and/or an RF electrode, or multiples thereof (e.g. two or more ultrasonic transducers and/or two or more RF electrodes). Further, where the surgical instrument comprises an ultrasonic components, the waveform signal may be configured to drive at least two vibration modes of an ultrasonic transducer of the at least one surgical instrument. Accordingly, a generator may be configured to provide a waveform signal to at least one surgical instrument wherein the waveform signal corresponds to at least one wave shape of a plurality of wave shapes in a table. Further, the waveform signal provided to the two surgical instruments may comprise two or more wave shapes. The table may comprise information associated with a plurality of wave shapes and the table may be stored within the generator. In one aspect or example, the table may be a direct digital synthesis table, which may be stored in an FPGA of the generator. The table may be addressed by anyway that is convenient for categorizing wave shapes. According to one aspect, the table, which may be a direct digital synthesis table, is addressed according to a frequency of the waveform signal. Additionally, the information associated with the plurality of wave shapes may be stored as digital information in the table.


The analog electrical signal waveform may be configured to control at least one of an output current, an output voltage, or an output power of an ultrasonic transducer and/or an RF electrode, or multiples thereof (e.g., two or more ultrasonic transducers and/or two or more RF electrodes). Further, where the surgical instrument comprises ultrasonic components, the analog electrical signal waveform may be configured to drive at least two vibration modes of an ultrasonic transducer of the at least one surgical instrument. Accordingly, the generator circuit may be configured to provide an analog electrical signal waveform to at least one surgical instrument wherein the analog electrical signal waveform corresponds to at least one wave shape of a plurality of wave shapes stored in a lookup table 1604. Further, the analog electrical signal waveform provided to the two surgical instruments may comprise two or more wave shapes. The lookup table 1604 may comprise information associated with a plurality of wave shapes and the lookup table 1604 may be stored either within the generator circuit or the surgical instrument. In one aspect or example, the lookup table 1604 may be a direct digital synthesis table, which may be stored in an FPGA of the generator circuit or the surgical instrument. The lookup table 1604 may be addressed by anyway that is convenient for categorizing wave shapes. According to one aspect, the lookup table 1604, which may be a direct digital synthesis table, is addressed according to a frequency of the desired analog electrical signal waveform. Additionally, the information associated with the plurality of wave shapes may be stored as digital information in the lookup table 1604.


With the widespread use of digital techniques in instrumentation and communications systems, a digitally-controlled method of generating multiple frequencies from a reference frequency source has evolved and is referred to as direct digital synthesis. The basic architecture is shown in FIG. 65. In this simplified block diagram, a DDS circuit is coupled to a processor, controller, or a logic device of the generator circuit and to a memory circuit located either in the generator circuit of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61. The DDS circuit 1600 comprises an address counter 1602, lookup table 1604, a register 1606, a DAC circuit 1608, and a filter 1612. A stable clock fc is received by the address counter 1602 and the register 1606 drives a programmable-read-only-memory (PROM) which stores one or more integral number of cycles of a sinewave (or other arbitrary waveform) in a lookup table 1604. As the address counter 1602 steps through memory locations, values stored in the lookup table 1604 are written to a register 1606, which is coupled to a DAC circuit 1608. The corresponding digital amplitude of the signal at the memory location of the lookup table 1604 drives the DAC circuit 1608, which in turn generates an analog output signal 1610. The spectral purity of the analog output signal 1610 is determined primarily by the DAC circuit 1608. The phase noise is basically that of the reference clock fc. The first analog output signal 1610 output from the DAC circuit 1608 is filtered by the filter 1612 and a second analog output signal 1614 output by the filter 1612 is provided to an amplifier having an output coupled to the output of the generator circuit. The second analog output signal has a frequency fout.


Because the DDS circuit 1600 is a sampled data system, issues involved in sampling must be considered: quantization noise, aliasing, filtering, etc. For instance, the higher order harmonics of the DAC circuit 1608 output frequencies fold back into the Nyquist bandwidth, making them unfilterable, whereas, the higher order harmonics of the output of phase-locked-loop (PLL) based synthesizers can be filtered. The lookup table 1604 contains signal data for an integral number of cycles. The final output frequency fout can be changed changing the reference clock frequency fc or by reprogramming the PROM.


The DDS circuit 1600 may comprise multiple lookup tables 1604 where the lookup table 1604 stores a waveform represented by a predetermined number of samples, wherein the samples define a predetermined shape of the waveform. Thus multiple waveforms having a unique shape can be stored in multiple lookup tables 1604 to provide different tissue treatments based on instrument settings or tissue feedback. Examples of waveforms include high crest factor RF electrical signal waveforms for surface tissue coagulation, low crest factor RF electrical signal waveform for deeper tissue penetration, and electrical signal waveforms that promote efficient touch-up coagulation. In one aspect, the DDS circuit 1600 can create multiple wave shape lookup tables 1604 and during a tissue treatment procedure (e.g., “on-the-fly” or in virtual real time based on user or sensor inputs) switch between different wave shapes stored in separate lookup tables 1604 based on the tissue effect desired and/or tissue feedback. Accordingly, switching between wave shapes can be based on tissue impedance and other factors, for example. In other aspects, the lookup tables 1604 can store electrical signal waveforms shaped to maximize the power delivered into the tissue per cycle (i.e., trapezoidal or square wave). In other aspects, the lookup tables 1604 can store wave shapes synchronized in such way that they make maximizing power delivery by the multifunction surgical instrument any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 while delivering RF and ultrasonic drive signals. In yet other aspects, the lookup tables 1604 can store electrical signal waveforms to drive ultrasonic and RF therapeutic, and/or sub-therapeutic, energy simultaneously while maintaining ultrasonic frequency lock. Custom wave shapes specific to different instruments and their tissue effects can be stored in the non-volatile memory of the generator circuit or in the non-volatile memory (e.g., EEPROM) of any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 and be fetched upon connecting the multifunction surgical instrument to the generator circuit. An example of an exponentially damped sinusoid, as used in many high crest factor “coagulation” waveforms is shown in FIG. 67.


A more flexible and efficient implementation of the DDS circuit 1600 employs a digital circuit called a Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO). A block diagram of a more flexible and efficient digital synthesis circuit such as a DDS circuit 1700 is shown in FIG. 66. In this simplified block diagram, a DDS circuit 1700 is coupled to a processor, controller, or a logic device of the generator and to a memory circuit located either in the generator or in any of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61. The DDS circuit 1700 comprises a load register 1702, a parallel delta phase register 1704, an adder circuit 1716, a phase register 1708, a lookup table 1710 (phase-to-amplitude converter), a DAC circuit 1712, and a filter 1714. The adder circuit 1716 and the phase register 1708 a form part of a phase accumulator 1706. A clock signal fc is applied to the phase register 1708 and the DAC circuit 1712. The load register 1702 receives a tuning word that specifies output frequency as a fraction of the reference clock frequency fc. The output of the load register 1702 is provided to a parallel delta phase register 1704 with a tuning word M.


The DDS circuit 1700 includes a sample clock that generates a clock frequency fc, a phase accumulator 1706, and a lookup table 1710 (e.g., phase to amplitude converter). The content of the phase accumulator 1706 is updated once per clock cycle fc. When time the phase accumulator 1706 is updated, the digital number, M, stored in the parallel delta phase register 1704 is added to the number in the phase register 1708 by an adder circuit 1716. Assuming that the number in the parallel delta phase register 1704 is 00 . . . 01 and that the initial contents of the phase accumulator 1706 is 00 . . . 00. The phase accumulator 1706 is updated by 00 . . . 01 per clock cycle. If the phase accumulator 1706 is 32-bits wide, 232 clock cycles (over 4 billion) are required before the phase accumulator 1706 returns to 00 . . . 00, and the cycle repeats.


The truncated output 1718 of the phase accumulator 1706 is provided to a phase-to amplitude converter lookup table 1710 and the output of the lookup table 1710 is coupled to a DAC circuit 1712. The truncated output 1718 of the phase accumulator 1706 serves as the address to a sine (or cosine) lookup table. An address in the lookup table corresponds to a phase point on the sinewave from 0° to 360°. The lookup table 1710 contains the corresponding digital amplitude information for one complete cycle of a sinewave. The lookup table 1710 therefore maps the phase information from the phase accumulator 1706 into a digital amplitude word, which in turn drives the DAC circuit 1712. The output of the DAC circuit is a first analog signal 1720 and is filtered by a filter 1714. The output of the filter 1714 is a second analog signal 1722, which is provided to a power amplifier coupled to the output of the generator circuit.


In one aspect, the electrical signal waveform may be digitized into 1024 (210) phase points, although the wave shape may be digitized is any suitable number of 2n phase points ranging from 256 (28) to 281,474,976,710,656 (248), where n is a positive integer, as shown in TABLE 1. The electrical signal waveform may be expressed as An(θn), where a normalized amplitude An at a point n is represented by a phase angle θn is referred to as a phase point at point n. The number of discrete phase points n determines the tuning resolution of the DDS circuit 1700 (as well as the DDS circuit 1600 shown in FIG. 65).












TABLE 1







N
Number of Phase Points 2n



















8
256



10
1,024



12
4,096



14
16,384



16
65,536



18
262,144



20
1,048,576



22
4,194,304



24
16,777,216



26
67,108,864



28
268,435,456



. . .
. . .



32
4,294,967,296



. . .
. . .



48
281,474,976,710,656



. . .
. . .










The generator circuit algorithms and digital control circuits scan the addresses in the lookup table 1710, which in turn provides varying digital input values to the DAC circuit 1712 that feeds the filter 1714 and the power amplifier. The addresses may be scanned according to a frequency of interest. Using the lookup table enables generating various types of shapes that can be converted into an analog output signal by the DAC circuit 1712, filtered by the filter 1714, amplified by the power amplifier coupled to the output of the generator circuit, and fed to the tissue in the form of RF energy or fed to an ultrasonic transducer and applied to the tissue in the form of ultrasonic vibrations which deliver energy to the tissue in the form of heat. The output of the amplifier can be applied to an RF electrode, multiple RF electrodes simultaneously, an ultrasonic transducer, multiple ultrasonic transducers simultaneously, or a combination of RF and ultrasonic transducers, for example. Furthermore, multiple wave shape tables can be created, stored, and applied to tissue from a generator circuit.


With reference back to FIG. 65, for n=32, and M=1, the phase accumulator 1706 steps through 232 possible outputs before it overflows and restarts. The corresponding output wave frequency is equal to the input clock frequency divided by 232. If M=2, then the phase register 1708 “rolls over” twice as fast, and the output frequency is doubled. This can be generalized as follows.


For a phase accumulator 1706 configured to accumulate n-bits (n generally ranges from 24 to 32 in most DDS systems, but as previously discussed n may be selected from a wide range of options), there are 2n possible phase points. The digital word in the delta phase register, M, represents the amount the phase accumulator is incremented per clock cycle. If fc is the clock frequency, then the frequency of the output sinewave is equal to:









f

o
=


M
·

f
c



2
n







Eq
.




1







Equation 1 is known as the DDS “tuning equation.” Note that the frequency resolution of the system is equal to








f
o


2
n


.





For n=32, the resolution is greater than one part in four billion. In one aspect of the DDS circuit 1700, not all of the bits out of the phase accumulator 1706 are passed on to the lookup table 1710, but are truncated, leaving only the first 13 to 15 most significant bits (MSBs), for example. This reduces the size of the lookup table 1710 and does not affect the frequency resolution. The phase truncation only adds a small but acceptable amount of phase noise to the final output.


The electrical signal waveform may be characterized by a current, voltage, or power at a predetermined frequency. Further, where any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 comprises ultrasonic components, the electrical signal waveform may be configured to drive at least two vibration modes of an ultrasonic transducer of the at least one surgical instrument. Accordingly, the generator circuit may be configured to provide an electrical signal waveform to at least one surgical instrument wherein the electrical signal waveform is characterized by a predetermined wave shape stored in the lookup table 1710 (or lookup table 1604FIG. 65). Further, the electrical signal waveform may be a combination of two or more wave shapes. The lookup table 1710 may comprise information associated with a plurality of wave shapes. In one aspect or example, the lookup table 1710 may be generated by the DDS circuit 1700 and may be referred to as a direct digital synthesis table. DDS works by first storing a large repetitive waveform in onboard memory. A cycle of a waveform (sine, triangle, square, arbitrary) can be represented by a predetermined number of phase points as shown in TABLE 1 and stored into memory. Once the waveform is stored into memory, it can be generated at very precise frequencies. The direct digital synthesis table may be stored in a non-volatile memory of the generator circuit and/or may be implemented with a FPGA circuit in the generator circuit. The lookup table 1710 may be addressed by any suitable technique that is convenient for categorizing wave shapes. According to one aspect, the lookup table 1710 is addressed according to a frequency of the electrical signal waveform. Additionally, the information associated with the plurality of wave shapes may be stored as digital information in a memory or as part of the lookup table 1710.


In one aspect, the generator circuit may be configured to provide electrical signal waveforms to at least two surgical instruments simultaneously. The generator circuit also may be configured to provide the electrical signal waveform, which may be characterized two or more wave shapes, via an output channel of the generator circuit to the two surgical instruments simultaneously. For example, in one aspect the electrical signal waveform comprises a first electrical signal to drive an ultrasonic transducer (e.g., ultrasonic drive signal), a second RF drive signal, and/or a combination thereof. In addition, an electrical signal waveform may comprise a plurality of ultrasonic drive signals, a plurality of RF drive signals, and/or a combination of a plurality of ultrasonic and RF drive signals.


In addition, a method of operating the generator circuit according to the present disclosure comprises generating an electrical signal waveform and providing the generated electrical signal waveform to any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61, where generating the electrical signal waveform comprises receiving information associated with the electrical signal waveform from a memory. The generated electrical signal waveform comprises at least one wave shape. Furthermore, providing the generated electrical signal waveform to the at least one surgical instrument comprises providing the electrical signal waveform to at least two surgical instruments simultaneously.


The generator circuit as described herein may allow for the generation of various types of direct digital synthesis tables. Examples of wave shapes for RF/Electrosurgery signals suitable for treating a variety of tissue generated by the generator circuit include RF signals with a high crest factor (which may be used for surface coagulation in RF mode), a low crest factor RF signals (which may be used for deeper tissue penetration), and waveforms that promote efficient touch-up coagulation. The generator circuit also may generate multiple wave shapes employing a direct digital synthesis lookup table 1710 and, on the fly, can switch between particular wave shapes based on the desired tissue effect. Switching may be based on tissue impedance and/or other factors.


In addition to traditional sine/cosine wave shapes, the generator circuit may be configured to generate wave shape(s) that maximize the power into tissue per cycle (i.e., trapezoidal or square wave). The generator circuit may provide wave shape(s) that are synchronized to maximize the power delivered to the load when driving RF and ultrasonic signals simultaneously and to maintain ultrasonic frequency lock, provided that the generator circuit includes a circuit topology that enables simultaneously driving RF and ultrasonic signals. Further, custom wave shapes specific to instruments and their tissue effects can be stored in a non-volatile memory (NVM) or an instrument EEPROM and can be fetched upon connecting any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 to the generator circuit.


The DDS circuit 1700 may comprise multiple lookup tables 1604 where the lookup table 1710 stores a waveform represented by a predetermined number of phase points (also may be referred to as samples), wherein the phase points define a predetermined shape of the waveform. Thus multiple waveforms having a unique shape can be stored in multiple lookup tables 1710 to provide different tissue treatments based on instrument settings or tissue feedback. Examples of waveforms include high crest factor RF electrical signal waveforms for surface tissue coagulation, low crest factor RF electrical signal waveform for deeper tissue penetration, and electrical signal waveforms that promote efficient touch-up coagulation. In one aspect, the DDS circuit 1700 can create multiple wave shape lookup tables 1710 and during a tissue treatment procedure (e.g., “on-the-fly” or in virtual real time based on user or sensor inputs) switch between different wave shapes stored in different lookup tables 1710 based on the tissue effect desired and/or tissue feedback. Accordingly, switching between wave shapes can be based on tissue impedance and other factors, for example. In other aspects, the lookup tables 1710 can store electrical signal waveforms shaped to maximize the power delivered into the tissue per cycle (i.e., trapezoidal or square wave). In other aspects, the lookup tables 1710 can store wave shapes synchronized in such way that they make maximizing power delivery by any one of the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-61 when delivering RF and ultrasonic drive signals. In yet other aspects, the lookup tables 1710 can store electrical signal waveforms to drive ultrasonic and RF therapeutic, and/or sub-therapeutic, energy simultaneously while maintaining ultrasonic frequency lock. Generally, the output wave shape may be in the form of a sine wave, cosine wave, pulse wave, square wave, and the like. Nevertheless, the more complex and custom wave shapes specific to different instruments and their tissue effects can be stored in the non-volatile memory of the generator circuit or in the non-volatile memory (e.g., EEPROM) of the surgical instrument and be fetched upon connecting the surgical instrument to the generator circuit. One example of a custom wave shape is an exponentially damped sinusoid as used in many high crest factor “coagulation” waveforms, as shown in FIG. 67.



FIG. 67 illustrates one cycle of a discrete time digital electrical signal waveform 1800, according to one aspect of the present disclosure of an analog waveform 1804 (shown superimposed over the discrete time digital electrical signal waveform 1800 for comparison purposes). The horizontal axis represents Time (t) and the vertical axis represents digital phase points. The digital electrical signal waveform 1800 is a digital discrete time version of the desired analog waveform 1804, for example. The digital electrical signal waveform 1800 is generated by storing an amplitude phase point 1802 that represents the amplitude per clock cycle Tclk over one cycle or period To. The digital electrical signal waveform 1800 is generated over one period To by any suitable digital processing circuit. The amplitude phase points are digital words stored in a memory circuit. In the example illustrated in FIGS. 65, 66, the digital word is a six-bit word that is capable of storing the amplitude phase points with a resolution of 26 or 64 bits. It will be appreciated that the examples shown in FIGS. 65, 66 is for illustrative purposes and in actual implementations the resolution can be much higher. The digital amplitude phase points 1802 over one cycle To are stored in the memory as a string of string words in a lookup table 1604, 1710 as described in connection with FIGS. 65, 66, for example. To generate the analog version of the analog waveform 1804, the amplitude phase points 1802 are read sequentially from the memory from 0 to To per clock cycle Tclk and are converted by a DAC circuit 1608, 1712, also described in connection with FIGS. 65, 66. Additional cycles can be generated by repeatedly reading the amplitude phase points 1802 of the digital electrical signal waveform 1800 the from 0 to To for as many cycles or periods as may be desired. The smooth analog version of the analog waveform 1804 is achieved by filtering the output of the DAC circuit 1608, 1712 by a filter 1612, 1714 (FIGS. 65 and 66). The filtered analog output signal 1614, 1722 (FIGS. 65 and 66) is applied to the input of a power amplifier.


In one aspect, as illustrated in FIG. 68A, a circuit 1900 may comprise a controller comprising one or more processors 1902 (e.g., microprocessor, microcontroller) coupled to at least one memory circuit 1904. The at least one memory circuit 1904 stores machine executable instructions that when executed by the processor 1902, cause the processor 1902 to execute machine instructions to implement any of the algorithms, processes, or techniques described herein.


The processor 1902 may be any one of a number of single or multi-core processors known in the art. The memory circuit 1904 may comprise volatile and non-volatile storage media. In one aspect, as illustrated in FIG. 68A, the processor 1902 may include an instruction processing unit 1906 and an arithmetic unit 1908. The instruction processing unit may be configured to receive instructions from the one memory circuit 1904.


In one aspect, a circuit 1910 may comprise a finite state machine comprising a combinational logic circuit 1912, as illustrated in FIG. 68B, configured to implement any of the algorithms, processes, or techniques described herein. In one aspect, a circuit 1920 may comprise a finite state machine comprising a sequential logic circuit, as illustrated in FIG. 68C. The sequential logic circuit 1920 may comprise the combinational logic circuit 1912 and at least one memory circuit 1914, for example. The at least one memory circuit 1914 can store a current state of the finite state machine, as illustrated in FIG. 68C. The sequential logic circuit 1920 or the combinational logic circuit 1912 can be configured to implement any of the algorithms, processes, or techniques described herein. In certain instances, the sequential logic circuit 1920 may be synchronous or asynchronous.


In other aspects, the circuit may comprise a combination of the processor 1902 and the finite state machine to implement any of the algorithms, processes, or techniques described herein. In other aspects, the finite state machine may comprise a combination of the combinational logic circuit 1910 and the sequential logic circuit 1920.



FIG. 69 is a schematic diagram of a circuit 1925 of various components of a surgical instrument with motor control functions, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. In various aspects, the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200 described herein in connection with FIGS. 1-68C may include a drive mechanism 1930 which is configured to drive shafts and/or gear components in order to perform the various operations associated with the surgical instruments 100, 480, 500, 600, 1100, 1150, 1200. In one aspect, the drive mechanism 1930160 includes a rotation drivetrain 1932 configured to rotate end effector 112, 512, 1000, 1112, 1212 as described in connection with FIGS. 1, 20, 40, 41, 45, 54, for example, about a longitudinal axis relative to handle housing. The drive mechanism 1930 further includes a closure drivetrain 1934 configured to close a jaw member to grasp tissue with the end effector. In addition, the drive mechanism 1930 includes a firing drive train 1936 configured to fire an I-beam knife of the end effector to cut tissue grasped by the end effector.


The drive mechanism 1930 includes a selector gearbox assembly 1938 that can be located in the handle assembly of the surgical instrument. Proximal to the selector gearbox assembly 1938 is a function selection module which includes a first motor 1942 that functions to selectively move gear elements within the selector gearbox assembly 1938 to selectively position one of the drivetrains 1932, 1934, 1936 into engagement with an input drive component of an optional second motor 1944 and motor drive circuit 1946 (shown in dashed line to indicate that the second motor 1944 and motor drive circuit 1946 are optional components).


Still referring to FIG. 69, the motors 1942, 1944 are coupled to motor control circuits 1946, 1948, respectively, which are configured to control the operation of the motors 1942, 1944 including the flow of electrical energy from a power source 1950 to the motors 1942, 1944. The power source 1950 may be a DC battery (e.g., rechargeable lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, battery etc.) or any other power source suitable for providing electrical energy to the surgical instrument.


The surgical instrument further includes a microcontroller 1952 (“controller”). In certain instances, the controller 1952 may include a microprocessor 1954 (“processor”) and one or more computer readable mediums or memory units 1956 (“memory”). In certain instances, the memory 1956 may store various program instructions, which when executed may cause the processor 1954 to perform a plurality of functions and/or calculations described herein. The power source 1950 can be configured to supply power to the controller 1952, for example.


The processor 1954 be in communication with the motor control circuit 1946. In addition, the memory 1956 may store program instructions, which when executed by the processor 1954 in response to a user input 1958 or feedback elements 1960, may cause the motor control circuit 1946 to motivate the motor 1942 to generate at least one rotational motion to selectively move gear elements within the selector gearbox assembly 1938 to selectively position one of the drivetrains 1932, 1934, 1936 into engagement with the input drive component of the second motor 1944. Furthermore, the processor 1954 can be in communication with the motor control circuit 1948. The memory 1956 also may store program instructions, which when executed by the processor 1954 in response to a user input 1958, may cause the motor control circuit 1948 to motivate the motor 1944 to generate at least one rotational motion to drive the drivetrain engaged with the input drive component of the second motor 1948, for example.


The controller 1952 and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be implemented using integrated and/or discrete hardware elements, software elements, and/or a combination of both. Examples of integrated hardware elements may include processors, microprocessors, microcontrollers, integrated circuits, ASICs, PLDs, DSPs, FPGAs, logic gates, registers, semiconductor devices, chips, microchips, chip sets, microcontrollers, system on a chip (SoC), and/or single in-line package (SIP). Examples of discrete hardware elements may include circuits and/or circuit elements such as logic gates, field effect transistors, bipolar transistors, resistors, capacitors, inductors, and/or relays. In certain instances, the controller 1952 may include a hybrid circuit comprising discrete and integrated circuit elements or components on one or more substrates, for example.


In certain instances, the controller 1952 and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be an LM 4F230H5QR, available from Texas Instruments, for example. In certain instances, the Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR is an ARM Cortex-M4F Processor Core comprising on-chip memory of 256 KB single-cycle flash memory, or other non-volatile memory, up to 40 MHz, a prefetch buffer to improve performance above 40 MHz, a 32 KB single-cycle SRAM, internal ROM loaded with StellarisWare® software, 2 KB EEPROM, one or more PWM modules, one or more QEI analog, one or more 12-bit ADC with 12 analog input channels, among other features that are readily available. Other microcontrollers may be readily substituted for use with the present disclosure. Accordingly, the present disclosure should not be limited in this context.


In various instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a finite state machine comprising either a combinational logic circuit or a sequential logic circuit, where either the combinational logic circuit or the sequential logic circuit is coupled to at least one memory circuit. The at least one memory circuit stores a current state of the finite state machine. The combinational or sequential logic circuit is configured to cause the finite state machine to the steps. The sequential logic circuit may be synchronous or asynchronous. In other instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a circuit that includes a combination of the processor 1958 and the finite state machine, for example.


In various instances, it can be advantageous to be able to assess the state of the functionality of a surgical instrument to ensure its proper function. It is possible, for example, for the drive mechanism, as explained above, which is configured to include various motors, drivetrains, and/or gear components in order to perform the various operations of the surgical instrument, to wear out over time. This can occur through normal use, and in some instances the drive mechanism can wear out faster due to abuse conditions. In certain instances, a surgical instrument can be configured to perform self-assessments to determine the state, e.g. health, of the drive mechanism and it various components.


For example, the self-assessment can be used to determine when the surgical instrument is capable of performing its function before a re-sterilization or when some of the components should be replaced and/or repaired. Assessment of the drive mechanism and its components, including but not limited to the rotation drivetrain 1932, the closure drivetrain 1934, and/or the firing drivetrain 1936, can be accomplished in a variety of ways. The magnitude of deviation from a predicted performance can be used to determine the likelihood of a sensed failure and the severity of such failure. Several metrics can be used including: Periodic analysis of repeatably predictable events, Peaks or drops that exceed an expected threshold, and width of the failure.


In various instances, a signature waveform of a properly functioning drive mechanism or one or more of its components can be employed to assess the state of the drive mechanism or the one or more of its components. One or more vibration sensors can be arranged with respect to a properly functioning drive mechanism or one or more of its components to record various vibrations that occur during operation of the properly functioning drive mechanism or the one or more of its components. The recorded vibrations can be employed to create the signature waveform. Future waveforms can be compared against the signature waveform to assess the state of the drive mechanism and its components.


Still referring to FIG. 69, the surgical instrument 1930 includes a drivetrain failure detection module 1962 configured to record and analyze one or more acoustic outputs of one or more of the drivetrains 1932, 1934, 1936. The processor 1954 can be in communication with or otherwise control the module 1962. As described below in greater detail, the module 1962 can be embodied as various means, such as circuitry, hardware, a computer program product comprising a computer readable medium (for example, the memory 1956) storing computer readable program instructions that are executable by a processing device (for example, the processor 1954), or some combination thereof. In some aspects, the processor 36 can include, or otherwise control the module 1962.



FIG. 70 illustrates a handle assembly 1970 with a removable service panel 1972 removed to shown internal components of the handle assembly, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The removable service panel 1972, or removable service cover, also includes reinforcing ribs 1990 for strength. The removable service panel 1972 comprises a plurality of fasteners 1988 that mate with a plurality of fasteners 1986 on the handle housing 1974 to removably attach the removable service panel 1972 to the handle housing 1974. In one aspect, the fasteners 1988 in the removable service panel 1972 comprise a first set of magnets and the handle housing 1974 comprises a second set of magnets that magnetically latch the service panel 1972 to the handle housing 1974. In one aspect, the first and second set of magnets 6112a, 6112b are rare-earth permanent magnets.


In FIG. 70, the removable service panel 1972 is shown removed from the handle housing 1974 to show the location of electrical and mechanical components of the surgical instrument such as the motor 1976 and electrical contacts 1984 to electrically couple the battery assembly or flexible circuits to the handle housing 1974. The motor 1976 and the electrical contacts 1984 are also removable from the handle housing 1974. The handle assembly 1970 also comprises a trigger 1982 and an actuation switch 1980, each of which is removable from the handle housing 1974. As previously described, the removable trigger 1982 may have multiple stages of operation to close the jaw member, fire the knife, activate the ultrasonic transducer, activate the high-frequency current, and/or open the jaw member. The actuation switch 1980 may be replaced with multiple switches to activate different functions such as, for example, close the jaw member, fire the knife, activate the ultrasonic transducer, activate the high-frequency current, and/or open the jaw member. As shown in FIG. 70, the handle assembly 1970 includes electrical contacts 1978 to electrically couple the handle assembly 1970 to the shaft assembly, where the electrical contacts 1978 are removable from the handle housing 1974. The handle housing 1974 also defines a space to receive a removable ultrasonic transducer assembly, ultrasonic transducer, ultrasonic transducer drive circuits, high-frequency current drive circuits, and/or display assembly, as previously discussed herein.


Before discussing aspects of the present disclosure in detail, a modular handheld surgical instrument is generally disclosed as using a single motor to drive not only multiple independent shaft functions (e.g., shaft rotation, jaw closure, etc.) but also torque limited attachment of an ultrasonic waveguide to an ultrasonic transducer, wherein electronic clutching/shifting may be used to switch between functions. The modular handheld surgical instrument may provide torque limited motor driven attachment of the ultrasonic waveguide via the same motor in the handle that controls shaft actuation of clamping, rotation and/or articulation. A shifting assembly in the handle may move a gear from a primary drive assembly to a spur gear to allow the motor to rotate the nozzle/shaft/waveguide. The shifting assembly may also activate the motor inducing the handle to torque the waveguide into place with a pre-desired minimum torque. For instance, the handle housing may have a transducer torqueing mechanism which shifts the motor longitudinally uncoupling the primary drive shaft spur gear and coupling the transducer torqueing gear which rotates the shaft and nozzle therefore screwing the ultrasonic waveguide into/onto the ultrasonic transducer.


Turning now to FIGS. 71-73 there is shown a sequence of events for attaching and torqueing an ultrasonic waveguide in a battery powered modular handheld surgical instrument according to an aspect of the present disclosure. With reference to FIGS. 71-73, a system 3000 includes a modular handle assembly housing 3002 comprising a motor assembly 3620 (e.g., FIG. 82) and a shifting assembly 3022. The motor assembly 3620 comprises a motor 3004 and a shaft 3006 to rotate a primary gear 3008 (e.g., motor gear). The shaft 3006 of the motor 3004 extends through a first aperture defined in a distal portion of the modular handle assembly housing 3002. The shifting assembly 3022 comprises a shifting bar 3024, a shaft 3026, a spring 3028, and a shifting spur gear 3012. The shaft 3026 of the shifting assembly 3022 extends through a second aperture defined in the distal portion of the modular handle assembly housing 3002 such that the shaft 3026 of the shifting assembly 3022 is positioned substantially parallel to the shaft 3006 of the motor 3004. Teeth 3010 of the primary gear 3008 are meshingly engageable with teeth 3014 of the shifting spur gear 3012 to realize multiple functions of the system 3000. System functions include shaft actuation functions such as clamping, rotation, and articulation, via a primary drive gear 3016, and coupling functions, wherein an ultrasonic waveguide 3032 of a modular shaft assembly 3030 being attached to a modular handle assembly 3060 is coupleable, via a slip clutch gear 3020 (e.g., torque gear), to an ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 of a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040. In one particular aspect of the present disclosure, throughout the coupling function, torque applied by the motor 3004 is limited.



FIG. 71 shows a stage in the sequence of events for attaching and torqueing an ultrasonic waveguide in the system 3000. FIG. 71 is an elevation view of the system 3000 wherein the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 is attached to the modular handle assembly 3060. FIG. 71 shows a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly housing 3042 installed against the modular handle assembly housing 3002. In one example aspect of the present disclosure, the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 comprises a transducer subassembly 3050 including an ultrasonic transducer 3054 that defines a cylindrical distal portion, having teeth 3046 arranged radially about its external surface, and a ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 that extends distally through an aperture defined in a distal portion of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly housing 3042. The distal end of the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 includes an externally threaded portion 3048. The threaded portion 3048 extends proximally from the distal end toward the transducer 3054 a specified length. Further in view of FIG. 71, a modular shaft assembly 3030, comprising a cylindrical ultrasonic waveguide 3032, is shown positioned for attachment to the modular handle assembly 3060 and the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040.


As shown in FIG. 71, the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 extends proximally from the modular shaft assembly 3030 a specified length. In the example aspect of the present disclosure, the proximal end of the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 comprises a chamfer 3034 as well as internal threads 3106 (See FIG. 72) configured to receive the threaded portion 3048 of the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. Notably, as shown in the example aspect of FIG. 71, when the modular shaft assembly 3030 is positioned for attachment to the modular handle assembly 3060 and the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040, a sloped face 3036 of the chamfer 3034 is positioned in interfering alignment with the distal end of the threaded portion 3048. In one example aspect, the distal tip of the threaded portion 3048 may be configured to interact with the sloped face 3036 of the chamfer 3034 (e.g., threaded portion 3048 may also comprise a chamfer). In an alternative aspect of the present disclosure, the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 could comprise the chamfer and the internal threads while the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 comprises the external threaded portion and the optional chamfer.



FIG. 72 shows another stage in the sequence of events for attaching and torqueing an ultrasonic waveguide in the system 3000. FIG. 72 is another elevation view of system 3000 shown in FIG. 71, wherein the transducer subassembly 3050 of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 further comprises a spring 3102 positioned in a compressive state between a proximal end of transducer subassembly 3050 and a proximal portion of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly housing 3042. As shown in FIG. 71, the spring 3102 is configured to force the transducer subassembly 3050 distally within the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly housing 3042 such that the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 extends through the aperture defined in the distal portion of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly housing 3042.


Turning again to FIGS. 71-72, as the modular shaft assembly 3030 is being attached to the modular handle assembly 3060 and the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040, prior to a coupling between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044, the chamfer 3034 at the proximal end of the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 interferingly interfaces with the distal end of the threaded portion 3048 of the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. In the example aspect, the sloped face 3036 of the chamfer 3034 interacts with the distal end of the threaded portion 3048 causing the transducer subassembly 3050 to translate proximally against (e.g., further compressing) the spring 3102. When the modular shaft assembly 3030 is fully seated against and/or attached to the modular handle assembly 3060, the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 is axially aligned with the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 and the spring 3102 naturally forces the transducer subassembly 3050 distally such that the distal end of the threaded portion 3048 of the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 interfaces with the internal threads 3106 at the proximal end of the ultrasonic waveguide 3032. Such an interface provides multiple advantages.


For example, after the chamfer 3034 interacts with the threaded portion 3048, tactile feedback (e.g., click and/or vibration) may be produced when the spring 3102 forces the threaded portion 3048 of the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 against the internal threads 3106 of the ultrasonic waveguide 3032. This indicates to the user not only that the modular shaft assembly 3030 is fully seated against the modular handle assembly 3060 but also that the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 is axially aligned with the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and that a coupling between the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 and the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 can commence. As another example, when the spring 3102 forces the threaded portion 3048 against the internal threads 3106 the applied pressure enables the threaded portion 3048 to screw into the internal threads 3106. This is ideal since the threaded portion 3048 and the internal threads 3106 are concealed from view when the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 and the modular shaft assembly 3030 are attached to the modular handle assembly 3060.


Translatable Shifting Assembly


Referring to FIGS. 71-73, the shifting assembly 3022 is translatable distally (e.g., FIG. 73) and proximally (e.g., FIG. 72) while the shifting spur gear 3012 is engaged with primary gear 3008. For example, the shifting spur gear 3012 is translatable between at least a first position (e.g., FIG. 72, 3104) and a second position (e.g., FIG. 73, 3202). Furthermore, the primary gear 3008 comprises teeth 3010 of a longitudinal width to accommodate translation of the shifting spur gear 3012 between at least the first position 3104 and the second position 3202. In an alternative aspect, the primary gear 3008 comprises teeth 3010 of a longitudinal width to accommodate translation of the shifting spur gear 3012 to a position where the teeth 3014 of the shifting spur gear 3012 are not meshingly engaged with the teeth 3018 of the primary drive gear 3016 or the teeth 3022 of the slip clutch gear 3020 (e.g., a neutral position). In yet another alternative aspect, it should be appreciated that, in lieu of the shifting assembly 3022, the motor assembly 3620 may be configured to shift/translate (e.g., in a manner similar to the shifting assembly 3022) distally and proximally within the modular handle assembly housing 3002 such that the primary gear 3008 engages the primary drive gear 3016 in the first position 3104 and engages the slip clutch gear 3020 in the second position 3202.


Shaft Actuation Functions


Looking to FIG. 72, in the first position 3104, the teeth 3014 of the shifting spur gear 3012 meshingly engage the teeth 3018 of the primary drive gear 3016. In the example aspect, the primary drive gear 3016, when rotated by the motor 3004 via the primary gear 3008 and the shifting spur gear 3012, is configured to perform shaft actuation functions such as clamping, rotation, and/or articulation. In other aspects, the primary drive gear 3016 may be configured to perform other desired shaft and/or end effector functions upon rotation. In one aspect, in view of FIG. 74, the primary drive gear 3016 may rotate a primary rotary drive 3304 (FIG. 75) including a first internal shaft 3306, a cylindrical coupler 3308, and a second internal shaft 3310. The primary drive gear 3016 is fixedly attached to a proximal end of the first internal shaft 3306. In such an aspect, the cylindrical coupler 3308 may be utilized to convert the rotational motion from the primary drive gear 3016 to translational motion (e.g., to realize the desired shaft/end effector actuation functions). Here, a proximal end of the cylindrical coupler 3308 may be fixedly attached to a distal end of the first internal shaft 3306. A distal end of the cylindrical coupler 3308 may comprise internal threads 3320 to meshingly engage external threads 3322 on a proximal end of the second internal shaft 3310 to cause the second internal shaft 3310 to translate distally and/or proximally a defined distance (e.g., 2 mm) to perform one or more independent shaft actuation functions (e.g., jaw closure, articulation, etc.).


In one example aspect, in view of FIG. 74, the second internal shaft 3310 may include a magnet 3324. In such an aspect, a sensor 3326 (e.g., hall sensor) may be positioned externally to detect/monitor the distal and/or proximal translation of the second internal shaft 3310. It should be appreciated that the second internal shaft 3310 of the primary rotary drive 3304 is restrictable from rotation distal of the threaded interface between the cylindrical coupler 3308 and the second internal shaft 3310 such that the second internal shaft 3310 is translatable distally and/or proximally. In one aspect, in view of FIG. 76, an exterior shaft 3038 may be fixedly coupled to the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 via pins 3344, 3346 that extend from the exterior shaft 3038 through longitudinal cutouts 3340, 3342 (e.g., defined in the second internal shaft 3310) to the ultrasonic waveguide 3032.


Here, in light of FIGS. 72, 76, when the shifting spur gear 3012 is in the first position 3104 (e.g., when performing shaft actuation functions), the exterior shaft 3038 is selectively coupleable to a fixed external housing 3330 (e.g., housing of the modular shaft assembly 3030) via an actuatable exterior shaft lock mechanism 3356, 3358 (e.g., push button, lock pin, etc.). In such an aspect, the exterior shaft 3038 may comprise a detent 3352, 3354 to accommodate the exterior shaft lock mechanism 3356, 3358. For example, the detent 3352, 3354 may be configured to receive a tip of the exterior shaft lock mechanism 3356, 3358 to selectively restrict the exterior shaft 3038 from rotating.



FIG. 76 shows the exterior shaft lock mechanism 3356 in an actuated state. When the exterior shaft 3038 is restricted from rotation by the exterior shaft lock mechanism 3356, 3358 and detent 3352, 3354, the second internal shaft 3310 is also restricted from rotation via the pins 3344, 3346. Notably, in such an aspect, although the second internal shaft 3310 is restricted from rotation, the second internal shaft 3310 remains translatable distally and/or proximally (e.g., pins 3344, 3346 permit distal and/or proximal translation via the longitudinal cutouts 3340, 3342) to perform the desired shaft actuation functions. In various aspects, the longitudinal cutouts 3340, 3342 and the pins 3344, 3346 may be positioned at or about an antinode of the ultrasonic waveguide 3032.


Furthermore, it should be appreciated that distal versus proximal translation of the second internal shaft 3310 is a function of the motor 3004 rotation direction (e.g., clockwise versus counter-clockwise) and thread direction (e.g., right-handed threads versus left-handed threads) at the threaded interface between the cylindrical coupler 3308 and the second internal shaft 3310. Further, in an alternative aspect, it should be appreciated that if rotational motion is desired to perform shaft actuation functions, the primary rotary drive 3304 may simply comprise the first internal shaft 3306. In such an aspect, the motor 3004 would rotate the primary drive gear 3016 to rotate the first internal shaft 3306 to perform desired shaft actuation functions using clockwise and counter-clockwise rotation directions. In various aspects, the primary rotary drive 3304 (e.g., the first internal shaft 3306, the cylindrical coupler 3308, second internal shaft 3310) is supported between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and/or the exterior shaft 3038 (e.g., via bearings, lubricious seals/o-rings/spacers, combinations thereof, etc.).


Coupling Function



FIG. 73 shows another stage in the sequence of events for attaching and torqueing an ultrasonic waveguide in the system 100. Turning to FIG. 73, in the second position 3202, the teeth 3014 of the shifting spur gear 3012 meshingly engage the teeth 3022 of the slip clutch gear 3020. Notably, in light of FIG. 76, when the shifting spur gear 3012 is in the second position 3202, the exterior shaft 3038 is selectively uncoupleable from the fixed external housing 3330 (e.g., housing of the modular shaft assembly 3030) via the exterior shaft lock mechanism 3356, 3358. FIG. 76 shows the exterior shaft lock mechanism 3358 in an unactuated state. In such an aspect, when the exterior shaft lock mechanism 3356, 3358 is unactuated, the tip of the exterior shaft lock mechanism is withdrawn from the detent 3352, 3354 in the exterior shaft 3038 to permit the exterior shaft 3038 to rotate.


As such, in the example aspect, the slip clutch gear 3020 when rotated by the motor 3004 via the primary gear 3008 and the shifting spur gear 3012, is configured to rotate the exterior shaft 3038 and the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 coupled thereto (FIG. 76, e.g., the exterior shaft 3038 may be coupled to the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 via the pins 3344, 3346 that extend from the exterior shaft 3038 to the ultrasonic waveguide 3032). In such an aspect, rotation of the exterior shaft 3038 also rotates the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 causing the internal threads 3106 (FIG. 72) of the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 to screw onto the threaded portion 3048 of the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. In light of FIGS. 72-73, the transducer subassembly 3050 translates distally as the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 screws onto the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. In such an aspect, although the second internal shaft 3310 will also rotate (e.g., via pins 3344, 3346), the primary drive gear 3016 is free to rotate since the shifting spur gear 3012 is at the second position 3202.


In various aspects, the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044, at a proximal end of threaded portion 3048 may comprise a receiving face 3056 (FIG. 71) configured and/or shaped to receive the sloped face 3036 of the chamfer 3034. When the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 is fully screwed onto the threaded portion 3048, the receiving face 3056 makes surface contact with the sloped face 3036 of the chamfer 3034 (FIG. 73). As further described below, the motor 3004 may be torque limited when the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 is screwed onto the threaded portion 3048 to control the torque experienced at the interface between receiving face 3056 and sloped face 3036.


In one alternative aspect of the present disclosure, in lieu of screwing the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 onto/into the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 as described herein, the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 may be screwed onto/into the ultrasonic waveguide 3032. In view of FIGS. 10A-10B, a shifting worm gear 206 may rotatably interface with teeth 202 of the ultrasonic transducer 130 to advance/screw/couple a threaded portion of the ultrasonic transducer shaft 156 into the ultrasonic waveguide 145. It should be appreciated that the shifting worm gear 206 may also rotatably interface with the teeth 202 of the ultrasonic transducer 130 to withdraw/unscrew/uncouple the threaded portion of the ultrasonic transducer shaft 156 from the ultrasonic waveguide 145.


Torque Lever



FIGS. 77-79 depict a torque lever for use in a device according to an aspect of the present disclosure. As previously discussed, the shifting assembly 3022, comprising the shifting bar 3024, the shaft 3026, the spring 3028, and the shifting spur gear 3012, is translatable distally and proximally within the modular handle assembly 3060. In FIG. 77, a top elevation view of the system 3000, the shifting assembly 3022 further includes a torque lever 3402 and a shift linkage 3414. The torque lever 3402 includes a first flange 3406 and a second flange 3408 and is pivotable about a lever pivot 3404. The first flange 3406 protrudes in a direction transverse to the lever pivot 3404 and may extend at least partially outside the modular handle assembly housing 3002. Notably, in the example aspect, the first flange 3406 is located for manual actuation by a user between a first point 3410 and a second point 3412. In an alternative aspect, an automated mechanism (e.g., servo motor, user accessible actuation button, etc.) may be configured to actuate the first flange 3406 between the first point 3410 and the second point 3412 (e.g., inside the modular handle assembly housing 3002). Furthermore, the first flange 3406 may comprise ribs 3434 for a user to grip and pivot the torque lever 3402 (FIG. 78). The second flange 3408 protrudes in a direction transverse to the lever pivot 3404 and is coupled to the shifting bar 3024 and the shift linkage 3414 at a first shift pin 3416.


In light of FIGS. 72, 73, 77 and 79, the shifting bar 3024, in response to movement of the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 between the first point 3410 toward the second point 3412, is operable to compress the spring 3028, positioned about the shaft 3026 between a portion of the shifting bar 3024 and a distal portion of the modular handle assembly housing 3002, to translate the shifting spur gear 3012 (e.g., while engaged with the primary gear 3008) from a first position 3104 (e.g., where the shifting spur gear 3012 is engaged with the primary drive gear 3016) to a second position 3202 (e.g., where the shifting spur gear 3012 is engaged with the slip clutch gear 3020). Notably, in light of FIG. 79, the shifting assembly 3022 may be configured to naturally lock (e.g., to resist the force of the spring 3028) when the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 has been pivoted to the second point 3412. In an alternative aspect, the shifting assembly 3022 may utilize a separate lock (not shown) to maintain the shifting spur gear 3012 in the second position 3202. In one aspect, an alternative mechanism to force the shifting assembly 3022 proximally (e.g., spring coupled/attached to shifting assembly 3022 in an alternative manner) may be utilized. In light of FIGS. 77 and 79, it should be appreciated that, in response to movement of first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 between the second point 3412 toward the first point 3410, the shifting bar 3024 is operable to release compression of the spring 3028 to translate the shifting spur gear 3012 from the second position 3202 to the first position 3104.


Furthermore, in the example aspect of FIG. 79, a distal end of the shaft 3026 may be configured to contact/actuate a first shift switch 3504 during distal translation of the shifting assembly 3022. The first shift switch 3504 may be normally in an unactuated “off” position. When the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is fully pivoted to the second point 3412, the distal end of shaft 3026 may interferingly actuate the first shift switch 3504 to an “on” position (e.g., FIG. 73). In the example aspect, the first shift switch 3504 comprises leads electrically coupled to the motor control circuit 726 (FIG. 36) and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 (FIG. 50). The motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 may be configured to automatically turn the motor 3004 “on” when the first shift switch 3504 is actuated. Notably, when the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is pivoted to the second point 3412, the shifting spur gear 3012 is engaged with the slip clutch gear 3020 (e.g., FIG. 73). As such, when the first shift switch 3504 is actuated, the motor 3004 may be configured to automatically couple or begin coupling the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 to the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. In one alternative aspect, when the first shift switch 3504 is actuated, a separate control on the modular handle assembly 3060 may be actuatable to couple or begin coupling the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 to the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. In such an aspect, the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 is configured to turn the motor 3004 “on” when the separate control on the modular handle assembly 3060 is actuated.


In an alternative aspect, the motor control circuit 726 (FIG. 36) and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 (FIG. 50) may be configured to disable operation of the motor 3004 until the first shift switch 3504 or a second shift switch (not shown) is actuated. In such an aspect, the second shift switch may be positioned for actuation when the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is fully pivoted to the first point 3410 (e.g., when the shifting spur gear 3012 is engaged with the primary drive gear 3016). The second shift switch may comprise leads electrically coupled to the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165. In such an aspect, the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 may be operable, via the first shift switch 3504 and the second shift switch, to disable the motor 3004 until one of the first shift switch 3504 or the second shift switch is actuated. A separate control on the modular handle assembly 3060 may be actuatable to selectively operate the motor 3004 when one of the first shift switch 3504 or the second shift switch is actuated. This advantageously prevents unintentional actuation of the motor 3004 as well as any potential for grinding between the shifting spur gear 3012 and the primary drive gear 3016 and/or the slip clutch gear 3020 as the shifting spur gear 3012 translates from the first position 3104 to the second position 3202.


Further in view of FIGS. 77 and 79, the shift linkage 3414, in response to movement of the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 between the first point 3410 and the second point 3412, is configured to operate a transducer locking mechanism 3418 via a second shift pin 3420. The transducer locking mechanism 3418 includes a lock bar 3422 and a pin 3424. The pin 3424 is configured to travel within a slot 3426, which may be defined in the modular handle assembly housing 3002, between an unlocked position 3428 (e.g., FIG. 77) and a locked position 3502 (e.g., FIG. 79). In the example aspect, when the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is pivoted to the first point 3410, the pin 3424 is in the unlocked position 3428 and when the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is pivoted to the second point 3412, the pin 3424 is in the locked position 3502.


Further in view of FIG. 77, a first end of the lock bar 3422 includes the pin 3424 and a keyed surface 3430. The keyed surface 3430 is configured to lock the ultrasonic transducer 3054. A second end of the lock bar 3422 is coupled to the shift linkage 3414 at the second shift pin 3420 so that rotation of the torque lever 3402 about the lever pivot 3404 operates the transducer locking mechanism 3418. In one various aspect, the shift linkage 3414 is shaped to accommodate the torque lever 3402 as it pivots about the lever pivot 3404. For example, in view of FIG. 77, the shift linkage 3414 comprises an arcuate shape to accommodate a round body of the torque lever 3402 to conserve space within the modular handle assembly housing 3002.


Further in view of FIG. 77, when the pin 3424 of the transducer locking mechanism 3418 is in the unlocked position 3428, the keyed surface 3430 of the lock bar 3422 is disengaged from the ultrasonic transducer 3054. In view of FIG. 79, as the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is pivoted from the first point 3410 to the second point 3412, the pin 3424 travels within the slot 3426 from the unlocked position 3428 toward the locked position 3502. When the pin 3424 is in the locked position 3502, the keyed surface 3430 engages the ultrasonic transducer 3054 to control movement of the ultrasonic transducer 3054 (e.g., via teeth 3046) and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. In one aspect, the keyed surface 3430 may be configured to restrict rotation while permitting proximal and distal translation of the transducer subassembly 3050. In such an aspect, the teeth 3046 of the ultrasonic transducer 3054 comprise a longitudinal width to accommodate translation of the transducer subassembly 3050 (FIGS. 72-73, e.g., as the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 is screwed onto/into the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044). In one example aspect, the keyed surface 3430 comprises teeth 3432 (FIG. 78) configured to meshingly engage the teeth 3046 of the ultrasonic transducer 3054. Notably, locking the ultrasonic transducer 3054 from rotation, via the transducer locking mechanism 3418, permits the system 3000 to limit torque applied by the motor 3004 when coupling the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044.


The above aspects describe numerous structures to couple the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 of a modular shaft assembly 3030 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 of a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040. The above aspects also describe numerous structures not only to torque the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 to the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 but also to limit that torque in a controlled manner. In particular, when a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 and a modular shaft assembly 3030 are attached to a modular handle assembly 3060 such that the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 of the modular shaft assembly 3030 is axially aligned with the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly (e.g., described above, FIG. 72), the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 may be pivoted from the first point 3410 toward the second point 3412 (e.g., described above, FIGS. 77, 79). As the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 approaches the second point 3412 movement of the ultrasonic transducer 3054 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 is controlled via the transducer locking mechanism 3418 (e.g., rotation restricted while translation permitted).


Simultaneously, while the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is pivoted from the first point 3410 toward the second point 3412, the shaft 3026 and the shifting spur gear 3012 are translated distally so that the shifting spur gear 3012 can engage slip clutch gear 3020 and the distal end of the shaft 3026 can actuate the first shift switch 3504. When the first flange 3406 of torque lever 3402 reaches the second point 3412, the shifting spur gear 3012 engages the slip clutch gear 3020 and the distal end of the shaft 3026 actuates the first shift switch 3504. Upon actuation of the first shift switch 3504, the motor 3004 may rotate the slip clutch gear 3020 via the shifting spur gear 3012 to rotate the exterior shaft 3038 coupled to the ultrasonic waveguide 3032. Since the ultrasonic transducer 3054 is in a locked state (e.g., rotation prevented), rotation of the exterior shaft 3038 rotates the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 relative to the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 such that ultrasonic waveguide 3032 screws onto the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 thereby coupling the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. Such a coupling occurs internal to the device since the modular shaft assembly 3030 and the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 are attached to the modular handle assembly 3060.


Notably, in the above described aspects, the motor control circuit 726 (FIG. 36) and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 (FIG. 50) may be configured to attach/couple the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 to a pre-desired torque. Such a pre-desired torque may be a minimum torque adequate for the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 to remain attached while the ultrasonic transducer 3054 excites the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 during operation of the device. Such a pre-desired torque would avoid damaging the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 and/or the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 (e.g., the threads, the chamfer, the sloped face, the receiving face, etc.). The motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 may be configured to stop the motor 3004 from rotating the slip clutch gear 3020 (e.g., once the pre-desired torque is realized) despite the first shift switch 3504 being in an actuated state.


Upon a successful coupling of the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044, the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 may be pivoted from the second point 3412 back to the first point 3410. As the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is pivoted from the second point 3412 toward the first point 3410, the transducer locking mechanism 3418 disengages from the ultrasonic transducer 3054 thereby releasing control of the ultrasonic transducer 3054 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. Simultaneously, while the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 is pivoted from the second point 3412 toward the first point 3410, the shaft 3026 and the shifting spur gear 3012 are translated proximally so that the shifting spur gear 3012 can engage the primary drive gear 3016. When the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 reaches the first point 3410, the shifting spur gear 3012 engages the primary drive gear 3016. At the first point 3410, the motor control circuit 726 (FIG. 36) and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 (FIG. 50) may be configured to rotate the primary drive gear 3016 via the shifting spur gear 3012 to perform shaft actuation functions such as clamping, rotation, and articulation (e.g., via a separate control(s) on the modular handle assembly 3060 as described herein). Notably, the primary drive gear 3016 may be configured to perform other desired shaft and/or end effector functions upon rotation (e.g., jaw closure).


It should be appreciated that the above aspects also describe numerous structures to uncouple/decouple the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 of the modular shaft assembly 3030 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040. This is particularly useful when wishing to detach the modular shaft assembly 3030 and/or modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 from the modular handle assembly 3060 (e.g., to attach another/different modular shaft assembly and/or modular ultrasonic transducer assembly). For example, the first flange 3406 of the torque lever 3402 may be pivoted from the first point 3410 to the second point 3412 such that movement of the ultrasonic transducer 3054 and ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 is controlled via the transducer locking mechanism 3418 (e.g., rotation restricted while translation permitted) and the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 is rotatable relative to the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. At this point, the motor control circuit 726 (FIG. 36) and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 (FIG. 50) may be configured to rotate the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 in the opposite direction (e.g., counterclockwise if left-handed threads, clockwise if right-handed threads) such that the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 unscrews from the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. The modular shaft assembly 3030 and the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 can then be detached from the modular handle assembly 3060.


It should be appreciated that the above described aspects permit a single motor not only to perform conventional shaft and/or end effector functions (e.g., clamping, rotation, articulation, etc.) but also (i) to couple an ultrasonic waveguide 3032 of a modular shaft assembly 3030 to an ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 of a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040, and (ii) to uncouple/decouple the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 of the modular shaft assembly 3030 from the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 of the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040. Such aspects permit a modular handheld surgical instrument to comprise numerous combinations of a modular handle assembly 3060, a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly 3040 and a modular shaft assembly 3030.


Torque Controlled Coupling/Decoupling



FIGS. 74, 75 and 78 depict example torqueing mechanisms for use in a device according to an aspect of the present disclosure. As described above, when the shifting spur gear 3012 has been translated to the second position 3302 the teeth 3014 of the shifting spur gear 3012 meshingly engage the teeth 3022 of the slip clutch gear 3020. Further, as described above, when the shifting spur gear 3012 is in the second position, the exterior shaft lock mechanism 3356, 3358 may be withdrawn from the detent 3352, 3354 in the exterior shaft 3038 (e.g., to uncouple the exterior shaft 3038 from the fixed external housing 3330) to permit the exterior shaft 3038 to rotate.


In one example aspect, the slip clutch gear 3020, when rotated by the motor 3004 via the primary gear 3008 and the shifting spur gear 3012, is configured to rotate the exterior shaft 3038 (FIG. 75) which may include a first shaft portion 3314, a second shaft portion 3316, and a third shaft portion 3318 (FIG. 74). The slip clutch gear 3020 is coupled to a proximal end of the first shaft portion 3314. An internal surface at a proximal end of the second shaft portion 3316 may be fixedly attached to an external surface at a distal end of the first shaft portion 3314 and an internal surface at a distal end of the second shaft portion 3316 may be fixedly attached to an external surface at a proximal end of the third shaft portion 3318. In one example aspect, the second shaft portion 3316 may be sized (e.g., longitudinal length, internal diameter, etc.) to enable the first internal shaft 3306 and the cylindrical coupler 3308 of the primary rotary drive 3304 to translate the second internal shaft 3310 distally and/or proximally (e.g., FIG. 74).


In line with above, the exterior shaft 3038 is coupled to the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 (e.g., via pins 3344, 3346) such that rotation of the exterior shaft 3038 rotates the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 relative to the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 (e.g., to couple the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 to the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 and/or to decouple the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 from the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044). In one aspect, such a coupling between the exterior shaft 3038 and the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 may occur distal of the second shaft portion 3316 of the exterior shaft 3038. As previously indicated, the second internal shaft 3310 of the primary rotary drive 3304 may also rotate (e.g., via pins 3344, 3346) with the exterior shaft 3038 and the ultrasonic waveguide during the coupling and/or decoupling procedure. Notably however, since the shift spur gear 3012 is translated to the second position 3302 during the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 coupling and/or decoupling procedure, such rotation may simply result in negligible translation of the second internal shaft 3310 (e.g., translation permitted via the cutouts 3340, 3342) followed by free rotation of the cylindrical coupler 3308, the first internal shaft 3306, and the primary drive gear 3016. Stated differently, since the shift spur gear 3012 is translated to the second position 3302, the primary drive gear 3016 is able to rotate freely without damaging any device components.


It should be appreciated that the shift clutch gear 3020 may rotate the exterior shaft 3038 to rotate the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 with resect to ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 via clockwise and counter-clockwise rotation directions. Further, it should be appreciated that the exterior shaft 3038 may simply comprise the first shaft portion 3314. In such an aspect, the shift clutch gear 3020 would rotate the first shaft portion 3314, in a similar manner as described above, to rotate the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 with respect to the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 via clockwise and counter-clockwise rotation directions.



FIGS. 74, 75 and 78 depict an example mechanical aspect for controlling torque applied at the threaded interface between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 during the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 coupling and/or decoupling procedure. In one example, an interface (FIG. 74-75, 3350, FIG. 78, 3440) coupling the slip clutch gear 3020 to the first shaft portion 3314 of the exterior shaft 3038 may comprise a slip clutch subsystem 3442 (FIG. 78). In one aspect of the slip clutch subsystem 3442, an external surface at the proximal end of the first shaft portion 3314 (e.g., that interfaces an internal surface of slip clutch gear 3020) may comprise a plurality of teeth extending radially outward 3444 and the internal surface of the slip clutch gear 3020 (e.g., that interfaces with the external surface at the proximal end of the first shaft portion 3314) may comprise a plurality of teeth extending radially inward 3446.


Turning to FIG. 78, the plurality of teeth 3444 associated with the first shaft portion 3314 may be configured (e.g., via selected slope of the teeth, diameter measured at tips of the teeth, size of the teeth, resilient material of the teeth, etc.) to interface with the plurality of teeth 3446 associated with the slip clutch gear 3020 and the plurality of teeth 3446 associated with the slip clutch gear 3020 may be configured (e.g., via selected slope of the teeth, diameter measured at tips of the teeth, size of the teeth, resilient material of the teeth, etc.) to interface with the plurality of teeth 3444 associated with the first shaft portion 3314 such that when screwing (e.g., coupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 onto the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044, the slip clutch gear 3020 and the first shaft portion 3020 remain fixedly coupled until a predefined threshold (e.g., desired maximum) torque is reached at the threaded interface between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. Once the predefined threshold torque is reached, the slip clutch subsystem 3442 (e.g., via the teeth 3446 and the teeth 3444) is configured to slip such that the slip clutch gear 3020 spins around the proximal end of the first shaft portion 3314 without further rotating the exterior shaft 3038 (e.g., or the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 coupled thereto). Larger torque thresholds may be achieved through teeth 3444/3446 comprising a steeper slope, a larger size, a greater coefficient of friction, and/or a larger amount of interference with opposing teeth and smaller torque thresholds may be achieved through teeth 3444/3446 comprising a smoother/shallower slope, a smaller size, a lesser coefficient of friction, and a smaller amount of interference with opposing teeth. It should be appreciated that combinations of such parameters may also be used to realize a desired maximum and/or limited torque threshold.


In another aspect, the plurality of teeth 3444 associated with the first shaft portion 3314 may be configured (e.g., via selected slope of the teeth, diameter measured at tips of the teeth, size of the teeth, resilient material of the teeth, etc.) to interface with the plurality of teeth 3446 associated with the slip clutch gear 3020 and the plurality of teeth 3446 associated with the slip clutch gear 3020 may be configured (e.g., via selected slope of the teeth, diameter measured at tips of the teeth, size of the teeth, resilient material of the teeth, etc.) to interface with the plurality of teeth 3444 associated with the first shaft portion 3314 such that when unscrewing (e.g., decoupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 from the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044, the slip clutch gear 3020 and the first shaft portion 3020 remain fixedly coupled until a predefined threshold (e.g., desired maximum) torque is reached. In various aspects, the slip clutch subsystem 3442 may be configured to slip at a higher predefined threshold when unscrewing (e.g., decoupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 from the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 than when screwing (e.g., coupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 onto/into the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 (e.g., two-way slip). In other various aspects, the slip clutch subsystem 3442 may be configured to not slip when unscrewing (e.g., decoupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 from the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 (e.g., teeth 3446 associated with the slip clutch gear 3020 and the teeth 3444 associated with the first shaft portion 3314 meshingly engage without slippage) but may be configured to slip at a predefined threshold when screwing (e.g., coupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 onto/into the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 (e.g., one-way slip).



FIGS. 74 and 75 further represent alternative electrical aspects for controlling torque applied at the threaded interface between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 during the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 coupling and/or decoupling procedure. In one aspect, the slip clutch gear 3020 is fixedly attached to first shaft portion 3314. As such, in lieu of the slip clutch subsystem 3442 described above, the motor control circuit 726 (FIG. 36) and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 (FIG. 50) may be configured (e.g., an electronic current limiter) to alter the current supplied to the motor 3004 such that the torque produced at the threaded interface between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 is limited to a predefined threshold (e.g., desired maximum) torque. In various aspects, the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 may be configured to alter the current supplied to the motor 3004 such that the torque produced at the threaded interface between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 is a higher predefined threshold when unscrewing (e.g., decoupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 from the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 than when screwing (e.g., coupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 onto/into the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044. In other various aspects, the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 may be configured to deliver full current to the motor 3004 such that the torque produced at the threaded interface between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 is not electrically limited when unscrewing (e.g., decoupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 from the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 but may be configured to alter the current supplied to the motor 3004 such that the torque produced at the threaded interface between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 is limited to a predefined threshold torque when screwing (e.g. coupling) the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 onto/into the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044.


Turning to FIGS. 80-82, proper torque may be verified by a combination of motor torque measurements and an ultrasonic ping that returns a known good reflection profile. In view of FIG. 80, the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 may be configured to cut off current 3602 supplied to the motor 3004 when a predefined torque limit 3605 is reached. In view of FIG. 81, the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 may be configured to limit current supplied to the motor 3004 based on the function being performed. For example, torqueing the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 onto/into the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 (FIG. 81, 3604) may be limited to a first current limit 3606, rotating the shaft and/or end effector (FIG. 81, 3608, e.g., distal roll) may be limited to a second current limit 3610, articulating the shaft and/or end effector (FIG. 81, 3612) may be limited to a third current limit 3614, and/or clamping the end effector (FIG. 81, 3616, e.g. constant force clamp arm) may be limited to a fourth current limit 3618. FIG. 82 illustrates the motor assembly 3620 comprising the motor 3004, the shaft 3006, and the primary gear 3008 as previously discussed herein. In FIG. 82, the motor assembly 3620 may further comprise a planetary gear box 3622, a first magnet 3624 and a second magnet 3626 fixedly attached coaxially about the shaft 3006, a wire coiled around the shaft 3628 positioned within the first and second magnets, and a strain gauge 3630 including a microchip (not shown). In one aspect, the coiled wire 3628 rotates with the shaft 3006 within the first and second magnets 3624, 3626 to power the strain gauge 3630. The strain gauge 3630 is configured to measure the torque applied by the motor 3004 via the planetary gear box 3622. In one aspect, the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165 may be configured to electronically limit the current supplied to the motor 3004 based on the torque measured via the strain gauge 3630.


In an alternative aspect, a combination of mechanical aspects (e.g., slip clutch subsystem 3442) and electrical aspects (e.g., altering the motor 3004 current via the motor control circuit 726 and/or the motor drive circuit 1165) is contemplated for controlling torque applied at the threaded interface between the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 and the ultrasonic transducer shaft 3044 during the ultrasonic waveguide 3032 coupling and/or decoupling procedure.


Aspects of the devices disclosed herein can be designed to be disposed of after a single use, or they can be designed to be used multiple times. Various aspects may, in either or both cases, be reconditioned for reuse after at least one use. Reconditioning may include any combination of the steps of disassembly of the device, followed by cleaning or replacement of particular pieces, and subsequent reassembly. In particular, aspects of the device may be disassembled, and any number of the particular pieces or parts of the device may be selectively replaced or removed in any combination. Upon cleaning and/or replacement of particular parts, aspects of the device may be reassembled for subsequent use either at a reconditioning facility, or by a surgical team immediately prior to a surgical procedure. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that reconditioning of a device may utilize a variety of techniques for disassembly, cleaning/replacement, and reassembly. Use of such techniques, and the resulting reconditioned device, are all within the scope of the present application.


By way of example only, aspects described herein may be processed before surgery. First, a new or used instrument may be obtained and if necessary cleaned. The instrument may then be sterilized. In one sterilization technique, the instrument is placed in a closed and sealed container, such as a plastic or TYVEK bag. The container and instrument may then be placed in a field of radiation that can penetrate the container, such as gamma radiation, x-rays, or high-energy electrons. The radiation may kill bacteria on the instrument and in the container. The sterilized instrument may then be stored in the sterile container. The sealed container may keep the instrument sterile until it is opened in a medical facility. A device may also be sterilized using any other technique known in the art, including but not limited to beta or gamma radiation, ethylene oxide, or steam.


While various details have been set forth in the foregoing description, it will be appreciated that the various aspects of the techniques for operating a generator for digitally generating electrical signal waveforms and surgical instruments may be practiced without these specific details. One skilled in the art will recognize that the herein described components (e.g., operations), devices, objects, and the discussion accompanying them are used as examples for the sake of conceptual clarity and that various configuration modifications are contemplated. Consequently, as used herein, the specific exemplars set forth and the accompanying discussion are intended to be representative of their more general classes. In general, use of any specific exemplar is intended to be representative of its class, and the non-inclusion of specific components (e.g., operations), devices, and objects should not be taken limiting.


Further, while several forms have been illustrated and described, it is not the intention of the applicant to restrict or limit the scope of the appended claims to such detail. Numerous modifications, variations, changes, substitutions, combinations, and equivalents to those forms may be implemented and will occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. Moreover, the structure of each element associated with the described forms can be alternatively described as a means for providing the function performed by the element. Also, where materials are disclosed for certain components, other materials may be used. It is therefore to be understood that the foregoing description and the appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications, combinations, and variations as falling within the scope of the disclosed forms. The appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications, variations, changes, substitutions, modifications, and equivalents.


For conciseness and clarity of disclosure, selected aspects of the foregoing disclosure have been shown in block diagram form rather than in detail. Some portions of the detailed descriptions provided herein may be presented in terms of instructions that operate on data that is stored in one or more computer memories or one or more data storage devices (e.g. floppy disk, hard disk drive, Compact Disc (CD), Digital Video Disk (DVD), or digital tape). Such descriptions and representations are used by those skilled in the art to describe and convey the substance of their work to others skilled in the art. In general, an algorithm refers to a self-consistent sequence of steps leading to a desired result, where a “step” refers to a manipulation of physical quantities and/or logic states which may, though need not necessarily, take the form of electrical or magnetic signals capable of being stored, transferred, combined, compared, and otherwise manipulated. It is common usage to refer to these signals as bits, values, elements, symbols, characters, terms, numbers, or the like. These and similar terms may be associated with the appropriate physical quantities and are merely convenient labels applied to these quantities and/or states.


Unless specifically stated otherwise as apparent from the foregoing disclosure, it is appreciated that, throughout the foregoing disclosure, discussions using terms such as “processing” or “computing” or “calculating” or “determining” or “displaying” or the like, refer to the action and processes of a computer system, or similar electronic computing device, that manipulates and transforms data represented as physical (electronic) quantities within the computer system's registers and memories into other data similarly represented as physical quantities within the computer system memories or registers or other such information storage, transmission or display devices.


In a general sense, those skilled in the art will recognize that the various aspects described herein which can be implemented, individually and/or collectively, by a wide range of hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof can be viewed as being composed of various types of “electrical circuitry.” Consequently, as used herein “electrical circuitry” includes, but is not limited to, electrical circuitry having at least one discrete electrical circuit, electrical circuitry having at least one integrated circuit, electrical circuitry having at least one application specific integrated circuit, electrical circuitry forming a general purpose computing device configured by a computer program (e.g., a general purpose computer configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein, or a microprocessor configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein), electrical circuitry forming a memory device (e.g., forms of random access memory), and/or electrical circuitry forming a communications device (e.g., a modem, communications switch, or optical-electrical equipment). Those having skill in the art will recognize that the subject matter described herein may be implemented in an analog or digital fashion or some combination thereof.


The foregoing detailed description has set forth various forms of the devices and/or processes via the use of block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples. Insofar as such block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples contain one or more functions and/or operations, it will be understood by those within the art that each function and/or operation within such block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples can be implemented, individually and/or collectively, by a wide range of hardware, software, firmware, or virtually any combination thereof. In one form, several portions of the subject matter described herein may be implemented via an application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a digital signal processor (DSP), or other integrated formats. However, those skilled in the art will recognize that some aspects of the forms disclosed herein, in whole or in part, can be equivalently implemented in integrated circuits, as one or more computer programs running on one or more computers (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more computer systems), as one or more programs running on one or more processors (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more microprocessors), as firmware, or as virtually any combination thereof, and that designing the circuitry and/or writing the code for the software and or firmware would be well within the skill of one of skill in the art in light of this disclosure. In addition, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the mechanisms of the subject matter described herein are capable of being distributed as one or more program products in a variety of forms, and that an illustrative form of the subject matter described herein applies regardless of the particular type of signal bearing medium used to actually carry out the distribution. Examples of a signal bearing medium include, but are not limited to, the following: a recordable type medium such as a floppy disk, a hard disk drive, a Compact Disc (CD), a Digital Video Disk (DVD), a digital tape, a computer memory, etc.; and a transmission type medium such as a digital and/or an analog communication medium (e.g., a fiber optic cable, a waveguide, a wired communications link, a wireless communication link (e.g., transmitter, receiver, transmission logic, reception logic, etc.), etc.).


In some instances, one or more elements may be described using the expression “coupled” and “connected” along with their derivatives. It should be understood that these terms are not intended as synonyms for each other. For example, some aspects may be described using the term “connected” to indicate that two or more elements are in direct physical or electrical contact with each other. In another example, some aspects may be described using the term “coupled” to indicate that two or more elements are in direct physical or electrical contact. The term “coupled,” however, also may mean that two or more elements are not in direct contact with each other, but yet still co-operate or interact with each other. It is to be understood that depicted architectures of different components contained within, or connected with, different other components are merely examples, and that in fact many other architectures may be implemented which achieve the same functionality. In a conceptual sense, any arrangement of components to achieve the same functionality is effectively “associated” such that the desired functionality is achieved. Hence, any two components herein combined to achieve a particular functionality can be seen as “associated with” each other such that the desired functionality is achieved, irrespective of architectures or intermedial components. Likewise, any two components so associated also can be viewed as being “operably connected,” or “operably coupled,” to each other to achieve the desired functionality, and any two components capable of being so associated also can be viewed as being “operably couplable,” to each other to achieve the desired functionality. Specific examples of operably couplable include but are not limited to physically mateable and/or physically interacting components, and/or wirelessly interactable, and/or wirelessly interacting components, and/or logically interacting, and/or logically interactable components, and/or electrically interacting components, and/or electrically interactable components, and/or optically interacting components, and/or optically interactable components.


In other instances, one or more components may be referred to herein as “configured to,” “configurable to,” “operable/operative to,” “adapted/adaptable,” “able to,” “conformable/conformed to,” etc. Those skilled in the art will recognize that “configured to” can generally encompass active-state components and/or inactive-state components and/or standby-state components, unless context requires otherwise.


While particular aspects of the present disclosure have been shown and described, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that, based upon the teachings herein, changes and modifications may be made without departing from the subject matter described herein and its broader aspects and, therefore, the appended claims are to encompass within their scope all such changes and modifications as are within the true scope of the subject matter described herein. It will be understood by those within the art that, in general, terms used herein, and especially in the appended claims (e.g., bodies of the appended claims) are generally intended as “open” terms (e.g., the term “including” should be interpreted as “including but not limited to,” the term “having” should be interpreted as “having at least,” the term “includes” should be interpreted as “includes but is not limited to,” etc.). It will be further understood by those within the art that if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is intended, such an intent will be explicitly recited in the claim, and in the absence of such recitation no such intent is present. For example, as an aid to understanding, the following appended claims may contain usage of the introductory phrases “at least one” and “one or more” to introduce claim recitations. However, the use of such phrases should not be construed to imply that the introduction of a claim recitation by the indefinite articles “a” or “an” limits any particular claim containing such introduced claim recitation to claims containing only one such recitation, even when the same claim includes the introductory phrases “one or more” or “at least one” and indefinite articles such as “a” or “an” (e.g., “a” and/or “an” should typically be interpreted to mean “at least one” or “one or more”); the same holds true for the use of definite articles used to introduce claim recitations.


In addition, even if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is explicitly recited, those skilled in the art will recognize that such recitation should typically be interpreted to mean at least the recited number (e.g., the bare recitation of “two recitations,” without other modifiers, typically means at least two recitations, or two or more recitations). Furthermore, in those instances where a convention analogous to “at least one of A, B, and C, etc.” is used, in general such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one of A, B, and C” would include but not be limited to systems that have A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). In those instances where a convention analogous to “at least one of A, B, or C, etc.” is used, in general such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one of A, B, or C” would include but not be limited to systems that have A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). It will be further understood by those within the art that typically a disjunctive word and/or phrase presenting two or more alternative terms, whether in the description, claims, or drawings, should be understood to contemplate the possibilities of including one of the terms, either of the terms, or both terms unless context dictates otherwise. For example, the phrase “A or B” will be typically understood to include the possibilities of “A” or “B” or “A and B.”


With respect to the appended claims, those skilled in the art will appreciate that recited operations therein may generally be performed in any order. Also, although various operational flows are presented in a sequence(s), it should be understood that the various operations may be performed in other orders than those which are illustrated, or may be performed concurrently. Examples of such alternate orderings may include overlapping, interleaved, interrupted, reordered, incremental, preparatory, supplemental, simultaneous, reverse, or other variant orderings, unless context dictates otherwise. Furthermore, terms like “responsive to,” “related to,” or other past-tense adjectives are generally not intended to exclude such variants, unless context dictates otherwise.


It is worthy to note that any reference to “one aspect,” “an aspect,” “one form,” or “a form” means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the aspect is included in at least one aspect. Thus, appearances of the phrases “in one aspect,” “in an aspect,” “in one form,” or “in an form” in various places throughout the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same aspect. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more aspects.


With respect to the use of substantially any plural and/or singular terms herein, those having skill in the art can translate from the plural to the singular and/or from the singular to the plural as is appropriate to the context and/or application. The various singular/plural permutations are not expressly set forth herein for sake of clarity.


In certain cases, use of a system or method may occur in a territory even if components are located outside the territory. For example, in a distributed computing context, use of a distributed computing system may occur in a territory even though parts of the system may be located outside of the territory (e.g., relay, server, processor, signal-bearing medium, transmitting computer, receiving computer, etc. located outside the territory).


A sale of a system or method may likewise occur in a territory even if components of the system or method are located and/or used outside the territory. Further, implementation of at least part of a system for performing a method in one territory does not preclude use of the system in another territory.


All of the above-mentioned U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications, non-patent publications referred to in this specification and/or listed in any Application Data Sheet, or any other disclosure material are incorporated herein by reference, to the extent not inconsistent herewith. As such, and to the extent necessary, the disclosure as explicitly set forth herein supersedes any conflicting material incorporated herein by reference. Any material, or portion thereof, that is said to be incorporated by reference herein, but which conflicts with existing definitions, statements, or other disclosure material set forth herein will only be incorporated to the extent that no conflict arises between that incorporated material and the existing disclosure material.


In summary, numerous benefits have been described which result from employing the concepts described herein. The foregoing description of the one or more forms has been presented for purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or limiting to the precise form disclosed. Modifications or variations are possible in light of the above teachings. The one or more forms were chosen and described in order to illustrate principles and practical application to thereby enable one of ordinary skill in the art to utilize the various forms and with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. It is intended that the claims submitted herewith define the overall scope.


Various aspects of the subject matter described herein are set out in the following numbered clauses:


1. A surgical instrument, comprising: a modular handle assembly, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear; and a shift gear translatable between a first position and a second position; a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly coupled to the modular handle assembly, wherein the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly comprises: an ultrasonic transducer; and an ultrasonic transducer shaft extending distally from the ultrasonic transducer; and a modular shaft assembly coupled to the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly and the modular handle assembly, wherein the modular shaft assembly comprises: a first rotatable shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first rotatable shaft comprises a drive gear; an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned with the first rotatable shaft about the shaft axis; and a second rotatable shaft coaxially aligned with the first rotatable shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second rotatable shaft comprises a torque gear; wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the drive gear via the shift gear, and wherein when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the torque gear via the shift gear.


2. The surgical instrument of clause 1, wherein the drive gear upon rotation is operable to perform at least one shaft actuation function comprising one or more than one of clamping, rotating, or articulating an actuation device.


3. The surgical instrument of clause 1 or 2, wherein the torque gear upon rotation is operable to couple the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft or decouple the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.


4. The surgical instrument of any one of clauses 1-3, wherein the torque gear upon rotation is operable to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft.


5. The surgical instrument of clause 4, wherein the torque gear is coupled to the second rotatable shaft via a slip-clutch subsystem, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is configured such that the torque gear and the second rotatable shaft remain fixedly coupled until a predefined torque is reached and such that the torque gear slips about the second rotatable shaft after the predefined torque is reached to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft.


6. The surgical instrument of clause 5, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is further configured such that the torque gear slips about the second rotatable shaft at a higher predefined torque when decoupling the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.


7. The surgical instrument of clause 4, further comprising a motor circuit, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft.


8. The surgical instrument of clause 7, further comprising a strain gauge configured to measure torque applied by the motor, and wherein the motor circuit is configured to limit current supplied to the motor based on the torque measured by the strain gauge.


9. The surgical instrument of any one of clauses 1-8, wherein the shift gear is manually or electronically translatable between the first position and the second position.


10. A modular handheld surgical instrument, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear; a shift gear translatable distally and proximally between a first position and a second position; a transducer assembly comprising an ultrasonic transducer shaft; and a shaft assembly, comprising: a first shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first shaft comprises a drive gear; an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned inside the first shaft about the shaft axis; and a second shaft coaxially aligned outside the first shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second shaft comprises a torque gear coupled to the second shaft via a slip-clutch subsystem, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is configured such that the torque gear does not slip about the second shaft until a predefined torque is reached to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft; wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the drive gear via the shift gear, and wherein when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the torque gear via the shift gear.


11. The modular handheld surgical instrument of clause 10, wherein the drive gear upon rotation is operable to perform at least one shaft actuation function comprising one or more than one of clamping, rotating, or articulating an actuation device.


12. The modular handheld surgical instrument of clause 10, wherein the torque gear upon rotation is operable to couple the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft or decouple the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.


13. The modular handheld surgical instrument of clause 10, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is further configured such that the torque gear slips about the second shaft at a higher predefined torque when decoupling the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.


14. The modular handheld surgical instrument of clause 10, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is further configured such that the torque gear does not slip about the second shaft when decoupling the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.


15. The modular handheld surgical instrument of clause 10, wherein the shift gear is manually or electronically translatable between the first position and the second position.


16. A modular handheld surgical instrument, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear; a shift gear translatable distally and proximally between a first position and a second position; a transducer assembly comprising an ultrasonic transducer shaft; and a shaft assembly, comprising: a first shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first shaft comprises a drive gear; an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned inside the first shaft about the shaft axis; and a second shaft coaxially aligned outside the first shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second shaft comprises a torque gear; and a motor circuit, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft via the torque gear; wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the drive gear via the shift gear, and wherein when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the torque gear via the shift gear.


17. The modular handheld surgical instrument of clause 16, wherein the first shaft is selectively coupleable to at least two independent actuation devices, and wherein the drive gear upon rotation is operable to actuate the at least two independent actuation devices.


18. The modular handheld surgical instrument of clause 16 or 17, further comprising a strain gauge configured to measure torque applied by the motor, and wherein the motor circuit is configured to limit current supplied to the motor based on the torque measured by the strain gauge.


19. The modular handheld surgical instrument of any one of clauses 16-18, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor such that the torque when coupling the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft does not exceed a predefined torque.


20. The modular handheld surgical instrument of clause 19, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor such that the torque when decoupling the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft is a higher predefined torque.

Claims
  • 1. A surgical instrument, comprising: a modular handle assembly, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear; anda shift gear translatable between a first position and a second position;a modular ultrasonic transducer assembly coupled to the modular handle assembly, wherein the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly comprises: an ultrasonic transducer; andan ultrasonic transducer shaft extending distally from the ultrasonic transducer; anda modular shaft assembly coupled to the modular ultrasonic transducer assembly and the modular handle assembly, wherein the modular shaft assembly comprises: a first rotatable shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first rotatable shaft comprises a drive gear;an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned with the first rotatable shaft about the shaft axis; anda second rotatable shaft coaxially aligned with the first rotatable shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second rotatable shaft comprises a torque gear; and
  • 2. The surgical instrument of claim 1, wherein the drive gear, upon rotation, is operable to perform at least one shaft actuation function comprising one or more than one of clamping, rotating, or articulating an actuation device.
  • 3. The surgical instrument of claim 1, wherein the torque gear, upon rotation, is operable to couple the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft or decouple the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.
  • 4. The surgical instrument of claim 1, wherein the torque gear, upon rotation, is operable to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft.
  • 5. The surgical instrument of claim 4, wherein the torque gear is coupled to the second rotatable shaft via a slip-clutch subsystem, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is configured such that the torque gear and the second rotatable shaft remain fixedly coupled until a predefined torque is reached and such that the torque gear slips about the second rotatable shaft after the predefined torque is reached to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft.
  • 6. The surgical instrument of claim 5, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is further configured such that the torque gear slips about the second rotatable shaft at a higher predefined torque when decoupling the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.
  • 7. The surgical instrument of claim 4, further comprising a motor circuit, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft.
  • 8. The surgical instrument of claim 7, further comprising a strain gauge configured to measure torque applied by the motor, and wherein the motor circuit is configured to limit current supplied to the motor based on the torque measured by the strain gauge.
  • 9. The surgical instrument of claim 1, wherein the shift gear is manually or electronically translatable between the first position and the second position.
  • 10. A modular handheld surgical instrument, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear;a shift gear translatable distally and proximally between a first position and a second position;a transducer assembly comprising an ultrasonic transducer shaft; anda shaft assembly, comprising: a first shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first shaft comprises a drive gear;an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned inside the first shaft about the shaft axis; anda second shaft coaxially aligned outside the first shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second shaft comprises a torque gear coupled to the second shaft via a slip-clutch subsystem, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is configured such that the torque gear does not slip about the second shaft until a predefined torque is reached to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft;wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the drive gear via the shift gear, and wherein when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the torque gear via the shift gear, and wherein rotation of the torque gear causes rotation of the ultrasonic transducer shaft relative to the ultrasonic waveguide.
  • 11. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 10, wherein the drive gear, upon rotation, is operable to perform at least one shaft actuation function comprising one or more than one of clamping, rotating, or articulating an actuation device.
  • 12. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 10, wherein the torque gear, upon rotation, is operable to couple the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft or decouple the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.
  • 13. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 10, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is further configured such that the torque gear slips about the second shaft at a higher predefined torque when decoupling the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.
  • 14. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 10, wherein the slip-clutch subsystem is further configured such that the torque gear does not slip about the second shaft when decoupling the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft.
  • 15. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 10, wherein the shift gear is manually or electronically translatable between the first position and the second position.
  • 16. A modular handheld surgical instrument, comprising: a motor assembly comprising a motor and a motor gear;a shift gear translatable distally and proximally between a first position and a second position;a transducer assembly comprising an ultrasonic transducer shaft;a shaft assembly, comprising: a first shaft extending distally along a shaft axis, wherein the first shaft comprises a drive gear;an ultrasonic waveguide coaxially aligned inside the first shaft about the shaft axis; anda second shaft coaxially aligned outside the first shaft and the ultrasonic waveguide about the shaft axis, wherein the second shaft comprises a torque gear; anda motor circuit, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor to controllably torque the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft via the torque gear;wherein when the shift gear is translated to the first position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the drive gear via the shift gear, and wherein when the shift gear is translated to the second position, the motor gear is configured to rotate the torque gear via the shift gear, and wherein rotation of the torque gear causes rotation of the ultrasonic transducer shaft relative to the ultrasonic waveguide.
  • 17. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 16, wherein the first shaft is selectively coupleable to at least two independent actuation devices, and wherein the drive gear, upon rotation, is operable to actuate the at least two independent actuation devices.
  • 18. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 16, further comprising a strain gauge configured to measure torque applied by the motor, and wherein the motor circuit is configured to limit current supplied to the motor based on the torque measured by the strain gauge.
  • 19. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 16, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor such that the torque when coupling the ultrasonic waveguide to the ultrasonic transducer shaft, does not exceed a predefined torque.
  • 20. The modular handheld surgical instrument of claim 19, wherein the motor circuit is configured to alter current supplied to the motor such that the torque, when decoupling the ultrasonic waveguide from the ultrasonic transducer shaft, is a higher predefined torque.
PRIORITY

This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/279,635 filed Jan. 15, 2016 and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/330,669, filed May 2, 2016, the contents of each of these provisional applications is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

US Referenced Citations (2280)
Number Name Date Kind
969528 Disbrow Sep 1910 A
1570025 Young Jan 1926 A
1813902 Bovie Jul 1931 A
2188497 Calva Jan 1940 A
2366274 Luth et al. Jan 1945 A
2425245 Johnson Aug 1947 A
2442966 Wallace Jun 1948 A
2458152 Eakins Jan 1949 A
2510693 Green Jun 1950 A
2597564 Bugg May 1952 A
2704333 Calosi et al. Mar 1955 A
2736960 Armstrong Mar 1956 A
2748967 Roach Jun 1956 A
2845072 Shafer Jul 1958 A
2849788 Creek Sep 1958 A
2867039 Zach Jan 1959 A
2874470 Richards Feb 1959 A
2990616 Balamuth et al. Jul 1961 A
RE25033 Balamuth et al. Aug 1961 E
3015961 Roney Jan 1962 A
3033407 Alfons May 1962 A
3053124 Balamuth et al. Sep 1962 A
3082805 Royce Mar 1963 A
3166971 Stoecker Jan 1965 A
3322403 Murphy May 1967 A
3432691 Shoh Mar 1969 A
3433226 Boyd Mar 1969 A
3489930 Shoh Jan 1970 A
3513848 Winston et al. May 1970 A
3514856 Camp et al. Jun 1970 A
3525912 Wallin Aug 1970 A
3526219 Balamuth Sep 1970 A
3554198 Tatoian et al. Jan 1971 A
3580841 Cadotte et al. May 1971 A
3606682 Camp et al. Sep 1971 A
3614484 Shoh Oct 1971 A
3616375 Inoue Oct 1971 A
3629726 Popescu Dec 1971 A
3636943 Balamuth Jan 1972 A
3668486 Silver Jun 1972 A
3702948 Balamuth Nov 1972 A
3703651 Blowers Nov 1972 A
3776238 Peyman et al. Dec 1973 A
3777760 Essner Dec 1973 A
3805787 Banko Apr 1974 A
3809977 Balamuth et al. May 1974 A
3830098 Antonevich Aug 1974 A
3854737 Gilliam, Sr. Dec 1974 A
3862630 Balamuth Jan 1975 A
3875945 Friedman Apr 1975 A
3885438 Harris, Sr. et al. May 1975 A
3900823 Sokal et al. Aug 1975 A
3918442 Nikolaev et al. Nov 1975 A
3924335 Balamuth et al. Dec 1975 A
3946738 Newton et al. Mar 1976 A
3955859 Stella et al. May 1976 A
3956826 Perdreaux, Jr. May 1976 A
4005714 Hiltebrandt Feb 1977 A
4012647 Balamuth et al. Mar 1977 A
4034762 Cosens et al. Jul 1977 A
4058126 Leveen Nov 1977 A
4074719 Semm Feb 1978 A
4156187 Murry et al. May 1979 A
4167944 Banko Sep 1979 A
4188927 Harris Feb 1980 A
4200106 Douvas et al. Apr 1980 A
4203430 Takahashi May 1980 A
4203444 Bonnell et al. May 1980 A
4220154 Semm Sep 1980 A
4237441 van Konynenburg et al. Dec 1980 A
4281785 Brooks Aug 1981 A
4300083 Heiges Nov 1981 A
4302728 Nakamura Nov 1981 A
4304987 van Konynenburg Dec 1981 A
4306570 Matthews Dec 1981 A
4314559 Allen Feb 1982 A
4445063 Smith Apr 1984 A
4463759 Garito et al. Aug 1984 A
4491132 Aikins Jan 1985 A
4492231 Auth Jan 1985 A
4494759 Kieffer Jan 1985 A
4504264 Kelman Mar 1985 A
4512344 Barber Apr 1985 A
4526571 Wuchinich Jul 1985 A
4535773 Yoon Aug 1985 A
4541638 Ogawa et al. Sep 1985 A
4545374 Jacobson Oct 1985 A
4545926 Fouts, Jr. et al. Oct 1985 A
4549147 Kondo Oct 1985 A
4550870 Krumme et al. Nov 1985 A
4553544 Nomoto et al. Nov 1985 A
4562838 Walker Jan 1986 A
4574615 Bower et al. Mar 1986 A
4582236 Hirose Apr 1986 A
4617927 Manes Oct 1986 A
4633119 Thompson Dec 1986 A
4634420 Spinosa et al. Jan 1987 A
4640279 Beard Feb 1987 A
4641053 Takeda Feb 1987 A
4646738 Trott Mar 1987 A
4646756 Watmough et al. Mar 1987 A
4649919 Thimsen et al. Mar 1987 A
4662068 Polonsky May 1987 A
4674502 Imonti Jun 1987 A
4694835 Strand Sep 1987 A
4708127 Abdelghani Nov 1987 A
4712722 Hood et al. Dec 1987 A
4735603 Goodson et al. Apr 1988 A
4761871 O'Connor et al. Aug 1988 A
4808154 Freeman Feb 1989 A
4819635 Shapiro Apr 1989 A
4827911 Broadwin et al. May 1989 A
4830462 Karny et al. May 1989 A
4832683 Idemoto et al. May 1989 A
4836186 Scholz Jun 1989 A
4838853 Parisi Jun 1989 A
4844064 Thimsen et al. Jul 1989 A
4849133 Yoshida et al. Jul 1989 A
4850354 McGurk-Burleson et al. Jul 1989 A
4852578 Companion et al. Aug 1989 A
4860745 Farin et al. Aug 1989 A
4862890 Stasz et al. Sep 1989 A
4865159 Jamison Sep 1989 A
4867157 McGurk-Burleson et al. Sep 1989 A
4878493 Pasternak et al. Nov 1989 A
4880015 Nierman Nov 1989 A
4881550 Kothe Nov 1989 A
4896009 Pawlowski Jan 1990 A
4903696 Stasz et al. Feb 1990 A
4910389 Sherman et al. Mar 1990 A
4915643 Samejima et al. Apr 1990 A
4920978 Colvin May 1990 A
4922902 Wuchinich et al. May 1990 A
4936842 D'Amelio et al. Jun 1990 A
4954960 Lo et al. Sep 1990 A
4965532 Sakurai Oct 1990 A
4979952 Kubota et al. Dec 1990 A
4981756 Rhandhawa Jan 1991 A
5001649 Lo et al. Mar 1991 A
5013956 Kurozumi et al. May 1991 A
5015227 Broadwin et al. May 1991 A
5020514 Heckele Jun 1991 A
5026370 Lottick Jun 1991 A
5026387 Thomas Jun 1991 A
5035695 Weber, Jr. et al. Jul 1991 A
5042707 Taheri Aug 1991 A
5061269 Muller Oct 1991 A
5084052 Jacobs Jan 1992 A
5099840 Goble et al. Mar 1992 A
5104025 Main et al. Apr 1992 A
5105117 Yamaguchi Apr 1992 A
5106538 Barma et al. Apr 1992 A
5108383 White Apr 1992 A
5109819 Custer et al. May 1992 A
5112300 Ureche May 1992 A
5113139 Furukawa May 1992 A
5123903 Quaid et al. Jun 1992 A
5126618 Takahashi et al. Jun 1992 A
D327872 McMills et al. Jul 1992 S
5152762 McElhenney Oct 1992 A
5156633 Smith Oct 1992 A
5160334 Billings et al. Nov 1992 A
5162044 Gahn et al. Nov 1992 A
5163421 Bernstein et al. Nov 1992 A
5163537 Radev Nov 1992 A
5163945 Ortiz et al. Nov 1992 A
5167619 Wuchinich Dec 1992 A
5167725 Clark et al. Dec 1992 A
5172344 Ehrlich Dec 1992 A
5174276 Crockard Dec 1992 A
D332660 Rawson et al. Jan 1993 S
5176677 Wuchinich Jan 1993 A
5176695 Dulebohn Jan 1993 A
5184605 Grzeszykowski Feb 1993 A
5188102 Idemoto et al. Feb 1993 A
D334173 Liu et al. Mar 1993 S
5190517 Zieve et al. Mar 1993 A
5190541 Abele et al. Mar 1993 A
5196007 Ellman et al. Mar 1993 A
5205459 Brinkerhoff et al. Apr 1993 A
5209719 Baruch et al. May 1993 A
5213569 Davis May 1993 A
5214339 Naito May 1993 A
5217460 Knoepfler Jun 1993 A
5218529 Meyer et al. Jun 1993 A
5221282 Wuchinich Jun 1993 A
5222937 Kagawa Jun 1993 A
5226909 Evans et al. Jul 1993 A
5226910 Kajiyama et al. Jul 1993 A
5231989 Middleman et al. Aug 1993 A
5234428 Kaufman Aug 1993 A
5241236 Sasaki et al. Aug 1993 A
5241968 Slater Sep 1993 A
5242339 Thornton Sep 1993 A
5242460 Klein et al. Sep 1993 A
5246003 DeLonzor Sep 1993 A
5254129 Alexander Oct 1993 A
5257988 L'Esperance, Jr. Nov 1993 A
5258006 Rydell et al. Nov 1993 A
5261922 Hood Nov 1993 A
5263957 Davison Nov 1993 A
5264925 Shipp et al. Nov 1993 A
5275166 Vaitekunas et al. Jan 1994 A
5275607 Lo et al. Jan 1994 A
5275609 Pingleton et al. Jan 1994 A
5282800 Foshee et al. Feb 1994 A
5282817 Hoogeboom et al. Feb 1994 A
5285795 Ryan et al. Feb 1994 A
5285945 Brinkerhoff et al. Feb 1994 A
5290286 Parins Mar 1994 A
5300068 Rosar et al. Apr 1994 A
5304115 Pflueger et al. Apr 1994 A
D347474 Olson May 1994 S
5307976 Olson et al. May 1994 A
5309927 Welch May 1994 A
5312023 Green et al. May 1994 A
5312425 Evans et al. May 1994 A
5318563 Malis et al. Jun 1994 A
5318564 Eggers Jun 1994 A
5318589 Lichtman Jun 1994 A
5322055 Davison et al. Jun 1994 A
5324299 Davison et al. Jun 1994 A
5326013 Green et al. Jul 1994 A
5326342 Pflueger et al. Jul 1994 A
5330471 Eggers Jul 1994 A
5330502 Hassler et al. Jul 1994 A
5339723 Huitema Aug 1994 A
5342356 Ellman et al. Aug 1994 A
5342359 Rydell Aug 1994 A
5344420 Hilal et al. Sep 1994 A
5345937 Middleman et al. Sep 1994 A
5346502 Estabrook et al. Sep 1994 A
5353474 Good et al. Oct 1994 A
5357164 Imabayashi et al. Oct 1994 A
5357423 Weaver et al. Oct 1994 A
5359994 Krauter et al. Nov 1994 A
5361583 Huitema Nov 1994 A
5366466 Christian et al. Nov 1994 A
5368557 Nita et al. Nov 1994 A
5370645 Klicek et al. Dec 1994 A
5371429 Manna Dec 1994 A
5374813 Shipp Dec 1994 A
D354564 Medema Jan 1995 S
5381067 Greenstein et al. Jan 1995 A
5383874 Jackson et al. Jan 1995 A
5387207 Dyer et al. Feb 1995 A
5387215 Fisher Feb 1995 A
5389098 Tsuruta et al. Feb 1995 A
5394187 Shipp Feb 1995 A
5395312 Desai Mar 1995 A
5395363 Billings et al. Mar 1995 A
5395364 Anderhub et al. Mar 1995 A
5396266 Brimhall Mar 1995 A
5396900 Slater et al. Mar 1995 A
5403312 Yates et al. Apr 1995 A
5403334 Evans et al. Apr 1995 A
5408268 Shipp Apr 1995 A
D358887 Feinberg May 1995 S
5411481 Allen et al. May 1995 A
5417709 Slater May 1995 A
5419761 Narayanan et al. May 1995 A
5421829 Olichney et al. Jun 1995 A
5423844 Miller Jun 1995 A
5428504 Bhatla Jun 1995 A
5429131 Scheinman et al. Jul 1995 A
5438997 Sieben et al. Aug 1995 A
5441499 Fritzsch Aug 1995 A
5443463 Stern et al. Aug 1995 A
5445638 Rydell et al. Aug 1995 A
5445639 Kuslich et al. Aug 1995 A
5449370 Vaitekunas Sep 1995 A
5451053 Garrido Sep 1995 A
5451220 Ciervo Sep 1995 A
5451227 Michaelson Sep 1995 A
5456684 Schmidt et al. Oct 1995 A
5458598 Feinberg et al. Oct 1995 A
5465895 Knodel et al. Nov 1995 A
5471988 Fujio et al. Dec 1995 A
5472443 Cordis et al. Dec 1995 A
5476479 Green et al. Dec 1995 A
5478003 Green et al. Dec 1995 A
5480409 Riza Jan 1996 A
5483501 Park et al. Jan 1996 A
5484436 Eggers et al. Jan 1996 A
5486162 Brumbach Jan 1996 A
5486189 Mudry et al. Jan 1996 A
5490860 Middle et al. Feb 1996 A
5496317 Goble et al. Mar 1996 A
5500216 Julian et al. Mar 1996 A
5501654 Failla et al. Mar 1996 A
5504650 Katsui et al. Apr 1996 A
5505693 Mackool Apr 1996 A
5507297 Slater et al. Apr 1996 A
5507738 Ciervo Apr 1996 A
5509922 Aranyi et al. Apr 1996 A
5511556 DeSantis Apr 1996 A
5520704 Castro et al. May 1996 A
5522839 Pilling Jun 1996 A
5527331 Kresch et al. Jun 1996 A
5531744 Nardella et al. Jul 1996 A
5540681 Strul et al. Jul 1996 A
5540693 Fisher Jul 1996 A
5542916 Hirsch et al. Aug 1996 A
5548286 Craven Aug 1996 A
5549637 Crainich Aug 1996 A
5553675 Pitzen et al. Sep 1996 A
5558671 Yates Sep 1996 A
5562609 Brumbach Oct 1996 A
5562610 Brumbach Oct 1996 A
5562659 Morris Oct 1996 A
5563179 Stone et al. Oct 1996 A
5569164 Lurz Oct 1996 A
5571121 Heifetz Nov 1996 A
5573424 Poppe Nov 1996 A
5573534 Stone Nov 1996 A
5577654 Bishop Nov 1996 A
5584830 Ladd et al. Dec 1996 A
5591187 Dekel Jan 1997 A
5593414 Shipp et al. Jan 1997 A
5599350 Schulze et al. Feb 1997 A
5600526 Russell et al. Feb 1997 A
5601601 Tal et al. Feb 1997 A
5603773 Campbell Feb 1997 A
5607436 Pratt et al. Mar 1997 A
5607450 Zvenyatsky et al. Mar 1997 A
5609573 Sandock Mar 1997 A
5611813 Lichtman Mar 1997 A
5618304 Hart et al. Apr 1997 A
5618307 Donlon et al. Apr 1997 A
5618492 Auten et al. Apr 1997 A
5620447 Smith et al. Apr 1997 A
5624452 Yates Apr 1997 A
5626587 Bishop et al. May 1997 A
5626595 Sklar et al. May 1997 A
5628760 Knoepfler May 1997 A
5630420 Vaitekunas May 1997 A
5632432 Schulze et al. May 1997 A
5632717 Yoon May 1997 A
5640741 Yano Jun 1997 A
D381077 Hunt Jul 1997 S
5647871 Levine et al. Jul 1997 A
5649937 Bito et al. Jul 1997 A
5651780 Jackson et al. Jul 1997 A
5653713 Michelson Aug 1997 A
5655100 Ebrahim et al. Aug 1997 A
5658281 Heard Aug 1997 A
5662662 Bishop et al. Sep 1997 A
5662667 Knodel Sep 1997 A
5665085 Nardella Sep 1997 A
5665100 Yoon Sep 1997 A
5669922 Hood Sep 1997 A
5674219 Monson et al. Oct 1997 A
5674220 Fox et al. Oct 1997 A
5674235 Parisi Oct 1997 A
5678568 Uchikubo et al. Oct 1997 A
5688270 Yates et al. Nov 1997 A
5690269 Bolanos et al. Nov 1997 A
5693051 Schulze et al. Dec 1997 A
5694936 Fujimoto et al. Dec 1997 A
5695510 Hood Dec 1997 A
5700261 Brinkerhoff Dec 1997 A
5704534 Huitema et al. Jan 1998 A
5707369 Vaitekunas et al. Jan 1998 A
5709680 Yates et al. Jan 1998 A
5711472 Bryan Jan 1998 A
5713896 Nardella Feb 1998 A
5715817 Stevens-Wright et al. Feb 1998 A
5716366 Yates Feb 1998 A
5717306 Shipp Feb 1998 A
5720742 Zacharias Feb 1998 A
5720744 Eggleston et al. Feb 1998 A
5723970 Bell Mar 1998 A
5728130 Ishikawa et al. Mar 1998 A
5730752 Alden et al. Mar 1998 A
5733074 Stock et al. Mar 1998 A
5735848 Yates et al. Apr 1998 A
5741226 Strukel et al. Apr 1998 A
5743906 Parins et al. Apr 1998 A
5752973 Kieturakis May 1998 A
5755717 Yates et al. May 1998 A
5762255 Chrisman et al. Jun 1998 A
5766164 Mueller et al. Jun 1998 A
5772659 Becker et al. Jun 1998 A
5776155 Beaupre et al. Jul 1998 A
5779701 McBrayer et al. Jul 1998 A
5782834 Lucey et al. Jul 1998 A
5792135 Madhani et al. Aug 1998 A
5792138 Shipp Aug 1998 A
5792165 Klieman et al. Aug 1998 A
5796188 Bays Aug 1998 A
5797941 Schulze et al. Aug 1998 A
5797958 Yoon Aug 1998 A
5797959 Castro et al. Aug 1998 A
5800432 Swanson Sep 1998 A
5800449 Wales Sep 1998 A
5805140 Rosenberg et al. Sep 1998 A
5807393 Williamson, IV et al. Sep 1998 A
5808396 Boukhny Sep 1998 A
5810811 Yates et al. Sep 1998 A
5810859 DiMatteo et al. Sep 1998 A
5817033 DeSantis et al. Oct 1998 A
5817084 Jensen Oct 1998 A
5817093 Williamson, IV et al. Oct 1998 A
5817119 Klieman et al. Oct 1998 A
5823197 Edwards Oct 1998 A
5827271 Buysse et al. Oct 1998 A
5827323 Klieman et al. Oct 1998 A
5828160 Sugishita Oct 1998 A
5833696 Whitfield et al. Nov 1998 A
5836897 Sakurai et al. Nov 1998 A
5836909 Cosmescu Nov 1998 A
5836943 Miller, III Nov 1998 A
5836957 Schulz et al. Nov 1998 A
5836990 Li Nov 1998 A
5843109 Mehta et al. Dec 1998 A
5851212 Zirps et al. Dec 1998 A
5853412 Mayenberger Dec 1998 A
5858018 Shipp et al. Jan 1999 A
5865361 Milliman et al. Feb 1999 A
5873873 Smith et al. Feb 1999 A
5873882 Straub et al. Feb 1999 A
5876401 Schulze et al. Mar 1999 A
5878193 Wang et al. Mar 1999 A
5879364 Bromfield et al. Mar 1999 A
5880668 Hall Mar 1999 A
5883615 Fago et al. Mar 1999 A
5891142 Eggers et al. Apr 1999 A
5893835 Witt et al. Apr 1999 A
5897523 Wright et al. Apr 1999 A
5897569 Kellogg et al. Apr 1999 A
5903607 Tailliet May 1999 A
5904681 West, Jr. May 1999 A
5906625 Bito et al. May 1999 A
5906627 Spaulding May 1999 A
5906628 Miyawaki et al. May 1999 A
5910129 Koblish et al. Jun 1999 A
5911699 Anis et al. Jun 1999 A
5913823 Hedberg et al. Jun 1999 A
5916229 Evans Jun 1999 A
5921956 Grinberg et al. Jul 1999 A
5929846 Rosenberg et al. Jul 1999 A
5935143 Hood Aug 1999 A
5935144 Estabrook Aug 1999 A
5938633 Beaupre Aug 1999 A
5944718 Austin et al. Aug 1999 A
5944737 Tsonton et al. Aug 1999 A
5947984 Whipple Sep 1999 A
5954717 Behl et al. Sep 1999 A
5954736 Bishop et al. Sep 1999 A
5954746 Holthaus et al. Sep 1999 A
5957882 Nita et al. Sep 1999 A
5957943 Vaitekunas Sep 1999 A
5968007 Simon et al. Oct 1999 A
5968060 Kellogg Oct 1999 A
5974342 Petrofsky Oct 1999 A
D416089 Barton et al. Nov 1999 S
5980510 Tsonton et al. Nov 1999 A
5980546 Hood Nov 1999 A
5984938 Yoon Nov 1999 A
5989274 Davison et al. Nov 1999 A
5989275 Estabrook et al. Nov 1999 A
5993465 Shipp et al. Nov 1999 A
5993972 Reich et al. Nov 1999 A
5994855 Lundell et al. Nov 1999 A
6003517 Sheffield et al. Dec 1999 A
6013052 Durman et al. Jan 2000 A
6024741 Williamson, IV et al. Feb 2000 A
6024744 Kese et al. Feb 2000 A
6024750 Mastri et al. Feb 2000 A
6027515 Cimino Feb 2000 A
6031526 Shipp Feb 2000 A
6033375 Brumbach Mar 2000 A
6033399 Gines Mar 2000 A
6036667 Manna et al. Mar 2000 A
6036707 Spaulding Mar 2000 A
6039734 Goble Mar 2000 A
6048224 Kay Apr 2000 A
6050943 Slayton et al. Apr 2000 A
6050996 Schmaltz et al. Apr 2000 A
6051010 DiMatteo et al. Apr 2000 A
6056735 Okada et al. May 2000 A
6063098 Houser et al. May 2000 A
6066132 Chen et al. May 2000 A
6066151 Miyawaki et al. May 2000 A
6068627 Orszulak et al. May 2000 A
6068629 Haissaguerre et al. May 2000 A
6068647 Witt et al. May 2000 A
6074389 Levine et al. Jun 2000 A
6077285 Boukhny Jun 2000 A
6080149 Huang et al. Jun 2000 A
6083191 Rose Jul 2000 A
6086584 Miller Jul 2000 A
6090120 Wright et al. Jul 2000 A
6091995 Ingle et al. Jul 2000 A
6096033 Tu et al. Aug 2000 A
6099483 Palmer et al. Aug 2000 A
6099542 Cohn et al. Aug 2000 A
6099550 Yoon Aug 2000 A
6109500 Alli et al. Aug 2000 A
6110127 Suzuki Aug 2000 A
6113594 Savage Sep 2000 A
6117152 Huitema Sep 2000 A
H001904 Yates et al. Oct 2000 H
6126629 Perkins Oct 2000 A
6126658 Baker Oct 2000 A
6129735 Okada et al. Oct 2000 A
6129740 Michelson Oct 2000 A
6132368 Cooper Oct 2000 A
6132427 Jones et al. Oct 2000 A
6132429 Baker Oct 2000 A
6132448 Perez et al. Oct 2000 A
6139320 Hahn Oct 2000 A
6139561 Shibata et al. Oct 2000 A
6142615 Qiu et al. Nov 2000 A
6142994 Swanson et al. Nov 2000 A
6144402 Norsworthy et al. Nov 2000 A
6147560 Erhage et al. Nov 2000 A
6152902 Christian et al. Nov 2000 A
6152923 Ryan Nov 2000 A
6154198 Rosenberg Nov 2000 A
6159160 Hsei et al. Dec 2000 A
6159175 Strukel et al. Dec 2000 A
6162194 Shipp Dec 2000 A
6162208 Hipps Dec 2000 A
6165150 Banko Dec 2000 A
6174309 Wrublewski et al. Jan 2001 B1
6174310 Kirwan, Jr. Jan 2001 B1
6176857 Ashley Jan 2001 B1
6179853 Sachse et al. Jan 2001 B1
6183426 Akisada et al. Feb 2001 B1
6187003 Buysse et al. Feb 2001 B1
6190386 Rydell Feb 2001 B1
6193709 Miyawaki et al. Feb 2001 B1
6204592 Hur Mar 2001 B1
6205855 Pfeiffer Mar 2001 B1
6206844 Reichel et al. Mar 2001 B1
6206876 Levine et al. Mar 2001 B1
6210337 Dunham et al. Apr 2001 B1
6210402 Olsen et al. Apr 2001 B1
6210403 Klicek Apr 2001 B1
6214023 Whipple et al. Apr 2001 B1
6228080 Gines May 2001 B1
6231565 Tovey et al. May 2001 B1
6233476 Strommer et al. May 2001 B1
6238366 Savage et al. May 2001 B1
6245065 Panescu et al. Jun 2001 B1
6251110 Wampler Jun 2001 B1
6252110 Uemura et al. Jun 2001 B1
D444365 Bass et al. Jul 2001 S
D445092 Lee Jul 2001 S
D445764 Lee Jul 2001 S
6254623 Haibel, Jr. et al. Jul 2001 B1
6257241 Wampler Jul 2001 B1
6258034 Hanafy Jul 2001 B1
6259230 Chou Jul 2001 B1
6267761 Ryan Jul 2001 B1
6270831 Kumar et al. Aug 2001 B2
6273852 Lehe et al. Aug 2001 B1
6274963 Estabrook et al. Aug 2001 B1
6277115 Saadat Aug 2001 B1
6277117 Tetzlaff et al. Aug 2001 B1
6278218 Madan et al. Aug 2001 B1
6280407 Manna et al. Aug 2001 B1
6283981 Beaupre Sep 2001 B1
6287344 Wampler et al. Sep 2001 B1
6290575 Shipp Sep 2001 B1
6292700 Morrison et al. Sep 2001 B1
6299591 Banko Oct 2001 B1
6306131 Hareyama et al. Oct 2001 B1
6306157 Shchervinsky Oct 2001 B1
6309400 Beaupre Oct 2001 B2
6311783 Harpell Nov 2001 B1
6319221 Savage et al. Nov 2001 B1
6325795 Lindemann et al. Dec 2001 B1
6325799 Goble Dec 2001 B1
6325811 Messerly Dec 2001 B1
6328751 Beaupre Dec 2001 B1
6332891 Himes Dec 2001 B1
6338657 Harper et al. Jan 2002 B1
6340352 Okada et al. Jan 2002 B1
6340878 Oglesbee Jan 2002 B1
6350269 Shipp et al. Feb 2002 B1
6352532 Kramer et al. Mar 2002 B1
6356224 Wohlfarth Mar 2002 B1
6358246 Behl et al. Mar 2002 B1
6358264 Banko Mar 2002 B2
6364888 Niemeyer et al. Apr 2002 B1
6379320 Lafon et al. Apr 2002 B1
D457958 Dycus et al. May 2002 S
6383194 Pothula May 2002 B1
6384690 Wilhelmsson et al. May 2002 B1
6387109 Davison et al. May 2002 B1
6388657 Natoli May 2002 B1
6390973 Ouchi May 2002 B1
6391026 Hung et al. May 2002 B1
6391042 Cimino May 2002 B1
6398779 Buysse et al. Jun 2002 B1
6402743 Orszulak et al. Jun 2002 B1
6402748 Schoenman et al. Jun 2002 B1
6405733 Fogarty et al. Jun 2002 B1
6409722 Hoey et al. Jun 2002 B1
H002037 Yates et al. Jul 2002 H
6416486 Wampler Jul 2002 B1
6419675 Gallo, Sr. Jul 2002 B1
6423073 Bowman Jul 2002 B2
6423082 Houser et al. Jul 2002 B1
6425906 Young et al. Jul 2002 B1
6428538 Blewett et al. Aug 2002 B1
6428539 Baxter et al. Aug 2002 B1
6430446 Knowlton Aug 2002 B1
6432118 Messerly Aug 2002 B1
6436114 Novak et al. Aug 2002 B1
6436115 Beaupre Aug 2002 B1
6440062 Ouchi Aug 2002 B1
6443968 Holthaus et al. Sep 2002 B1
6443969 Novak et al. Sep 2002 B1
6449006 Shipp Sep 2002 B1
6454781 Witt et al. Sep 2002 B1
6454782 Schwemberger Sep 2002 B1
6458128 Schulze Oct 2002 B1
6458142 Faller et al. Oct 2002 B1
6464689 Qin et al. Oct 2002 B1
6464702 Schulze et al. Oct 2002 B2
6468270 Hovda et al. Oct 2002 B1
6475215 Tanrisever Nov 2002 B1
6480796 Wiener Nov 2002 B2
6485490 Wampler et al. Nov 2002 B2
6491690 Goble et al. Dec 2002 B1
6491701 Tierney et al. Dec 2002 B2
6491708 Madan et al. Dec 2002 B2
6497715 Satou Dec 2002 B2
6500112 Khouri Dec 2002 B1
6500176 Truckai et al. Dec 2002 B1
6500188 Harper et al. Dec 2002 B2
6500312 Wedekamp Dec 2002 B2
6503248 Levine Jan 2003 B1
6506208 Hunt et al. Jan 2003 B2
6511478 Burnside et al. Jan 2003 B1
6511480 Tetzlaff et al. Jan 2003 B1
6511493 Moutafis et al. Jan 2003 B1
6514252 Nezhat et al. Feb 2003 B2
6514267 Jewett Feb 2003 B2
6517565 Whitman et al. Feb 2003 B1
6524251 Rabiner et al. Feb 2003 B2
6524316 Nicholson et al. Feb 2003 B1
6527736 Attinger et al. Mar 2003 B1
6531846 Smith Mar 2003 B1
6533784 Truckai et al. Mar 2003 B2
6537272 Christopherson et al. Mar 2003 B2
6537291 Friedman et al. Mar 2003 B2
6543452 Lavigne Apr 2003 B1
6543456 Freeman Apr 2003 B1
6544260 Markel et al. Apr 2003 B1
6551309 LePivert Apr 2003 B1
6554829 Schulze et al. Apr 2003 B2
6558376 Bishop May 2003 B2
6561983 Cronin et al. May 2003 B2
6562035 Levin May 2003 B1
6562037 Paton et al. May 2003 B2
6565558 Lindenmeier et al. May 2003 B1
6572563 Ouchi Jun 2003 B2
6572632 Zisterer et al. Jun 2003 B2
6572639 Ingle et al. Jun 2003 B1
6575969 Rittman, III et al. Jun 2003 B1
6582427 Goble et al. Jun 2003 B1
6582451 Marucci et al. Jun 2003 B1
6584360 Francischelli et al. Jun 2003 B2
D477408 Bromley Jul 2003 S
6585735 Frazier et al. Jul 2003 B1
6588277 Giordano et al. Jul 2003 B2
6589200 Schwemberger et al. Jul 2003 B1
6589239 Khandkar et al. Jul 2003 B2
6590733 Wilson et al. Jul 2003 B1
6599288 Maguire et al. Jul 2003 B2
6602252 Mollenauer Aug 2003 B2
6607540 Shipp Aug 2003 B1
6610059 West, Jr. Aug 2003 B1
6610060 Mulier et al. Aug 2003 B2
6611793 Burnside et al. Aug 2003 B1
6616450 Mossle et al. Sep 2003 B2
6619529 Green et al. Sep 2003 B2
6620161 Schulze et al. Sep 2003 B2
6622731 Daniel et al. Sep 2003 B2
6623482 Pendekanti et al. Sep 2003 B2
6623500 Cook et al. Sep 2003 B1
6623501 Heller et al. Sep 2003 B2
6626848 Neuenfeldt Sep 2003 B2
6626926 Friedman et al. Sep 2003 B2
6629974 Penny et al. Oct 2003 B2
6633234 Wiener et al. Oct 2003 B2
6635057 Harano et al. Oct 2003 B2
6644532 Green et al. Nov 2003 B2
6651669 Burnside Nov 2003 B1
6652513 Panescu et al. Nov 2003 B2
6652539 Shipp et al. Nov 2003 B2
6652545 Shipp et al. Nov 2003 B2
6656132 Ouchi Dec 2003 B1
6656177 Truckai et al. Dec 2003 B2
6656198 Tsonton et al. Dec 2003 B2
6660017 Beaupre Dec 2003 B2
6662127 Wiener et al. Dec 2003 B2
6663941 Brown et al. Dec 2003 B2
6666860 Takahashi Dec 2003 B1
6666875 Sakurai et al. Dec 2003 B1
6669690 Okada et al. Dec 2003 B1
6669710 Moutafis et al. Dec 2003 B2
6673248 Chowdhury Jan 2004 B2
6676660 Wampler et al. Jan 2004 B2
6678621 Wiener et al. Jan 2004 B2
6679875 Honda et al. Jan 2004 B2
6679882 Kornerup Jan 2004 B1
6679899 Wiener et al. Jan 2004 B2
6682501 Nelson et al. Jan 2004 B1
6682544 Mastri et al. Jan 2004 B2
6685700 Behl et al. Feb 2004 B2
6685701 Orszulak et al. Feb 2004 B2
6685703 Pearson et al. Feb 2004 B2
6689145 Lee et al. Feb 2004 B2
6689146 Himes Feb 2004 B1
6690960 Chen et al. Feb 2004 B2
6695840 Schulze Feb 2004 B2
6702821 Bonutti Mar 2004 B2
6716215 David et al. Apr 2004 B1
6719692 Kleffner et al. Apr 2004 B2
6719765 Bonutti Apr 2004 B2
6719776 Baxter et al. Apr 2004 B2
6722552 Fenton, Jr. Apr 2004 B2
6723091 Goble et al. Apr 2004 B2
D490059 Conway et al. May 2004 S
6731047 Kauf et al. May 2004 B2
6733498 Paton et al. May 2004 B2
6733506 McDevitt et al. May 2004 B1
6736813 Yamauchi et al. May 2004 B2
6739872 Turri May 2004 B1
6740079 Eggers et al. May 2004 B1
D491666 Kimmell et al. Jun 2004 S
6743245 Lobdell Jun 2004 B2
6746284 Spink, Jr. Jun 2004 B1
6746443 Morley et al. Jun 2004 B1
6752815 Beaupre Jun 2004 B2
6755825 Shoenman et al. Jun 2004 B2
6761698 Shibata et al. Jul 2004 B2
6762535 Take et al. Jul 2004 B2
6766202 Underwood et al. Jul 2004 B2
6770072 Truckai et al. Aug 2004 B1
6773409 Truckai et al. Aug 2004 B2
6773435 Schulze et al. Aug 2004 B2
6773443 Truwit et al. Aug 2004 B2
6773444 Messerly Aug 2004 B2
6775575 Bommannan et al. Aug 2004 B2
6778023 Christensen Aug 2004 B2
6783524 Anderson et al. Aug 2004 B2
6786382 Hoffman Sep 2004 B1
6786383 Stegelmann Sep 2004 B2
6789939 Schrodinger et al. Sep 2004 B2
6790173 Saadat et al. Sep 2004 B2
6790216 Ishikawa Sep 2004 B1
6794027 Araki et al. Sep 2004 B1
6796981 Wham et al. Sep 2004 B2
D496997 Dycus et al. Oct 2004 S
6800085 Selmon et al. Oct 2004 B2
6802843 Truckai et al. Oct 2004 B2
6808525 Latterell et al. Oct 2004 B2
6809508 Donofrio Oct 2004 B2
6810281 Brock et al. Oct 2004 B2
6811842 Ehrnsperger et al. Nov 2004 B1
6814731 Swanson Nov 2004 B2
6819027 Saraf Nov 2004 B2
6821273 Mollenauer Nov 2004 B2
6827712 Tovey et al. Dec 2004 B2
6828712 Battaglin et al. Dec 2004 B2
6835082 Gonnering Dec 2004 B2
6835199 McGuckin, Jr. et al. Dec 2004 B2
6840938 Morley et al. Jan 2005 B1
6843789 Goble Jan 2005 B2
6849073 Hoey et al. Feb 2005 B2
6860878 Brock Mar 2005 B2
6860880 Treat et al. Mar 2005 B2
6863676 Lee et al. Mar 2005 B2
6866671 Tierney et al. Mar 2005 B2
6869439 White et al. Mar 2005 B2
6875220 Du et al. Apr 2005 B2
6877647 Green et al. Apr 2005 B2
6882439 Ishijima Apr 2005 B2
6887209 Kadziauskas et al. May 2005 B2
6887252 Okada et al. May 2005 B1
6893435 Goble May 2005 B2
6898536 Wiener et al. May 2005 B2
6899685 Kermode et al. May 2005 B2
6905497 Truckai et al. Jun 2005 B2
6908463 Treat et al. Jun 2005 B2
6908472 Wiener et al. Jun 2005 B2
6913579 Truckai et al. Jul 2005 B2
6915623 Dey et al. Jul 2005 B2
6923806 Hooven et al. Aug 2005 B2
6926712 Phan Aug 2005 B2
6926716 Baker et al. Aug 2005 B2
6926717 Garito et al. Aug 2005 B1
6929602 Hirakui et al. Aug 2005 B2
6929622 Chian Aug 2005 B2
6929632 Nita et al. Aug 2005 B2
6929644 Truckai et al. Aug 2005 B2
6933656 Matsushita et al. Aug 2005 B2
D509589 Wells Sep 2005 S
6942660 Pantera et al. Sep 2005 B2
6942677 Nita et al. Sep 2005 B2
6945981 Donofrio et al. Sep 2005 B2
6946779 Birgel Sep 2005 B2
6948503 Refior et al. Sep 2005 B2
6953461 McClurken et al. Oct 2005 B2
D511145 Donofrio et al. Nov 2005 S
6974450 Weber et al. Dec 2005 B2
6976844 Hickok et al. Dec 2005 B2
6976969 Messerly Dec 2005 B2
6977495 Donofrio Dec 2005 B2
6979332 Adams Dec 2005 B2
6981628 Wales Jan 2006 B2
6984220 Wuchinich Jan 2006 B2
6988295 Tillim Jan 2006 B2
6994708 Manzo Feb 2006 B2
6994709 Iida Feb 2006 B2
7000818 Shelton, IV et al. Feb 2006 B2
7001335 Adachi et al. Feb 2006 B2
7001379 Behl et al. Feb 2006 B2
7001382 Gallo, Sr. Feb 2006 B2
7011657 Truckai et al. Mar 2006 B2
7014638 Michelson Mar 2006 B2
7025732 Thompson et al. Apr 2006 B2
7033357 Baxter et al. Apr 2006 B2
7037306 Podany et al. May 2006 B2
7041083 Chu et al. May 2006 B2
7041088 Nawrocki et al. May 2006 B2
7041102 Truckai et al. May 2006 B2
7044949 Orszulak et al. May 2006 B2
7052496 Yamauchi May 2006 B2
7055731 Shelton, IV et al. Jun 2006 B2
7063699 Hess et al. Jun 2006 B2
7066893 Hibner et al. Jun 2006 B2
7066895 Podany Jun 2006 B2
7066936 Ryan Jun 2006 B2
7070597 Truckai et al. Jul 2006 B2
7074218 Washington et al. Jul 2006 B2
7074219 Levine et al. Jul 2006 B2
7077039 Gass et al. Jul 2006 B2
7077845 Hacker et al. Jul 2006 B2
7077853 Kramer et al. Jul 2006 B2
7083618 Couture et al. Aug 2006 B2
7083619 Truckai et al. Aug 2006 B2
7087054 Truckai et al. Aug 2006 B2
7090672 Underwood et al. Aug 2006 B2
7094235 Francischelli Aug 2006 B2
7101371 Dycus et al. Sep 2006 B2
7101372 Dycus et al. Sep 2006 B2
7101373 Dycus et al. Sep 2006 B2
7101378 Salameh et al. Sep 2006 B2
7104834 Robinson et al. Sep 2006 B2
7108695 Witt et al. Sep 2006 B2
7111769 Wales et al. Sep 2006 B2
7112201 Truckai et al. Sep 2006 B2
D531311 Guerra et al. Oct 2006 S
7117034 Kronberg Oct 2006 B2
7118564 Ritchie et al. Oct 2006 B2
7118570 Tetzlaff et al. Oct 2006 B2
7124932 Isaacson et al. Oct 2006 B2
7125409 Truckai et al. Oct 2006 B2
7128720 Podany Oct 2006 B2
7131860 Sartor et al. Nov 2006 B2
7131970 Moses et al. Nov 2006 B2
7135018 Ryan et al. Nov 2006 B2
7135030 Schwemberger et al. Nov 2006 B2
7137980 Buysse et al. Nov 2006 B2
7143925 Shelton, IV et al. Dec 2006 B2
7144403 Booth Dec 2006 B2
7147138 Shelton, IV Dec 2006 B2
7153315 Miller Dec 2006 B2
D536093 Nakajima et al. Jan 2007 S
7156189 Bar-Cohen et al. Jan 2007 B1
7156846 Dycus et al. Jan 2007 B2
7156853 Muratsu Jan 2007 B2
7157058 Marhasin et al. Jan 2007 B2
7159750 Racenet et al. Jan 2007 B2
7160296 Pearson et al. Jan 2007 B2
7160298 Lawes et al. Jan 2007 B2
7160299 Baily Jan 2007 B2
7163548 Stulen et al. Jan 2007 B2
7169144 Hoey et al. Jan 2007 B2
7169146 Truckai et al. Jan 2007 B2
7169156 Hart Jan 2007 B2
7179254 Pendekanti et al. Feb 2007 B2
7179271 Friedman et al. Feb 2007 B2
7186253 Truckai et al. Mar 2007 B2
7189233 Truckai et al. Mar 2007 B2
7195631 Dumbauld Mar 2007 B2
D541418 Schechter et al. Apr 2007 S
7198635 Danek et al. Apr 2007 B2
7204820 Akahoshi Apr 2007 B2
7207471 Heinrich et al. Apr 2007 B2
7207997 Shipp et al. Apr 2007 B2
7210881 Greenberg May 2007 B2
7211079 Treat May 2007 B2
7217128 Atkin et al. May 2007 B2
7217269 El-Galley et al. May 2007 B2
7220951 Truckai et al. May 2007 B2
7223229 Inman et al. May 2007 B2
7225964 Mastri et al. Jun 2007 B2
7226448 Bertolero et al. Jun 2007 B2
7229455 Sakurai et al. Jun 2007 B2
7232440 Dumbauld et al. Jun 2007 B2
7235071 Gonnering Jun 2007 B2
7235073 Levine et al. Jun 2007 B2
7241294 Reschke Jul 2007 B2
7244262 Wiener et al. Jul 2007 B2
7251531 Mosher et al. Jul 2007 B2
7252641 Thompson et al. Aug 2007 B2
7252667 Moses et al. Aug 2007 B2
7258688 Shah et al. Aug 2007 B1
7267677 Johnson et al. Sep 2007 B2
7267685 Butaric et al. Sep 2007 B2
7269873 Brewer et al. Sep 2007 B2
7273483 Wiener et al. Sep 2007 B2
D552241 Bromley et al. Oct 2007 S
7282048 Goble et al. Oct 2007 B2
7285895 Beaupre Oct 2007 B2
7287682 Ezzat et al. Oct 2007 B1
7297149 Vitali et al. Nov 2007 B2
7300431 Dubrovsky Nov 2007 B2
7300435 Wham et al. Nov 2007 B2
7300446 Beaupre Nov 2007 B2
7300450 Vleugels et al. Nov 2007 B2
7303531 Lee et al. Dec 2007 B2
7303557 Wham et al. Dec 2007 B2
7306597 Manzo Dec 2007 B2
7307313 Ohyanagi et al. Dec 2007 B2
7309849 Truckai et al. Dec 2007 B2
7311706 Schoenman et al. Dec 2007 B2
7311709 Truckai et al. Dec 2007 B2
7317955 McGreevy Jan 2008 B2
7318831 Alvarez et al. Jan 2008 B2
7326236 Andreas et al. Feb 2008 B2
7329257 Kanehira et al. Feb 2008 B2
7331410 Yong et al. Feb 2008 B2
7335165 Truwit et al. Feb 2008 B2
7335997 Wiener Feb 2008 B2
7337010 Howard et al. Feb 2008 B2
7353068 Tanaka et al. Apr 2008 B2
7354440 Truckal et al. Apr 2008 B2
7357287 Shelton, IV et al. Apr 2008 B2
7357802 Palanker et al. Apr 2008 B2
7361172 Cimino Apr 2008 B2
7364577 Wham et al. Apr 2008 B2
7367976 Lawes et al. May 2008 B2
7371227 Zeiner May 2008 B2
RE40388 Gines Jun 2008 E
7380695 Doll et al. Jun 2008 B2
7380696 Shelton, IV et al. Jun 2008 B2
7381209 Truckai et al. Jun 2008 B2
7384420 Dycus et al. Jun 2008 B2
7390317 Taylor et al. Jun 2008 B2
7396356 Mollenauer Jul 2008 B2
7403224 Fuller et al. Jul 2008 B2
7404508 Smith et al. Jul 2008 B2
7407077 Ortiz et al. Aug 2008 B2
7408288 Hara Aug 2008 B2
7412008 Lliev Aug 2008 B2
7416101 Shelton, IV et al. Aug 2008 B2
7416437 Sartor et al. Aug 2008 B2
D576725 Shumer et al. Sep 2008 S
7419490 Falkenstein et al. Sep 2008 B2
7422139 Shelton, IV et al. Sep 2008 B2
7422463 Kuo Sep 2008 B2
7422582 Malackowski et al. Sep 2008 B2
D578643 Shumer et al. Oct 2008 S
D578644 Shumer et al. Oct 2008 S
D578645 Shumer et al. Oct 2008 S
7431704 Babaev Oct 2008 B2
7435582 Zimmermann et al. Oct 2008 B2
7441684 Shelton, IV et al. Oct 2008 B2
7442193 Shields et al. Oct 2008 B2
7445621 Dumbauld et al. Nov 2008 B2
7455208 Wales et al. Nov 2008 B2
7462181 Kraft et al. Dec 2008 B2
7464846 Shelton, IV et al. Dec 2008 B2
7472815 Shelton, IV et al. Jan 2009 B2
7473145 Ehr et al. Jan 2009 B2
7473253 Dycus et al. Jan 2009 B2
7473263 Johnston et al. Jan 2009 B2
7479148 Beaupre Jan 2009 B2
7479160 Branch et al. Jan 2009 B2
7481775 Weikel, Jr. et al. Jan 2009 B2
7488285 Honda et al. Feb 2009 B2
7488319 Yates Feb 2009 B2
7491201 Shields et al. Feb 2009 B2
7494468 Rabiner et al. Feb 2009 B2
7494501 Ahlberg et al. Feb 2009 B2
7498080 Tung et al. Mar 2009 B2
7502234 Goliszek et al. Mar 2009 B2
7503893 Kucklick Mar 2009 B2
7503895 Rabiner et al. Mar 2009 B2
7506790 Shelton, IV Mar 2009 B2
7506791 Omaits et al. Mar 2009 B2
7510107 Timm et al. Mar 2009 B2
7513025 Fischer Apr 2009 B2
7517349 Truckai et al. Apr 2009 B2
7524320 Tierney et al. Apr 2009 B2
7530986 Beaupre et al. May 2009 B2
7534243 Chin et al. May 2009 B1
7535233 Kojovic et al. May 2009 B2
D594983 Price et al. Jun 2009 S
7540871 Gonnering Jun 2009 B2
7540872 Schechter et al. Jun 2009 B2
7543730 Marczyk Jun 2009 B1
7544200 Houser Jun 2009 B2
7549564 Boudreaux Jun 2009 B2
7550216 Ofer et al. Jun 2009 B2
7553309 Buysse et al. Jun 2009 B2
7554343 Bromfield Jun 2009 B2
7559450 Wales et al. Jul 2009 B2
7559452 Wales et al. Jul 2009 B2
7566318 Haefner Jul 2009 B2
7567012 Namikawa Jul 2009 B2
7568603 Shelton, IV et al. Aug 2009 B2
7569057 Liu et al. Aug 2009 B2
7572266 Young et al. Aug 2009 B2
7572268 Babaev Aug 2009 B2
7578820 Moore et al. Aug 2009 B2
7582084 Swanson et al. Sep 2009 B2
7582086 Privitera et al. Sep 2009 B2
7582087 Tetzlaff et al. Sep 2009 B2
7582095 Shipp et al. Sep 2009 B2
7585181 Olsen Sep 2009 B2
7586289 Andruk et al. Sep 2009 B2
7587536 McLeod Sep 2009 B2
7588176 Timm et al. Sep 2009 B2
7594925 Danek et al. Sep 2009 B2
7597693 Garrison Oct 2009 B2
7601119 Shahinian Oct 2009 B2
7601136 Akahoshi Oct 2009 B2
7604150 Boudreaux Oct 2009 B2
7607557 Shelton, IV et al. Oct 2009 B2
7621930 Houser Nov 2009 B2
7628791 Garrison et al. Dec 2009 B2
7628792 Guerra Dec 2009 B2
7632267 Dahla Dec 2009 B2
7632269 Truckai et al. Dec 2009 B2
7641653 Dalla Betta et al. Jan 2010 B2
7641671 Crainich Jan 2010 B2
7644848 Swayze et al. Jan 2010 B2
7645240 Thompson et al. Jan 2010 B2
7645277 McClurken et al. Jan 2010 B2
7645278 Ichihashi et al. Jan 2010 B2
7648499 Orszulak et al. Jan 2010 B2
7654431 Hueil et al. Feb 2010 B2
7655003 Lorang et al. Feb 2010 B2
7658311 Boudreaux Feb 2010 B2
7659833 Warner et al. Feb 2010 B2
7662151 Crompton, Jr. et al. Feb 2010 B2
7665647 Shelton, IV et al. Feb 2010 B2
7666206 Taniguchi et al. Feb 2010 B2
7667592 Ohyama et al. Feb 2010 B2
7670334 Hueil et al. Mar 2010 B2
7670338 Albrecht et al. Mar 2010 B2
7674263 Ryan Mar 2010 B2
7678069 Baker et al. Mar 2010 B1
7678125 Shipp Mar 2010 B2
7682366 Sakurai et al. Mar 2010 B2
7686770 Cohen Mar 2010 B2
7686826 Lee et al. Mar 2010 B2
7688028 Phillips et al. Mar 2010 B2
7691095 Bednarek et al. Apr 2010 B2
7691098 Wallace et al. Apr 2010 B2
7699846 Ryan Apr 2010 B2
7703459 Saadat et al. Apr 2010 B2
7703653 Shah et al. Apr 2010 B2
7708735 Chapman et al. May 2010 B2
7708751 Hughes et al. May 2010 B2
7708768 Danek et al. May 2010 B2
7713202 Boukhny et al. May 2010 B2
7714481 Sakai May 2010 B2
7717312 Beetel May 2010 B2
7717915 Miyazawa May 2010 B2
7721935 Racenet et al. May 2010 B2
7722527 Bouchier et al. May 2010 B2
7722607 Dumbauld et al. May 2010 B2
D618797 Price et al. Jun 2010 S
7726537 Olson et al. Jun 2010 B2
7727177 Bayat Jun 2010 B2
7738969 Bleich Jun 2010 B2
7740594 Hibner Jun 2010 B2
7751115 Song Jul 2010 B2
7753904 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2010 B2
7753908 Swanson Jul 2010 B2
7762445 Heinrich et al. Jul 2010 B2
D621503 Otten et al. Aug 2010 S
7766210 Shelton, IV et al. Aug 2010 B2
7766693 Sartor et al. Aug 2010 B2
7766910 Hixson et al. Aug 2010 B2
7768510 Tsai et al. Aug 2010 B2
7770774 Mastri et al. Aug 2010 B2
7770775 Shelton, IV et al. Aug 2010 B2
7771425 Dycus et al. Aug 2010 B2
7771444 Patel et al. Aug 2010 B2
7775972 Brock et al. Aug 2010 B2
7776036 Schechter et al. Aug 2010 B2
7776037 Odom Aug 2010 B2
7778733 Nowlin et al. Aug 2010 B2
7780054 Wales Aug 2010 B2
7780593 Ueno et al. Aug 2010 B2
7780651 Madhani et al. Aug 2010 B2
7780659 Okada et al. Aug 2010 B2
7780663 Yates et al. Aug 2010 B2
7784662 Wales et al. Aug 2010 B2
7784663 Shelton, IV Aug 2010 B2
7789883 Takashino et al. Sep 2010 B2
7793814 Racenet et al. Sep 2010 B2
7796969 Kelly et al. Sep 2010 B2
7798386 Schall et al. Sep 2010 B2
7799020 Shores et al. Sep 2010 B2
7799045 Masuda Sep 2010 B2
7803152 Honda et al. Sep 2010 B2
7803156 Eder et al. Sep 2010 B2
7806891 Nowlin et al. Oct 2010 B2
7810693 Broehl et al. Oct 2010 B2
7811283 Moses et al. Oct 2010 B2
7815641 Dodde et al. Oct 2010 B2
7819298 Hall et al. Oct 2010 B2
7819299 Shelton, IV et al. Oct 2010 B2
7819819 Quick et al. Oct 2010 B2
7819872 Johnson et al. Oct 2010 B2
7821143 Wiener Oct 2010 B2
D627066 Romero Nov 2010 S
7824401 Manzo et al. Nov 2010 B2
7832408 Shelton, IV et al. Nov 2010 B2
7832611 Boyden et al. Nov 2010 B2
7832612 Baxter, III et al. Nov 2010 B2
7834484 Sartor Nov 2010 B2
7837699 Yamada et al. Nov 2010 B2
7845537 Shelton, IV et al. Dec 2010 B2
7846155 Houser et al. Dec 2010 B2
7846159 Morrison et al. Dec 2010 B2
7846160 Payne et al. Dec 2010 B2
7846161 Dumbauld et al. Dec 2010 B2
7854735 Houser et al. Dec 2010 B2
D631155 Peine et al. Jan 2011 S
7861906 Doll et al. Jan 2011 B2
7862560 Marion Jan 2011 B2
7871392 Sartor Jan 2011 B2
7876030 Taki et al. Jan 2011 B2
D631965 Price et al. Feb 2011 S
7878991 Babaev Feb 2011 B2
7879033 Sartor et al. Feb 2011 B2
7879035 Garrison et al. Feb 2011 B2
7879070 Ortiz et al. Feb 2011 B2
7892606 Thies et al. Feb 2011 B2
7896875 Heim et al. Mar 2011 B2
7897792 Iikura et al. Mar 2011 B2
7901400 Wham et al. Mar 2011 B2
7901423 Stulen et al. Mar 2011 B2
7905881 Masuda et al. Mar 2011 B2
7909220 Viola Mar 2011 B2
7909820 Lipson et al. Mar 2011 B2
7909824 Masuda et al. Mar 2011 B2
7918848 Lau et al. Apr 2011 B2
7919184 Mohapatra et al. Apr 2011 B2
7922061 Shelton, IV et al. Apr 2011 B2
7922651 Yamada et al. Apr 2011 B2
7931649 Couture et al. Apr 2011 B2
D637288 Houghton May 2011 S
D638540 Ijiri et al. May 2011 S
7935114 Takashino et al. May 2011 B2
7936203 Zimlich May 2011 B2
7951095 Makin et al. May 2011 B2
7951165 Golden et al. May 2011 B2
7955331 Truckai et al. Jun 2011 B2
7956620 Gilbert Jun 2011 B2
7959050 Smith et al. Jun 2011 B2
7959626 Hong et al. Jun 2011 B2
7963963 Francischelli et al. Jun 2011 B2
7967602 Lindquist Jun 2011 B2
7972328 Wham et al. Jul 2011 B2
7972329 Refior et al. Jul 2011 B2
7976544 McClurken et al. Jul 2011 B2
7980443 Scheib et al. Jul 2011 B2
7981050 Ritchart et al. Jul 2011 B2
7981113 Truckai et al. Jul 2011 B2
7997278 Utley et al. Aug 2011 B2
7998157 Culp et al. Aug 2011 B2
8020743 Shelton, IV Sep 2011 B2
8028885 Smith et al. Oct 2011 B2
8033173 Ehlert et al. Oct 2011 B2
8038693 Allen Oct 2011 B2
8048070 O'Brien et al. Nov 2011 B2
8052672 Laufer et al. Nov 2011 B2
8056720 Hawkes Nov 2011 B2
8056787 Boudreaux et al. Nov 2011 B2
8057468 Konesky Nov 2011 B2
8057498 Robertson Nov 2011 B2
8058771 Giordano et al. Nov 2011 B2
8061014 Smith et al. Nov 2011 B2
8066167 Measamer et al. Nov 2011 B2
8070036 Knodel Dec 2011 B1
8070711 Bassinger et al. Dec 2011 B2
8070762 Escudero et al. Dec 2011 B2
8075555 Truckai et al. Dec 2011 B2
8075558 Truckai et al. Dec 2011 B2
8089197 Rinner et al. Jan 2012 B2
8092475 Cotter et al. Jan 2012 B2
8096459 Ortiz et al. Jan 2012 B2
8097012 Kagarise Jan 2012 B2
8100894 Mucko et al. Jan 2012 B2
8105323 Buysse et al. Jan 2012 B2
8114104 Young et al. Feb 2012 B2
8128624 Couture et al. Mar 2012 B2
8133218 Daw et al. Mar 2012 B2
8136712 Zingman Mar 2012 B2
8141762 Bedi et al. Mar 2012 B2
8142421 Cooper et al. Mar 2012 B2
8142461 Houser et al. Mar 2012 B2
8147485 Wham et al. Apr 2012 B2
8147508 Madan et al. Apr 2012 B2
8152801 Goldberg et al. Apr 2012 B2
8152825 Madan et al. Apr 2012 B2
8157145 Shelton, IV et al. Apr 2012 B2
8161977 Shelton, IV et al. Apr 2012 B2
8162966 Connor et al. Apr 2012 B2
8172846 Brunnett et al. May 2012 B2
8172870 Shipp May 2012 B2
8177800 Spitz et al. May 2012 B2
8182502 Stulen et al. May 2012 B2
8186560 Hess et al. May 2012 B2
8186877 Klimovitch et al. May 2012 B2
8187267 Pappone et al. May 2012 B2
D661801 Price et al. Jun 2012 S
D661802 Price et al. Jun 2012 S
D661803 Price et al. Jun 2012 S
D661804 Price et al. Jun 2012 S
8197472 Lau et al. Jun 2012 B2
8197479 Olson et al. Jun 2012 B2
8197502 Smith et al. Jun 2012 B2
8207651 Gilbert Jun 2012 B2
8210411 Yates et al. Jul 2012 B2
8221415 Francischelli Jul 2012 B2
8226580 Govari et al. Jul 2012 B2
8226675 Houser et al. Jul 2012 B2
8231607 Takuma Jul 2012 B2
8235917 Joseph et al. Aug 2012 B2
8236018 Yoshimine et al. Aug 2012 B2
8236019 Houser Aug 2012 B2
8236020 Smith et al. Aug 2012 B2
8241235 Kahler et al. Aug 2012 B2
8241271 Millman et al. Aug 2012 B2
8241282 Unger et al. Aug 2012 B2
8241283 Guerra et al. Aug 2012 B2
8241284 Dycus et al. Aug 2012 B2
8241312 Messerly Aug 2012 B2
8246575 Viola Aug 2012 B2
8246615 Behnke Aug 2012 B2
8246616 Amoah et al. Aug 2012 B2
8246618 Bucciaglia et al. Aug 2012 B2
8251994 McKenna et al. Aug 2012 B2
8252012 Stulen Aug 2012 B2
8253303 Giordano et al. Aug 2012 B2
8257377 Wiener et al. Sep 2012 B2
8257387 Cunningham Sep 2012 B2
8262563 Bakos et al. Sep 2012 B2
8267300 Boudreaux Sep 2012 B2
8273087 Kimura et al. Sep 2012 B2
D669992 Schafer et al. Oct 2012 S
D669993 Merchant et al. Oct 2012 S
8277446 Heard Oct 2012 B2
8277447 Garrison et al. Oct 2012 B2
8277471 Wiener et al. Oct 2012 B2
8282669 Gerber et al. Oct 2012 B2
8286846 Smith et al. Oct 2012 B2
8287485 Kimura et al. Oct 2012 B2
8287528 Wham et al. Oct 2012 B2
8287532 Carroll et al. Oct 2012 B2
8292886 Kerr et al. Oct 2012 B2
8292888 Whitman Oct 2012 B2
8292905 Taylor et al. Oct 2012 B2
8298223 Wham et al. Oct 2012 B2
8298225 Gilbert Oct 2012 B2
8298232 Unger Oct 2012 B2
8298233 Mueller Oct 2012 B2
8303576 Brock Nov 2012 B2
8303580 Wham et al. Nov 2012 B2
8303583 Hosier et al. Nov 2012 B2
8303613 Crandall et al. Nov 2012 B2
8306629 Mioduski et al. Nov 2012 B2
8308040 Huang et al. Nov 2012 B2
8319400 Houser et al. Nov 2012 B2
8323302 Robertson et al. Dec 2012 B2
8323310 Kingsley Dec 2012 B2
8328761 Widenhouse et al. Dec 2012 B2
8328802 Deville et al. Dec 2012 B2
8328833 Cuny Dec 2012 B2
8328834 Isaacs et al. Dec 2012 B2
8333778 Smith et al. Dec 2012 B2
8333779 Smith et al. Dec 2012 B2
8334468 Palmer et al. Dec 2012 B2
8334635 Voegele et al. Dec 2012 B2
8337407 Quistgaard et al. Dec 2012 B2
8338726 Palmer et al. Dec 2012 B2
8344596 Nield et al. Jan 2013 B2
8348880 Messerly et al. Jan 2013 B2
8348947 Takashino et al. Jan 2013 B2
8348967 Stulen Jan 2013 B2
8357103 Mark et al. Jan 2013 B2
8357158 McKenna et al. Jan 2013 B2
8361066 Long et al. Jan 2013 B2
8361072 Dumbauld et al. Jan 2013 B2
8361569 Saito et al. Jan 2013 B2
8366727 Witt et al. Feb 2013 B2
8372064 Douglass et al. Feb 2013 B2
8372099 Deville et al. Feb 2013 B2
8372101 Smith et al. Feb 2013 B2
8372102 Stulen et al. Feb 2013 B2
8374670 Selkee Feb 2013 B2
8377044 Coe et al. Feb 2013 B2
8377059 Deville et al. Feb 2013 B2
8377085 Smith et al. Feb 2013 B2
8382748 Geisel Feb 2013 B2
8382775 Bender et al. Feb 2013 B1
8382782 Robertson et al. Feb 2013 B2
8382792 Chojin Feb 2013 B2
8397971 Yates et al. Mar 2013 B2
8403945 Whitfield et al. Mar 2013 B2
8403948 Deville et al. Mar 2013 B2
8403949 Palmer et al. Mar 2013 B2
8403950 Palmer et al. Mar 2013 B2
8409234 Stahler et al. Apr 2013 B2
8414577 Boudreaux et al. Apr 2013 B2
8418073 Mohr et al. Apr 2013 B2
8418349 Smith et al. Apr 2013 B2
8419757 Smith et al. Apr 2013 B2
8419758 Smith et al. Apr 2013 B2
8419759 Dietz Apr 2013 B2
8423182 Robinson et al. Apr 2013 B2
8425410 Murray et al. Apr 2013 B2
8425545 Smith et al. Apr 2013 B2
8430811 Hess et al. Apr 2013 B2
8430876 Kappus et al. Apr 2013 B2
8430897 Novak et al. Apr 2013 B2
8430898 Wiener et al. Apr 2013 B2
8435257 Smith et al. May 2013 B2
8439912 Cunningham et al. May 2013 B2
8439939 Deville et al. May 2013 B2
8444637 Podmore et al. May 2013 B2
8444662 Palmer et al. May 2013 B2
8444664 Balanev et al. May 2013 B2
8453906 Huang et al. Jun 2013 B2
8454639 Du et al. Jun 2013 B2
8459525 Yates et al. Jun 2013 B2
8460284 Aronow et al. Jun 2013 B2
8460288 Tamai et al. Jun 2013 B2
8460292 Truckai et al. Jun 2013 B2
8461744 Wiener et al. Jun 2013 B2
8469981 Robertson et al. Jun 2013 B2
8479969 Shelton, IV Jul 2013 B2
8480703 Nicholas et al. Jul 2013 B2
8484833 Cunningham et al. Jul 2013 B2
8485413 Scheib et al. Jul 2013 B2
8485970 Widenhouse et al. Jul 2013 B2
8486057 Behnke, II Jul 2013 B2
8486096 Robertson et al. Jul 2013 B2
8491578 Manwaring et al. Jul 2013 B2
8491625 Homer Jul 2013 B2
8496682 Guerra et al. Jul 2013 B2
D687549 Johnson et al. Aug 2013 S
8506555 Ruiz Morales Aug 2013 B2
8509318 Tailliet Aug 2013 B2
8512336 Couture Aug 2013 B2
8512359 Whitman et al. Aug 2013 B2
8512364 Kowalski et al. Aug 2013 B2
8512365 Wiener et al. Aug 2013 B2
8518067 Masuda et al. Aug 2013 B2
8521331 Itkowitz Aug 2013 B2
8523882 Huitema et al. Sep 2013 B2
8523889 Stulen et al. Sep 2013 B2
8528563 Gruber Sep 2013 B2
8529437 Taylor et al. Sep 2013 B2
8529565 Masuda et al. Sep 2013 B2
8531064 Robertson et al. Sep 2013 B2
8535311 Schall Sep 2013 B2
8535340 Allen Sep 2013 B2
8535341 Allen Sep 2013 B2
8540128 Shelton, IV et al. Sep 2013 B2
8546996 Messerly et al. Oct 2013 B2
8546999 Houser et al. Oct 2013 B2
8551077 Main et al. Oct 2013 B2
8551086 Kimura et al. Oct 2013 B2
8562592 Conlon et al. Oct 2013 B2
8562598 Falkenstein et al. Oct 2013 B2
8562604 Nishimura Oct 2013 B2
8568390 Mueller Oct 2013 B2
8568400 Gilbert Oct 2013 B2
8568412 Brandt et al. Oct 2013 B2
8569997 Lee Oct 2013 B2
8573461 Shelton, IV et al. Nov 2013 B2
8573465 Shelton, IV Nov 2013 B2
8574231 Boudreaux et al. Nov 2013 B2
8574253 Gruber et al. Nov 2013 B2
8579176 Smith et al. Nov 2013 B2
8579897 Vakharia et al. Nov 2013 B2
8579928 Robertson et al. Nov 2013 B2
8585727 Polo Nov 2013 B2
8588371 Ogawa et al. Nov 2013 B2
8591459 Clymer et al. Nov 2013 B2
8591506 Wham et al. Nov 2013 B2
8591536 Robertson Nov 2013 B2
D695407 Price et al. Dec 2013 S
D696631 Price et al. Dec 2013 S
8597193 Grunwald et al. Dec 2013 B2
8602031 Reis et al. Dec 2013 B2
8602288 Shelton, IV et al. Dec 2013 B2
8603089 Viola Dec 2013 B2
8608044 Hueil et al. Dec 2013 B2
8608745 Guzman et al. Dec 2013 B2
8613383 Beckman et al. Dec 2013 B2
8616431 Timm et al. Dec 2013 B2
8622274 Yates et al. Jan 2014 B2
8623011 Spivey Jan 2014 B2
8623016 Fischer Jan 2014 B2
8623027 Price et al. Jan 2014 B2
8623044 Timm et al. Jan 2014 B2
8628529 Aldridge et al. Jan 2014 B2
8632461 Glossop Jan 2014 B2
8638428 Brown Jan 2014 B2
8640788 Dachs, II et al. Feb 2014 B2
8647350 Mohan et al. Feb 2014 B2
8650728 Wan et al. Feb 2014 B2
8652120 Giordano et al. Feb 2014 B2
8652132 Tsuchiya et al. Feb 2014 B2
8652155 Houser et al. Feb 2014 B2
8657489 Ladurner et al. Feb 2014 B2
8659208 Rose et al. Feb 2014 B1
8663220 Wiener et al. Mar 2014 B2
8663222 Anderson et al. Mar 2014 B2
8663223 Masuda et al. Mar 2014 B2
8663262 Smith et al. Mar 2014 B2
8668691 Heard Mar 2014 B2
8668710 Slipszenko et al. Mar 2014 B2
8684253 Giordano et al. Apr 2014 B2
8685016 Wham et al. Apr 2014 B2
8685020 Weizman et al. Apr 2014 B2
8690582 Rohrbach et al. Apr 2014 B2
8696366 Chen et al. Apr 2014 B2
8696665 Hunt et al. Apr 2014 B2
8696666 Sanai et al. Apr 2014 B2
8702609 Hadjicostis Apr 2014 B2
8702704 Shelton, IV et al. Apr 2014 B2
8704425 Giordano et al. Apr 2014 B2
8708213 Shelton, IV et al. Apr 2014 B2
8709031 Stulen Apr 2014 B2
8709035 Johnson et al. Apr 2014 B2
8715270 Weitzner et al. May 2014 B2
8715277 Weizman May 2014 B2
8721640 Taylor et al. May 2014 B2
8721657 Kondoh et al. May 2014 B2
8734443 Hixson et al. May 2014 B2
8747238 Shelton, IV et al. Jun 2014 B2
8747351 Schultz Jun 2014 B2
8747404 Boudreaux et al. Jun 2014 B2
8749116 Messerly et al. Jun 2014 B2
8752264 Ackley et al. Jun 2014 B2
8752749 Moore et al. Jun 2014 B2
8753338 Widenhouse et al. Jun 2014 B2
8754570 Voegele et al. Jun 2014 B2
8758342 Bales et al. Jun 2014 B2
8758352 Cooper et al. Jun 2014 B2
8764735 Coe et al. Jul 2014 B2
8764747 Cummings et al. Jul 2014 B2
8767970 Eppolito Jul 2014 B2
8770459 Racenet et al. Jul 2014 B2
8771269 Sherman et al. Jul 2014 B2
8771270 Burbank Jul 2014 B2
8771293 Surti et al. Jul 2014 B2
8773001 Wiener et al. Jul 2014 B2
8777944 Frankhouser et al. Jul 2014 B2
8779648 Giordano et al. Jul 2014 B2
8783541 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2014 B2
8784415 Malackowski et al. Jul 2014 B2
8784418 Romero Jul 2014 B2
8790342 Stulen et al. Jul 2014 B2
8795276 Dietz et al. Aug 2014 B2
8795327 Dietz et al. Aug 2014 B2
8800838 Shelton, IV Aug 2014 B2
8801710 Ullrich et al. Aug 2014 B2
8808319 Houser et al. Aug 2014 B2
8814856 Elmouelhi et al. Aug 2014 B2
8814870 Paraschiv et al. Aug 2014 B2
8820605 Shelton, IV Sep 2014 B2
8821388 Naito et al. Sep 2014 B2
8827992 Koss et al. Sep 2014 B2
8834466 Cummings et al. Sep 2014 B2
8834518 Faller et al. Sep 2014 B2
8844789 Shelton, IV et al. Sep 2014 B2
8845537 Tanaka et al. Sep 2014 B2
8845630 Mehta et al. Sep 2014 B2
8848808 Dress Sep 2014 B2
8851354 Swensgard et al. Oct 2014 B2
8852184 Kucklick Oct 2014 B2
8858547 Brogna Oct 2014 B2
8862955 Cesari Oct 2014 B2
8864749 Okada Oct 2014 B2
8864757 Klimovitch et al. Oct 2014 B2
8864761 Johnson et al. Oct 2014 B2
8870865 Frankhouser et al. Oct 2014 B2
8876726 Amit et al. Nov 2014 B2
8876858 Braun Nov 2014 B2
8882766 Couture et al. Nov 2014 B2
8882791 Stulen Nov 2014 B2
8888776 Dietz et al. Nov 2014 B2
8888783 Young Nov 2014 B2
8888809 Davison et al. Nov 2014 B2
8899462 Kostrzewski et al. Dec 2014 B2
8900259 Houser et al. Dec 2014 B2
8906016 Boudreaux et al. Dec 2014 B2
8906017 Rioux et al. Dec 2014 B2
8911438 Swoyer et al. Dec 2014 B2
8911460 Neurohr et al. Dec 2014 B2
8920412 Fritz et al. Dec 2014 B2
8920421 Rupp Dec 2014 B2
8926607 Norvell et al. Jan 2015 B2
8926608 Bacher et al. Jan 2015 B2
8926620 Chasmawala et al. Jan 2015 B2
8931682 Timm et al. Jan 2015 B2
8932282 Gilbert Jan 2015 B2
8932299 Bono et al. Jan 2015 B2
8936614 Allen, IV Jan 2015 B2
8939974 Boudreaux et al. Jan 2015 B2
8951248 Messerly et al. Feb 2015 B2
8951272 Robertson et al. Feb 2015 B2
8956349 Aldridge et al. Feb 2015 B2
8960520 McCuen Feb 2015 B2
8961515 Twomey et al. Feb 2015 B2
8961547 Dietz et al. Feb 2015 B2
8967443 McCuen Mar 2015 B2
8968283 Kharin Mar 2015 B2
8968294 Maass et al. Mar 2015 B2
8968355 Malkowski et al. Mar 2015 B2
8974447 Kimball et al. Mar 2015 B2
8974477 Yamada Mar 2015 B2
8974479 Ross et al. Mar 2015 B2
8979843 Timm et al. Mar 2015 B2
8979844 White et al. Mar 2015 B2
8979890 Boudreaux Mar 2015 B2
8986287 Park et al. Mar 2015 B2
8986297 Daniel et al. Mar 2015 B2
8986302 Aldridge et al. Mar 2015 B2
8989903 Weir et al. Mar 2015 B2
8991678 Wellman et al. Mar 2015 B2
8992422 Spivey et al. Mar 2015 B2
9005199 Beckman et al. Apr 2015 B2
9011437 Woodruff et al. Apr 2015 B2
9011471 Timm et al. Apr 2015 B2
9017326 DiNardo et al. Apr 2015 B2
9017355 Smith et al. Apr 2015 B2
9023071 Miller et al. May 2015 B2
9028397 Naito May 2015 B2
9028476 Bonn May 2015 B2
9028478 Mueller May 2015 B2
9028494 Shelton, IV et al. May 2015 B2
9028519 Yates et al. May 2015 B2
9031667 Williams May 2015 B2
9033973 Krapohl et al. May 2015 B2
9035741 Hamel et al. May 2015 B2
9039690 Kersten et al. May 2015 B2
9039695 Giordano et al. May 2015 B2
9039731 Joseph May 2015 B2
9043018 Mohr May 2015 B2
9044227 Shelton, IV et al. Jun 2015 B2
9044238 Orszulak Jun 2015 B2
9044243 Johnson et al. Jun 2015 B2
9044245 Condie et al. Jun 2015 B2
9044256 Cadeddu et al. Jun 2015 B2
9044261 Houser Jun 2015 B2
9050093 Aldridge et al. Jun 2015 B2
9050098 Deville et al. Jun 2015 B2
9050124 Houser Jun 2015 B2
9055961 Manzo et al. Jun 2015 B2
9059547 McLawhorn Jun 2015 B2
9060770 Shelton, IV et al. Jun 2015 B2
9060775 Wiener et al. Jun 2015 B2
9060776 Yates et al. Jun 2015 B2
9066723 Beller et al. Jun 2015 B2
9066747 Robertson Jun 2015 B2
9072523 Houser et al. Jul 2015 B2
9072535 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2015 B2
9072536 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2015 B2
9072539 Messerly et al. Jul 2015 B2
9084624 Larkin et al. Jul 2015 B2
9089327 Worrell et al. Jul 2015 B2
9089360 Messerly et al. Jul 2015 B2
9095362 Dachs, II et al. Aug 2015 B2
9095367 Olson et al. Aug 2015 B2
9101385 Shelton, IV et al. Aug 2015 B2
9107689 Robertson et al. Aug 2015 B2
9107690 Bales, Jr. et al. Aug 2015 B2
9113900 Buysse et al. Aug 2015 B2
9113907 Allen, IV et al. Aug 2015 B2
9113940 Twomey Aug 2015 B2
9119657 Shelton, IV et al. Sep 2015 B2
9119957 Gantz et al. Sep 2015 B2
9125662 Shelton, IV Sep 2015 B2
9125667 Stone et al. Sep 2015 B2
9144453 Rencher et al. Sep 2015 B2
9147965 Lee Sep 2015 B2
9149324 Huang et al. Oct 2015 B2
9149325 Worrell et al. Oct 2015 B2
9161803 Yates et al. Oct 2015 B2
9165114 Jain et al. Oct 2015 B2
9168054 Turner et al. Oct 2015 B2
9168085 Juzkiw et al. Oct 2015 B2
9168089 Buysse et al. Oct 2015 B2
9179912 Yates et al. Nov 2015 B2
9186204 Nishimura et al. Nov 2015 B2
9186796 Ogawa Nov 2015 B2
9192380 (Tarinelli) Racenet et al. Nov 2015 B2
9192421 Garrison Nov 2015 B2
9192428 Houser et al. Nov 2015 B2
9192431 Woodruff et al. Nov 2015 B2
9198776 Young Dec 2015 B2
9204879 Shelton, IV Dec 2015 B2
9204891 Weitzman Dec 2015 B2
9204918 Germain et al. Dec 2015 B2
9204923 Manzo et al. Dec 2015 B2
9216050 Condie et al. Dec 2015 B2
9216051 Fischer et al. Dec 2015 B2
9216062 Duque et al. Dec 2015 B2
9220483 Frankhouser et al. Dec 2015 B2
9220527 Houser et al. Dec 2015 B2
9220559 Worrell et al. Dec 2015 B2
9226750 Weir et al. Jan 2016 B2
9226751 Shelton, IV et al. Jan 2016 B2
9226766 Aldridge et al. Jan 2016 B2
9226767 Stulen et al. Jan 2016 B2
9232979 Parihar et al. Jan 2016 B2
9237891 Shelton, IV Jan 2016 B2
9237921 Messerly et al. Jan 2016 B2
9241060 Fujisaki Jan 2016 B1
9241692 Gunday et al. Jan 2016 B2
9241728 Price et al. Jan 2016 B2
9241730 Babaev Jan 2016 B2
9241731 Boudreaux et al. Jan 2016 B2
9241768 Sandhu et al. Jan 2016 B2
9247953 Palmer et al. Feb 2016 B2
9254165 Aronow et al. Feb 2016 B2
9259234 Robertson et al. Feb 2016 B2
9259265 Harris et al. Feb 2016 B2
9265567 Orban, III et al. Feb 2016 B2
9265926 Strobl et al. Feb 2016 B2
9277962 Koss et al. Mar 2016 B2
9282974 Shelton, IV Mar 2016 B2
9283027 Monson et al. Mar 2016 B2
9283045 Rhee et al. Mar 2016 B2
9289256 Shelton, IV et al. Mar 2016 B2
9295514 Shelton, IV et al. Mar 2016 B2
9301759 Spivey et al. Apr 2016 B2
9307388 Liang et al. Apr 2016 B2
9307986 Hall et al. Apr 2016 B2
9308009 Madan et al. Apr 2016 B2
9308014 Fischer Apr 2016 B2
9314261 Bales, Jr. et al. Apr 2016 B2
9314292 Trees et al. Apr 2016 B2
9314301 Ben-Haim et al. Apr 2016 B2
9326754 Polster May 2016 B2
9326787 Sanai et al. May 2016 B2
9326788 Batross et al. May 2016 B2
9333025 Monson et al. May 2016 B2
9333034 Hancock May 2016 B2
9339289 Robertson May 2016 B2
9339323 Eder et al. May 2016 B2
9339326 McCullagh et al. May 2016 B2
9345534 Artale et al. May 2016 B2
9345900 Wu et al. May 2016 B2
9351642 Nadkarni et al. May 2016 B2
9351726 Leimbach et al. May 2016 B2
9352173 Yamada et al. May 2016 B2
9358065 Ladtkow et al. Jun 2016 B2
9364230 Shelton, IV et al. Jun 2016 B2
9370400 Parihar Jun 2016 B2
9370611 Ross et al. Jun 2016 B2
9375230 Ross et al. Jun 2016 B2
9375232 Hunt et al. Jun 2016 B2
9375256 Cunningham et al. Jun 2016 B2
9375267 Kerr et al. Jun 2016 B2
9385831 Marr et al. Jul 2016 B2
9386983 Swensgard et al. Jul 2016 B2
9393037 Olson et al. Jul 2016 B2
9402680 Ginnebaugh et al. Aug 2016 B2
9402682 Worrell et al. Aug 2016 B2
9408606 Shelton, IV Aug 2016 B2
9408622 Stulen et al. Aug 2016 B2
9408660 Strobl et al. Aug 2016 B2
9414853 Stulen et al. Aug 2016 B2
9414880 Monson et al. Aug 2016 B2
9421060 Monson et al. Aug 2016 B2
9427249 Robertson et al. Aug 2016 B2
9439668 Timm et al. Sep 2016 B2
9439669 Wiener et al. Sep 2016 B2
9439671 Akagane Sep 2016 B2
9445832 Wiener et al. Sep 2016 B2
9451967 Jordan et al. Sep 2016 B2
9456863 Moua Oct 2016 B2
9456864 Witt et al. Oct 2016 B2
9468498 Sigmon, Jr. Oct 2016 B2
9486236 Price et al. Nov 2016 B2
9492146 Kostrzewski et al. Nov 2016 B2
9492224 Boudreaux et al. Nov 2016 B2
9498245 Voegele et al. Nov 2016 B2
9498275 Wham et al. Nov 2016 B2
9504483 Houser et al. Nov 2016 B2
9504524 Behnke, II Nov 2016 B2
9504855 Messerly et al. Nov 2016 B2
9510850 Robertson et al. Dec 2016 B2
9510906 Boudreaux et al. Dec 2016 B2
9522029 Yates et al. Dec 2016 B2
9522032 Behnke Dec 2016 B2
9526564 Rusin Dec 2016 B2
9526565 Strobl Dec 2016 B2
9545253 Worrell et al. Jan 2017 B2
9554846 Boudreaux Jan 2017 B2
9554854 Yates et al. Jan 2017 B2
9561038 Shelton, IV et al. Feb 2017 B2
9574644 Parihar Feb 2017 B2
9597143 Madan et al. Mar 2017 B2
9610091 Johnson et al. Apr 2017 B2
9610114 Baxter, III et al. Apr 2017 B2
9615877 Tyrrell et al. Apr 2017 B2
9623237 Turner et al. Apr 2017 B2
9636135 Stulen May 2017 B2
9636165 Larson et al. May 2017 B2
9638770 Dietz et al. May 2017 B2
9642644 Houser et al. May 2017 B2
9642669 Takashino et al. May 2017 B2
9643052 Tchao et al. May 2017 B2
9649111 Shelton, IV et al. May 2017 B2
9649126 Robertson et al. May 2017 B2
9655670 Larson et al. May 2017 B2
9662131 Omori et al. May 2017 B2
9668806 Unger et al. Jun 2017 B2
9675374 Stulen et al. Jun 2017 B2
9675375 Houser et al. Jun 2017 B2
9687290 Keller Jun 2017 B2
9700309 Jaworek et al. Jul 2017 B2
9700339 Nield Jul 2017 B2
9700343 Messerly et al. Jul 2017 B2
9705456 Gilbert Jul 2017 B2
9707004 Houser et al. Jul 2017 B2
9707027 Ruddenklau et al. Jul 2017 B2
9707030 Davison et al. Jul 2017 B2
9713507 Stulen et al. Jul 2017 B2
9717552 Cosman et al. Aug 2017 B2
9724118 Schulte et al. Aug 2017 B2
9724152 Horlle et al. Aug 2017 B2
9737326 Worrell et al. Aug 2017 B2
9737355 Yates et al. Aug 2017 B2
9737358 Beckman et al. Aug 2017 B2
9743929 Leimbach et al. Aug 2017 B2
9743946 Faller et al. Aug 2017 B2
9743947 Price et al. Aug 2017 B2
9757142 Shimizu Sep 2017 B2
9757186 Boudreaux et al. Sep 2017 B2
9764164 Wiener et al. Sep 2017 B2
9770285 Zoran et al. Sep 2017 B2
9782214 Houser et al. Oct 2017 B2
9788851 Dannaher et al. Oct 2017 B2
9795405 Price et al. Oct 2017 B2
9795436 Yates et al. Oct 2017 B2
9795808 Messerly et al. Oct 2017 B2
9801648 Houser et al. Oct 2017 B2
9802033 Hibner et al. Oct 2017 B2
9808308 Faller et al. Nov 2017 B2
9814514 Shelton, IV et al. Nov 2017 B2
9820768 Gee et al. Nov 2017 B2
9820771 Norton et al. Nov 2017 B2
9820806 Lee et al. Nov 2017 B2
9839443 Brockman et al. Dec 2017 B2
9848901 Robertson et al. Dec 2017 B2
9848902 Price et al. Dec 2017 B2
9848937 Trees et al. Dec 2017 B2
9861428 Trees et al. Jan 2018 B2
9867651 Wham Jan 2018 B2
9867670 Brannan et al. Jan 2018 B2
9872725 Worrell et al. Jan 2018 B2
9872726 Morisaki Jan 2018 B2
9877720 Worrell et al. Jan 2018 B2
9877776 Boudreaux Jan 2018 B2
9883884 Neurohr et al. Feb 2018 B2
9888958 Evans et al. Feb 2018 B2
9907563 Germain et al. Mar 2018 B2
9913656 Stulen Mar 2018 B2
9913680 Voegele et al. Mar 2018 B2
9925003 Parihar et al. Mar 2018 B2
9949785 Price et al. Apr 2018 B2
9949788 Boudreaux Apr 2018 B2
9962182 Dietz et al. May 2018 B2
9987033 Neurohr et al. Jun 2018 B2
10010339 Witt et al. Jul 2018 B2
10010341 Houser et al. Jul 2018 B2
10022142 Aranyi et al. Jul 2018 B2
10022567 Messerly et al. Jul 2018 B2
10022568 Messerly et al. Jul 2018 B2
10028761 Leimbach et al. Jul 2018 B2
10028786 Mucilli et al. Jul 2018 B2
10034684 Weisenburgh, II et al. Jul 2018 B2
10034704 Asher et al. Jul 2018 B2
10045794 Witt et al. Aug 2018 B2
10045810 Schall et al. Aug 2018 B2
10045819 Jensen et al. Aug 2018 B2
10070916 Artale Sep 2018 B2
10085762 Timm et al. Oct 2018 B2
10092310 Boudreaux et al. Oct 2018 B2
10092344 Mohr et al. Oct 2018 B2
10092348 Boudreaux Oct 2018 B2
20010025173 Ritchie et al. Sep 2001 A1
20010025183 Shahidi Sep 2001 A1
20010025184 Messerly Sep 2001 A1
20010031950 Ryan Oct 2001 A1
20010039419 Francischelli et al. Nov 2001 A1
20020002377 Cimino Jan 2002 A1
20020002380 Bishop Jan 2002 A1
20020019649 Sikora et al. Feb 2002 A1
20020022836 Goble et al. Feb 2002 A1
20020029036 Goble et al. Mar 2002 A1
20020029055 Bonutti Mar 2002 A1
20020049551 Friedman et al. Apr 2002 A1
20020052617 Anis et al. May 2002 A1
20020077550 Rabiner et al. Jun 2002 A1
20020107517 Witt et al. Aug 2002 A1
20020156466 Sakurai et al. Oct 2002 A1
20020156493 Houser et al. Oct 2002 A1
20030014053 Nguyen et al. Jan 2003 A1
20030014087 Fang et al. Jan 2003 A1
20030036705 Hare et al. Feb 2003 A1
20030050572 Brautigam et al. Mar 2003 A1
20030055443 Spotnitz Mar 2003 A1
20030109875 Tetzlaff et al. Jun 2003 A1
20030114851 Truckai et al. Jun 2003 A1
20030130693 Levin et al. Jul 2003 A1
20030139741 Goble et al. Jul 2003 A1
20030144680 Kellogg et al. Jul 2003 A1
20030158548 Phan et al. Aug 2003 A1
20030171747 Kanehira et al. Sep 2003 A1
20030199794 Sakurai et al. Oct 2003 A1
20030204199 Novak et al. Oct 2003 A1
20030212332 Fenton et al. Nov 2003 A1
20030212363 Shipp Nov 2003 A1
20030212392 Fenton et al. Nov 2003 A1
20030212422 Fenton et al. Nov 2003 A1
20030225332 Okada et al. Dec 2003 A1
20030229344 Dycus et al. Dec 2003 A1
20040030254 Babaev Feb 2004 A1
20040030330 Brassell et al. Feb 2004 A1
20040047485 Sherrit et al. Mar 2004 A1
20040054364 Aranyi et al. Mar 2004 A1
20040064151 Mollenauer Apr 2004 A1
20040087943 Dycus et al. May 2004 A1
20040092921 Kadziauskas et al. May 2004 A1
20040092992 Adams et al. May 2004 A1
20040097911 Murakami et al. May 2004 A1
20040097912 Gonnering May 2004 A1
20040097919 Wellman et al. May 2004 A1
20040097996 Rabiner et al. May 2004 A1
20040116952 Sakurai et al. Jun 2004 A1
20040122423 Dycus et al. Jun 2004 A1
20040132383 Langford et al. Jul 2004 A1
20040138621 Jahns et al. Jul 2004 A1
20040142667 Lochhead et al. Jul 2004 A1
20040147934 Kiester Jul 2004 A1
20040147945 Fritzsch Jul 2004 A1
20040158237 Abboud et al. Aug 2004 A1
20040167508 Wham et al. Aug 2004 A1
20040176686 Hare et al. Sep 2004 A1
20040176751 Weitzner et al. Sep 2004 A1
20040193150 Sharkey et al. Sep 2004 A1
20040199193 Hayashi et al. Oct 2004 A1
20040215132 Yoon Oct 2004 A1
20040243147 Lipow Dec 2004 A1
20040249374 Tetzlaff et al. Dec 2004 A1
20040260273 Wan Dec 2004 A1
20040260300 Gorensek et al. Dec 2004 A1
20050015125 Mioduski et al. Jan 2005 A1
20050020967 Ono Jan 2005 A1
20050021018 Anderson et al. Jan 2005 A1
20050021065 Yamada et al. Jan 2005 A1
20050021078 Vleugels et al. Jan 2005 A1
20050033278 McClurken et al. Feb 2005 A1
20050033337 Muir et al. Feb 2005 A1
20050070800 Takahashi Mar 2005 A1
20050088285 Jei Apr 2005 A1
20050090817 Phan Apr 2005 A1
20050096683 Ellins et al. May 2005 A1
20050099824 Dowling et al. May 2005 A1
20050131390 Heinrich et al. Jun 2005 A1
20050143769 White et al. Jun 2005 A1
20050149108 Cox Jul 2005 A1
20050165429 Douglas et al. Jul 2005 A1
20050171522 Christopherson Aug 2005 A1
20050177184 Easley Aug 2005 A1
20050182339 Lee et al. Aug 2005 A1
20050188743 Land Sep 2005 A1
20050192610 Houser et al. Sep 2005 A1
20050192611 Houser Sep 2005 A1
20050222598 Ho et al. Oct 2005 A1
20050234484 Houser et al. Oct 2005 A1
20050249667 Tuszynski et al. Nov 2005 A1
20050256405 Makin et al. Nov 2005 A1
20050261588 Makin et al. Nov 2005 A1
20050262175 Iino et al. Nov 2005 A1
20050267464 Truckai et al. Dec 2005 A1
20050271807 Iljima et al. Dec 2005 A1
20050273090 Nieman et al. Dec 2005 A1
20050288659 Kimura et al. Dec 2005 A1
20060025757 Heim Feb 2006 A1
20060030797 Zhou et al. Feb 2006 A1
20060058825 Ogura et al. Mar 2006 A1
20060063130 Hayman et al. Mar 2006 A1
20060064086 Odom Mar 2006 A1
20060066181 Bromfield et al. Mar 2006 A1
20060074442 Noriega et al. Apr 2006 A1
20060079874 Faller et al. Apr 2006 A1
20060079879 Faller et al. Apr 2006 A1
20060095046 Trieu et al. May 2006 A1
20060109061 Dobson et al. May 2006 A1
20060159731 Shoshan Jul 2006 A1
20060190034 Nishizawa et al. Aug 2006 A1
20060206100 Eskridge et al. Sep 2006 A1
20060206115 Schomer et al. Sep 2006 A1
20060211943 Beaupre Sep 2006 A1
20060217729 Eskridge et al. Sep 2006 A1
20060224160 Trieu et al. Oct 2006 A1
20060247558 Yamada Nov 2006 A1
20060253050 Yoshimine et al. Nov 2006 A1
20060264809 Hansmann et al. Nov 2006 A1
20060264995 Fanton et al. Nov 2006 A1
20060270916 Skwarek et al. Nov 2006 A1
20060271030 Francis et al. Nov 2006 A1
20060293656 Shadduck et al. Dec 2006 A1
20070016235 Tanaka et al. Jan 2007 A1
20070016236 Beaupre Jan 2007 A1
20070021738 Nasser et al. Jan 2007 A1
20070027468 Wales et al. Feb 2007 A1
20070055228 Berg et al. Mar 2007 A1
20070056596 Fanney et al. Mar 2007 A1
20070060935 Schwardt et al. Mar 2007 A1
20070063618 Bromfield Mar 2007 A1
20070067123 Jungerman Mar 2007 A1
20070073185 Nakao Mar 2007 A1
20070073341 Smith et al. Mar 2007 A1
20070074584 Talarico et al. Apr 2007 A1
20070106317 Shelton et al. May 2007 A1
20070118115 Artale et al. May 2007 A1
20070130771 Ehlert et al. Jun 2007 A1
20070135803 Belson Jun 2007 A1
20070149881 Rabin Jun 2007 A1
20070156163 Davison et al. Jul 2007 A1
20070166663 Telles et al. Jul 2007 A1
20070173803 Wham et al. Jul 2007 A1
20070173813 Odom Jul 2007 A1
20070173872 Neuenfeldt Jul 2007 A1
20070185474 Nahen Aug 2007 A1
20070191712 Messerly et al. Aug 2007 A1
20070191713 Eichmann et al. Aug 2007 A1
20070203483 Kim et al. Aug 2007 A1
20070208336 Kim et al. Sep 2007 A1
20070208340 Ganz et al. Sep 2007 A1
20070219481 Babaev Sep 2007 A1
20070232926 Stulen et al. Oct 2007 A1
20070232928 Wiener et al. Oct 2007 A1
20070236213 Paden et al. Oct 2007 A1
20070239101 Kellogg Oct 2007 A1
20070249941 Salehi et al. Oct 2007 A1
20070260242 Dycus et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070265560 Soltani et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070265613 Edelstein et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070265616 Couture et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070265620 Kraas et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070275348 Lemon Nov 2007 A1
20070287933 Phan et al. Dec 2007 A1
20070288055 Lee Dec 2007 A1
20080005213 Holtzman Jan 2008 A1
20080013809 Zhu et al. Jan 2008 A1
20080015575 Odom et al. Jan 2008 A1
20080039746 Hissong et al. Feb 2008 A1
20080051812 Schmitz et al. Feb 2008 A1
20080058775 Darian et al. Mar 2008 A1
20080058845 Shimizu et al. Mar 2008 A1
20080071269 Hilario et al. Mar 2008 A1
20080077145 Boyden et al. Mar 2008 A1
20080082039 Babaev Apr 2008 A1
20080082098 Tanaka et al. Apr 2008 A1
20080097501 Blier Apr 2008 A1
20080114355 Whayne et al. May 2008 A1
20080114364 Goldin et al. May 2008 A1
20080122496 Wagner May 2008 A1
20080125768 Tahara et al. May 2008 A1
20080147058 Horrell et al. Jun 2008 A1
20080147062 Truckai et al. Jun 2008 A1
20080147092 Rogge et al. Jun 2008 A1
20080171938 Masuda et al. Jul 2008 A1
20080177268 Daum et al. Jul 2008 A1
20080188755 Hart Aug 2008 A1
20080200940 Eichmann et al. Aug 2008 A1
20080208108 Kimura Aug 2008 A1
20080208231 Ota et al. Aug 2008 A1
20080214967 Aranyi et al. Sep 2008 A1
20080234709 Houser Sep 2008 A1
20080243162 Shibata et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080255413 Zemlok et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080281200 Voic et al. Nov 2008 A1
20080281315 Gines Nov 2008 A1
20080287944 Pearson et al. Nov 2008 A1
20080287948 Newton et al. Nov 2008 A1
20080296346 Shelton, IV et al. Dec 2008 A1
20080300588 Groth et al. Dec 2008 A1
20090012516 Curtis et al. Jan 2009 A1
20090023985 Ewers Jan 2009 A1
20090048537 Lydon et al. Feb 2009 A1
20090048589 Takashino et al. Feb 2009 A1
20090054886 Yachi et al. Feb 2009 A1
20090054889 Newton et al. Feb 2009 A1
20090054894 Yachi Feb 2009 A1
20090076506 Baker Mar 2009 A1
20090082716 Akahoshi Mar 2009 A1
20090082766 Unger et al. Mar 2009 A1
20090088785 Masuda Apr 2009 A1
20090090763 Zemlok et al. Apr 2009 A1
20090118751 Wiener et al. May 2009 A1
20090143799 Smith et al. Jun 2009 A1
20090143800 Deville et al. Jun 2009 A1
20090163807 Sliwa Jun 2009 A1
20090182322 D'Amelio et al. Jul 2009 A1
20090182331 D'Amelio et al. Jul 2009 A1
20090182332 Long et al. Jul 2009 A1
20090216157 Yamada Aug 2009 A1
20090223033 Houser Sep 2009 A1
20090230338 Sanders Sep 2009 A1
20090240244 Malis et al. Sep 2009 A1
20090248021 McKenna Oct 2009 A1
20090254077 Craig Oct 2009 A1
20090254080 Honda Oct 2009 A1
20090264909 Beaupre Oct 2009 A1
20090270771 Takahashi Oct 2009 A1
20090270812 Litscher et al. Oct 2009 A1
20090270853 Yachi et al. Oct 2009 A1
20090270891 Beaupre Oct 2009 A1
20090270899 Carusillo et al. Oct 2009 A1
20090287205 Ingle Nov 2009 A1
20090299141 Downey et al. Dec 2009 A1
20090327715 Smith et al. Dec 2009 A1
20100004508 Naito et al. Jan 2010 A1
20100022825 Yoshie Jan 2010 A1
20100030233 Whitman et al. Feb 2010 A1
20100036370 Mirel et al. Feb 2010 A1
20100049180 Wells et al. Feb 2010 A1
20100057118 Dietz et al. Mar 2010 A1
20100063525 Beaupre et al. Mar 2010 A1
20100063528 Beaupre Mar 2010 A1
20100081863 Hess et al. Apr 2010 A1
20100081864 Hess et al. Apr 2010 A1
20100081883 Murray et al. Apr 2010 A1
20100094323 Isaacs et al. Apr 2010 A1
20100106173 Yoshimine Apr 2010 A1
20100158307 Kubota et al. Jun 2010 A1
20100168741 Sanai et al. Jul 2010 A1
20100187283 Crainich et al. Jul 2010 A1
20100204721 Young et al. Aug 2010 A1
20100222714 Muir et al. Sep 2010 A1
20100222752 Collins, Jr. et al. Sep 2010 A1
20100228250 Brogna Sep 2010 A1
20100234906 Koh Sep 2010 A1
20100274160 Yachi et al. Oct 2010 A1
20100274278 Fleenor et al. Oct 2010 A1
20100298743 Nield et al. Nov 2010 A1
20100331742 Masuda Dec 2010 A1
20110004233 Muir et al. Jan 2011 A1
20110028964 Edwards Feb 2011 A1
20110087220 Felder et al. Apr 2011 A1
20110125149 El-Galley et al. May 2011 A1
20110125151 Strauss et al. May 2011 A1
20110238010 Kirschenman et al. Sep 2011 A1
20110276049 Gerhardt Nov 2011 A1
20110278343 Knodel et al. Nov 2011 A1
20110284014 Cadeddu et al. Nov 2011 A1
20110290856 Shelton, IV et al. Dec 2011 A1
20110295269 Swensgard Dec 2011 A1
20110295295 Shelton, IV et al. Dec 2011 A1
20110306967 Payne et al. Dec 2011 A1
20110313415 Fernandez et al. Dec 2011 A1
20120004655 Kim et al. Jan 2012 A1
20120016413 Timm et al. Jan 2012 A1
20120022519 Huang et al. Jan 2012 A1
20120022526 Aldridge et al. Jan 2012 A1
20120022583 Sugalski et al. Jan 2012 A1
20120059289 Nield et al. Mar 2012 A1
20120071863 Lee et al. Mar 2012 A1
20120078139 Aldridge et al. Mar 2012 A1
20120078244 Worrell et al. Mar 2012 A1
20120080344 Shelton, IV Apr 2012 A1
20120101495 Young et al. Apr 2012 A1
20120109186 Parrott et al. May 2012 A1
20120116265 Houser et al. May 2012 A1
20120116381 Houser et al. May 2012 A1
20120143211 Kishi Jun 2012 A1
20120150049 Zielinski et al. Jun 2012 A1
20120150169 Zielinksi et al. Jun 2012 A1
20120172904 Muir et al. Jul 2012 A1
20120265241 Hart et al. Oct 2012 A1
20120296371 Kappus et al. Nov 2012 A1
20130023925 Mueller Jan 2013 A1
20130030328 Dycus Jan 2013 A1
20130035685 Fischer et al. Feb 2013 A1
20130085510 Stefanchik et al. Apr 2013 A1
20130123776 Monson et al. May 2013 A1
20130158659 Bergs et al. Jun 2013 A1
20130158660 Bergs et al. Jun 2013 A1
20130165929 Muir et al. Jun 2013 A1
20130214025 Zemlok et al. Aug 2013 A1
20130253256 Griffith et al. Sep 2013 A1
20130296843 Boudreaux et al. Nov 2013 A1
20130338647 Bacher et al. Dec 2013 A1
20140001231 Shelton, IV et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140001234 Shelton, IV et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140005640 Shelton, IV et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140005678 Shelton, IV et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140005682 Worrell Jan 2014 A1
20140005702 Timm Jan 2014 A1
20140005704 Vakharia Jan 2014 A1
20140005705 Weir et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140005718 Shelton, IV et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140012299 Stoddard et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140014544 Bugnard et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140114327 Boudreaux et al. Apr 2014 A1
20140121569 Schafer et al. May 2014 A1
20140135804 Weisenburgh, II et al. May 2014 A1
20140194874 Dietz et al. Jul 2014 A1
20140194875 Reschke et al. Jul 2014 A1
20140210866 Seo Jul 2014 A1
20140246475 Hall et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140276659 Juergens et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140276797 Batchelor et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140276970 Messerly et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140330271 Dietz et al. Nov 2014 A1
20150032100 Coulson et al. Jan 2015 A1
20150032150 Ishida et al. Jan 2015 A1
20150080876 Worrell et al. Mar 2015 A1
20150080887 Sobajima et al. Mar 2015 A1
20150080912 Sapre Mar 2015 A1
20150088124 Wham Mar 2015 A1
20150088178 Stulen et al. Mar 2015 A1
20150112335 Boudreaux et al. Apr 2015 A1
20150157356 Gee Jun 2015 A1
20150164533 Felder et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150164534 Felder et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150164535 Felder et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150164536 Czarnecki et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150164537 Cagle et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150164538 Aldridge et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150182276 Wiener et al. Jul 2015 A1
20150182277 Wiener et al. Jul 2015 A1
20150230853 Johnson et al. Aug 2015 A1
20150230861 Woloszko et al. Aug 2015 A1
20150250495 Robertson et al. Sep 2015 A1
20150257780 Houser Sep 2015 A1
20150272659 Boudreaux et al. Oct 2015 A1
20150272660 Boudreaux et al. Oct 2015 A1
20150313667 Allen, IV Nov 2015 A1
20150320478 Cosman, Jr. et al. Nov 2015 A1
20150320480 Cosman, Jr. et al. Nov 2015 A1
20150320481 Cosman, Jr. et al. Nov 2015 A1
20150340586 Wiener et al. Nov 2015 A1
20160030076 Faller et al. Feb 2016 A1
20160045248 Unger et al. Feb 2016 A1
20160051316 Boudreaux Feb 2016 A1
20160051317 Boudreaux Feb 2016 A1
20160058492 Yates et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160074108 Woodruff et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160128762 Harris et al. May 2016 A1
20160144204 Akagane May 2016 A1
20160157927 Corbett et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160175024 Yates et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160175029 Witt et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160175031 Boudreaux Jun 2016 A1
20160175032 Yang Jun 2016 A1
20160199123 Thomas et al. Jul 2016 A1
20160199125 Jones Jul 2016 A1
20160206342 Robertson et al. Jul 2016 A1
20160228171 Boudreaux Aug 2016 A1
20160262786 Madan et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160270840 Yates et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160270841 Strobl et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160270842 Strobl et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160270843 Boudreaux et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160278848 Boudreaux et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160287311 Friedrichs Oct 2016 A1
20160296249 Robertson Oct 2016 A1
20160296250 Olson et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160296251 Olson et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160296252 Olson et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160296268 Gee et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160296270 Strobl et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160296271 Danziger et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160302844 Strobl et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160317217 Batross et al. Nov 2016 A1
20160338726 Stulen et al. Nov 2016 A1
20160346001 Vakharia et al. Dec 2016 A1
20160367273 Robertson et al. Dec 2016 A1
20160367281 Gee et al. Dec 2016 A1
20160374708 Wiener et al. Dec 2016 A1
20160374709 Timm et al. Dec 2016 A1
20160374712 Stulen et al. Dec 2016 A1
20160374752 Hancock et al. Dec 2016 A1
20170000512 Conlon et al. Jan 2017 A1
20170000513 Conlon et al. Jan 2017 A1
20170000516 Stulen et al. Jan 2017 A1
20170000541 Yates et al. Jan 2017 A1
20170000542 Yates et al. Jan 2017 A1
20170000553 Wiener et al. Jan 2017 A1
20170000554 Yates et al. Jan 2017 A1
20170056056 Wiener et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170056058 Voegele et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170086876 Wiener et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170086908 Wiener et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170086909 Yates et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170086910 Wiener et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170086911 Wiener et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170086912 Wiener et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170086913 Yates et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170086914 Wiener et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170090507 Wiener et al. Mar 2017 A1
20170095267 Messerly et al. Apr 2017 A1
20170105757 Weir et al. Apr 2017 A1
20170105786 Scheib et al. Apr 2017 A1
20170105791 Yates et al. Apr 2017 A1
20170143371 Witt et al. May 2017 A1
20170143877 Witt et al. May 2017 A1
20170189095 Danziger et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170189096 Danziger et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170189101 Yates et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170196586 Witt et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170196587 Witt et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202571 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202572 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202591 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202592 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202593 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202594 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202595 Shelton, IV Jul 2017 A1
20170202596 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202597 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202598 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202599 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202605 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202607 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202608 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170202609 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170207467 Shelton, IV et al. Jul 2017 A1
20170209167 Nield Jul 2017 A1
20170238991 Worrell et al. Aug 2017 A1
20170245875 Timm et al. Aug 2017 A1
20170312014 Strobl et al. Nov 2017 A1
20170312015 Worrell et al. Nov 2017 A1
20170312016 Strobl et al. Nov 2017 A1
20170319228 Worrell et al. Nov 2017 A1
20170319265 Yates et al. Nov 2017 A1
20170348064 Stewart et al. Dec 2017 A1
20180014872 Dickerson Jan 2018 A1
20180028257 Yates et al. Feb 2018 A1
20180036061 Yates et al. Feb 2018 A1
20180036065 Yates et al. Feb 2018 A1
20180042658 Shelton, IV et al. Feb 2018 A1
20180064961 Wiener et al. Mar 2018 A1
20180098785 Price et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180098808 Yates et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180116706 Wiener et al. May 2018 A9
20180146976 Clauda et al. May 2018 A1
20180177545 Boudreaux et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180235691 Voegele et al. Aug 2018 A1
20180280083 Parihar et al. Oct 2018 A1
Foreign Referenced Citations (438)
Number Date Country
2003241752 Sep 2003 AU
2535467 Apr 1993 CA
1233944 Nov 1999 CN
1253485 May 2000 CN
2460047 Nov 2001 CN
1634601 Jul 2005 CN
1640365 Jul 2005 CN
1694649 Nov 2005 CN
1775323 May 2006 CN
1922563 Feb 2007 CN
2868227 Feb 2007 CN
1951333 Apr 2007 CN
101035482 Sep 2007 CN
101040799 Sep 2007 CN
101396300 Apr 2009 CN
101467917 Jul 2009 CN
101474081 Jul 2009 CN
101674782 Mar 2010 CN
101883531 Nov 2010 CN
102160045 Aug 2011 CN
202027624 Nov 2011 CN
102834069 Dec 2012 CN
101313865 Jan 2013 CN
3904558 Aug 1990 DE
9210327 Nov 1992 DE
4300307 Jul 1994 DE
4323585 Jan 1995 DE
19608716 Apr 1997 DE
29623113 Oct 1997 DE
20004812 Sep 2000 DE
20021619 Mar 2001 DE
10042606 Aug 2001 DE
10201569 Jul 2003 DE
0171967 Feb 1986 EP
0336742 Oct 1989 EP
0136855 Nov 1989 EP
0342448 Nov 1989 EP
0443256 Aug 1991 EP
0456470 Nov 1991 EP
0238667 Feb 1993 EP
0340803 Aug 1993 EP
0598976 Jun 1994 EP
0630612 Dec 1994 EP
0424685 May 1995 EP
0677275 Oct 1995 EP
0482195 Jan 1996 EP
0695535 Feb 1996 EP
0705571 Apr 1996 EP
0741996 Nov 1996 EP
0612570 Jun 1997 EP
0557806 May 1998 EP
0640317 Sep 1999 EP
1108394 Jun 2001 EP
1138264 Oct 2001 EP
0908148 Jan 2002 EP
1229515 Aug 2002 EP
0722696 Dec 2002 EP
1285634 Feb 2003 EP
0908155 Jun 2003 EP
0705570 Apr 2004 EP
0765637 Jul 2004 EP
0870473 Sep 2005 EP
0624346 Nov 2005 EP
1594209 Nov 2005 EP
1199044 Dec 2005 EP
1609428 Dec 2005 EP
1199043 Mar 2006 EP
1293172 Apr 2006 EP
0875209 May 2006 EP
1433425 Jun 2006 EP
1256323 Aug 2006 EP
1698289 Sep 2006 EP
1704824 Sep 2006 EP
1749479 Feb 2007 EP
1767157 Mar 2007 EP
1254637 Aug 2007 EP
1815950 Aug 2007 EP
1839599 Oct 2007 EP
1844720 Oct 2007 EP
1862133 Dec 2007 EP
1875875 Jan 2008 EP
1878399 Jan 2008 EP
1915953 Apr 2008 EP
1532933 May 2008 EP
1199045 Jun 2008 EP
1707143 Jun 2008 EP
1943957 Jul 2008 EP
1964530 Sep 2008 EP
1972264 Sep 2008 EP
1974771 Oct 2008 EP
1435852 Dec 2008 EP
1498082 Dec 2008 EP
1707131 Dec 2008 EP
1477104 Jan 2009 EP
2014218 Jan 2009 EP
1849424 Apr 2009 EP
2042112 Apr 2009 EP
2042117 Apr 2009 EP
2060238 May 2009 EP
1832259 Jun 2009 EP
2074959 Jul 2009 EP
1810625 Aug 2009 EP
2090256 Aug 2009 EP
2092905 Aug 2009 EP
2105104 Sep 2009 EP
1747761 Oct 2009 EP
2106758 Oct 2009 EP
2111813 Oct 2009 EP
2131760 Dec 2009 EP
1769766 Feb 2010 EP
2151204 Feb 2010 EP
2153791 Feb 2010 EP
2200145 Jun 2010 EP
1214913 Jul 2010 EP
2238938 Oct 2010 EP
2243439 Oct 2010 EP
2298154 Mar 2011 EP
2305144 Apr 2011 EP
1510178 Jun 2011 EP
1946708 Jun 2011 EP
2335630 Jun 2011 EP
1502551 Jul 2011 EP
1728475 Aug 2011 EP
2353518 Aug 2011 EP
2361562 Aug 2011 EP
2365608 Sep 2011 EP
2420197 Feb 2012 EP
2422721 Feb 2012 EP
1927321 Apr 2012 EP
2436327 Apr 2012 EP
2529681 Dec 2012 EP
1767164 Jan 2013 EP
2316359 Mar 2013 EP
2090238 Apr 2013 EP
2578172 Apr 2013 EP
1586275 May 2013 EP
1616529 Sep 2013 EP
1997438 Nov 2013 EP
2508143 Feb 2014 EP
2583633 Oct 2014 EP
2076195 Dec 2015 EP
2113210 Mar 2016 EP
2510891 Jun 2016 EP
2227155 Jul 2016 EP
2859858 Dec 2016 EP
2115068 Jun 1998 ES
1482943 Aug 1977 GB
2032221 Apr 1980 GB
2317566 Apr 1998 GB
2379878 Nov 2004 GB
2472216 Feb 2011 GB
2447767 Aug 2011 GB
S50100891 Aug 1975 JP
S5968513 May 1984 JP
S59141938 Aug 1984 JP
S62221343 Sep 1987 JP
S62227343 Oct 1987 JP
S62292153 Dec 1987 JP
S62292154 Dec 1987 JP
S63109386 May 1988 JP
S63315049 Dec 1988 JP
H01151452 Jun 1989 JP
H01198540 Aug 1989 JP
H0271510 May 1990 JP
H02286149 Nov 1990 JP
H02292193 Dec 1990 JP
H0337061 Feb 1991 JP
H0425707 Feb 1992 JP
H0464351 Feb 1992 JP
H0430508 Mar 1992 JP
H04150847 May 1992 JP
H04152942 May 1992 JP
H0595955 Apr 1993 JP
H05115490 May 1993 JP
H0670938 Mar 1994 JP
H06104503 Apr 1994 JP
H06217988 Aug 1994 JP
H06507081 Aug 1994 JP
H 07500514 Jan 1995 JP
H07508910 Oct 1995 JP
H07308323 Nov 1995 JP
H0824266 Jan 1996 JP
H08229050 Sep 1996 JP
H08275951 Oct 1996 JP
H08299351 Nov 1996 JP
H0336545 Dec 1996 JP
H08336544 Dec 1996 JP
H09503146 Mar 1997 JP
H09135553 May 1997 JP
H09140722 Jun 1997 JP
H105237 Jan 1998 JP
H10295700 Nov 1998 JP
H11501543 Feb 1999 JP
H11128238 May 1999 JP
H11192235 Jul 1999 JP
H11253451 Sep 1999 JP
H11318918 Nov 1999 JP
2000041991 Feb 2000 JP
2000070279 Mar 2000 JP
2000210299 Aug 2000 JP
2000271145 Oct 2000 JP
2000287987 Oct 2000 JP
2001029353 Feb 2001 JP
2001502216 Feb 2001 JP
2001309925 Nov 2001 JP
2002059380 Feb 2002 JP
2002177295 Jun 2002 JP
2002186901 Jul 2002 JP
2002204808 Jul 2002 JP
2002238919 Aug 2002 JP
2002263579 Sep 2002 JP
2002301086 Oct 2002 JP
2002306504 Oct 2002 JP
2002330977 Nov 2002 JP
2002542690 Dec 2002 JP
2003000612 Jan 2003 JP
2003010201 Jan 2003 JP
2003510158 Mar 2003 JP
2003116870 Apr 2003 JP
2003126104 May 2003 JP
2003126110 May 2003 JP
2003153919 May 2003 JP
2003530921 Oct 2003 JP
2003310627 Nov 2003 JP
2003339730 Dec 2003 JP
2004129871 Apr 2004 JP
2004147701 May 2004 JP
2005003496 Jan 2005 JP
2005027026 Jan 2005 JP
2005040222 Feb 2005 JP
2005066316 Mar 2005 JP
2005074088 Mar 2005 JP
2005507679 Mar 2005 JP
2005534451 Nov 2005 JP
2005337119 Dec 2005 JP
2006006410 Jan 2006 JP
2006068396 Mar 2006 JP
2006075376 Mar 2006 JP
2006081664 Mar 2006 JP
2006114072 Apr 2006 JP
2006512149 Apr 2006 JP
2006116194 May 2006 JP
2006158525 Jun 2006 JP
2006217716 Aug 2006 JP
2006218296 Aug 2006 JP
2006288431 Oct 2006 JP
2007050181 Mar 2007 JP
2007-524459 Aug 2007 JP
2007229454 Sep 2007 JP
2007527747 Oct 2007 JP
2007296369 Nov 2007 JP
200801876 Jan 2008 JP
2008018226 Jan 2008 JP
200833644 Feb 2008 JP
2008036390 Feb 2008 JP
2008508065 Mar 2008 JP
2008119250 May 2008 JP
2008515562 May 2008 JP
2008521503 Jun 2008 JP
2008188160 Aug 2008 JP
D1339835 Aug 2008 JP
2008212679 Sep 2008 JP
2008536562 Sep 2008 JP
2008284374 Nov 2008 JP
2009511206 Mar 2009 JP
2009082711 Apr 2009 JP
2009517181 Apr 2009 JP
4262923 May 2009 JP
2009523567 Jun 2009 JP
2009148557 Jul 2009 JP
2009236177 Oct 2009 JP
2009254819 Nov 2009 JP
2010000336 Jan 2010 JP
2010009686 Jan 2010 JP
2010514923 May 2010 JP
2010121865 Jun 2010 JP
2010534522 Nov 2010 JP
2010540186 Dec 2010 JP
2011505198 Feb 2011 JP
2012075899 Apr 2012 JP
2012071186 Apr 2012 JP
2012235658 Nov 2012 JP
5208761 Jun 2013 JP
5714508 May 2015 JP
2015515339 May 2015 JP
5836543 Dec 2015 JP
100789356 Dec 2007 KR
2154437 Aug 2000 RU
22035 Mar 2002 RU
2201169 Mar 2003 RU
2304934 Aug 2007 RU
2405603 Dec 2010 RU
850068 Jul 1981 SU
WO-8103272 Nov 1981 WO
WO-9222259 Dec 1992 WO
WO-9307817 Apr 1993 WO
WO-9308757 May 1993 WO
WO-9314708 Aug 1993 WO
WO-9316646 Sep 1993 WO
WO-9320877 Oct 1993 WO
WO-9322973 Nov 1993 WO
WO-9400059 Jan 1994 WO
WO-9421183 Sep 1994 WO
WO-9424949 Nov 1994 WO
WO-9509572 Apr 1995 WO
WO-9510978 Apr 1995 WO
WO-9534259 Dec 1995 WO
WO-9630885 Oct 1996 WO
WO-9635382 Nov 1996 WO
WO-9639086 Dec 1996 WO
WO-9710764 Mar 1997 WO
WO-9800069 Jan 1998 WO
WO-9816156 Apr 1998 WO
WO-9826739 Jun 1998 WO
WO-9835621 Aug 1998 WO
WO-9837815 Sep 1998 WO
WO-9840020 Sep 1998 WO
WO-9847436 Oct 1998 WO
WO-9857588 Dec 1998 WO
WO-9920213 Apr 1999 WO
WO-9923960 May 1999 WO
WO-9940857 Aug 1999 WO
WO-9940861 Aug 1999 WO
WO-9952489 Oct 1999 WO
WO-0024330 May 2000 WO
WO-0024331 May 2000 WO
WO-0025691 May 2000 WO
WO-0064358 Nov 2000 WO
WO-0074585 Dec 2000 WO
WO-0124713 Apr 2001 WO
WO-0128444 Apr 2001 WO
WO-0154590 Aug 2001 WO
WO-0167970 Sep 2001 WO
WO-0172251 Oct 2001 WO
WO-0195810 Dec 2001 WO
WO-0224080 Mar 2002 WO
WO-0238057 May 2002 WO
WO-02062241 Aug 2002 WO
WO-02080797 Oct 2002 WO
WO-03001986 Jan 2003 WO
WO-03013374 Feb 2003 WO
WO-03020339 Mar 2003 WO
WO-03028541 Apr 2003 WO
WO-03030708 Apr 2003 WO
WO-03068046 Aug 2003 WO
WO-03082133 Oct 2003 WO
WO-2004011037 Feb 2004 WO
WO-2004012615 Feb 2004 WO
WO-2004026104 Apr 2004 WO
WO-2004032754 Apr 2004 WO
WO-2004032762 Apr 2004 WO
WO-2004032763 Apr 2004 WO
WO-2004037095 May 2004 WO
WO-2004060141 Jul 2004 WO
WO-2004078051 Sep 2004 WO
WO-2004098426 Nov 2004 WO
WO-2004112618 Dec 2004 WO
WO-2005052959 Jun 2005 WO
WO-2005117735 Dec 2005 WO
WO-2005122917 Dec 2005 WO
WO-2006012797 Feb 2006 WO
WO-2006021269 Mar 2006 WO
WO-2006036706 Apr 2006 WO
WO-2006042210 Apr 2006 WO
WO-2006055166 May 2006 WO
WO-2006058223 Jun 2006 WO
WO-2006063199 Jun 2006 WO
WO-2006083988 Aug 2006 WO
WO-2006101661 Sep 2006 WO
WO-2006119139 Nov 2006 WO
WO-2006119376 Nov 2006 WO
WO-2006129465 Dec 2006 WO
WO-2007008703 Jan 2007 WO
WO-2007008710 Jan 2007 WO
WO-2007038538 Apr 2007 WO
WO-2007040818 Apr 2007 WO
WO-2007047380 Apr 2007 WO
WO-2007047531 Apr 2007 WO
WO-2007056590 May 2007 WO
WO-2007087272 Aug 2007 WO
WO-2007089724 Aug 2007 WO
WO-2007143665 Dec 2007 WO
WO-2008016886 Feb 2008 WO
WO-2008020964 Feb 2008 WO
WO-2008042021 Apr 2008 WO
WO-2008045348 Apr 2008 WO
WO-2008049084 Apr 2008 WO
WO-2008051764 May 2008 WO
WO-2008089174 Jul 2008 WO
WO-2008099529 Aug 2008 WO
WO-2008101356 Aug 2008 WO
WO-2008118709 Oct 2008 WO
WO-2008130793 Oct 2008 WO
WO-2009010565 Jan 2009 WO
WO-2009018067 Feb 2009 WO
WO-2009018406 Feb 2009 WO
WO-2009022614 Feb 2009 WO
WO-2009027065 Mar 2009 WO
WO-2009036818 Mar 2009 WO
WO-2009039179 Mar 2009 WO
WO-2009046234 Apr 2009 WO
WO-2009059741 May 2009 WO
WO-2009073402 Jun 2009 WO
WO-2009082477 Jul 2009 WO
WO-2009088550 Jul 2009 WO
WO-2009120992 Oct 2009 WO
WO-2009141616 Nov 2009 WO
WO-2009149234 Dec 2009 WO
WO-2010017149 Feb 2010 WO
WO-2010017266 Feb 2010 WO
WO-2010068783 Jun 2010 WO
WO-2010104755 Sep 2010 WO
WO-2011008672 Jan 2011 WO
WO-2011044338 Apr 2011 WO
WO-2011044343 Apr 2011 WO
WO-2011052939 May 2011 WO
WO-2011060031 May 2011 WO
WO-2011084768 Jul 2011 WO
WO-2011089717 Jul 2011 WO
WO-2011100321 Aug 2011 WO
WO-2011144911 Nov 2011 WO
WO-2012044597 Apr 2012 WO
WO-2012044606 Apr 2012 WO
WO-2012061638 May 2012 WO
WO-2012061722 May 2012 WO
WO-2012128362 Sep 2012 WO
WO-2012135705 Oct 2012 WO
WO-2012135721 Oct 2012 WO
WO-2012150567 Nov 2012 WO
WO-2012166510 Dec 2012 WO
WO-2013018934 Feb 2013 WO
WO-2013034629 Mar 2013 WO
WO-2013062978 May 2013 WO
WO-2013102602 Jul 2013 WO
WO-2013154157 Oct 2013 WO
WO-2014092108 Jun 2014 WO
WO-2015197395 Dec 2015 WO
WO-2016009921 Jan 2016 WO
Non-Patent Literature Citations (59)
Entry
Arnoczky et al., “Thermal Modification of Conective Tissues: Basic Science Considerations and Clinical Implications,” J. Am Acad Orthop Surg, vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 305-313 (Sep./Oct. 2000).
AST Products, Inc., “Principles of Video Contact Angle Analysis,” 20 pages, (2006).
Campbell et al, “Thermal Imaging in Surgery,” p. 19-3, in Medical Infrared Imaging, N. A. Diakides and J. D. Bronzino, Eds. (2008).
Chen et al., “Heat-Induced Changes in the Mechanics of a Collagenous Tissue: Isothermal Free Shrinkage,” Transactions of the ASME, vol. 119, pp. 372-378 (Nov. 1997).
Chen et al., “Heat-Induced Changes in the Mechanics of a Collagenous Tissue: Isothermal, Isotonic Shrinkage,” Transactions of the ASME, vol. 120, pp. 382-388 (Jun. 1998).
Chen et al., “Heat-induced changes in the mechanics of a collagenous tissue: pseudoelastic behavior at 37° C,” Journal of Biomechanics, 31, pp. 211-216 (1998).
Chen et al., “Phenomenological Evolution Equations for Heat-Induced Shrinkage of a Collagenous Tissue,” IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, vol. 45, No. 10, pp. 1234-1240 (Oct. 1998).
Covidien 501(k) Summary Sonicision, dated Feb. 24, 2011 (7 pages).
Covidien Brochure, [Value Analysis Brief], LigaSure Advance™ Pistol Grip, dated Rev. Apr. 2010 (7 pages).
Covidien Brochure, LigaSure Atlas™ Hand Switching Instruments, dated Dec. 2008 (2 pages).
Covidien Brochure, LigaSure Impact™ Instrument LF4318, dated Feb. 2013 (3 pages).
Covidien Brochure, The LigaSure Precise™ Instrument, dated Mar. 2011 (2 pages).
Covidien Brochure, The LigaSureTM™ 5 mm Blunt Tip Sealer/Divider Family, dated Apr. 2013 (2 pages).
Dean, D.A., “Electrical Impedance Spectroscopy Study of Biological Tissues,” J. Electrostat, 66(3-4), Mar. 2008, pp. 165-177. Accessed Apr. 10, 2018: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2597841/.
Douglas, S.C. “Introduction to Adaptive Filter”. Digital Signal Processing Handbook. Ed. Vijay K. Madisetti and Douglas B. Williams. Boca Raton: CRC Press LLC, 1999.
Erbe Electrosurgery VIO® 200 S, (2012), p. 7, 12 pages, accessed Mar. 31, 2014 at http://www.erbe-med.com/erbe/media/Marketingmaterialien/85140170 ERBE EN VIO 200 S D027541.
F. A. Duck, “Optical Properties of Tissue Including Ultraviolet and Infrared Radiation,” pp. 43-71 in Physical Properties of Tissue (1990).
Fowler, K.R., “A Programmable, Arbitrary Waveform Electrosurgical Device,” IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society 10th Annual International Conference, pp. 1324, 1325 (1988).
Gerhard, Glen C., “Surgical Electrotechnology: Quo Vadis?,” IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, vol. BME-31, No. 12, pp. 787-792, Dec. 1984.
Gibson, “Magnetic Refrigerator Successfully Tested,” U.S. Department of Energy Research News, accessed online on Aug. 6, 2010 at http://www.eurekalert.org/features/doe/2001-11/dl-mrs062802.php (Nov. 1, 2001).
Glaser and Subak-Sharpe,lntegrated Circuit Engineering, Addison-Wesley Publishing, Reading, MA (1979). (book—not attached).
Gooch et al., “Recommended Infection-Control Practices for Dentistry, 1993,” Published: May 28, 1993; [retrieved on Aug. 23, 2008]. Retrieved from the internet: URL: http//wonder.cdc.gov/wonder/prevguid/p0000191/p0000191.asp (15 pages).
Graff, K.F., “Elastic Wave Propagation in a Curved Sonic Transmission Line,” IEEE Transactions on Sonics and Ultrasonics, SU-17(1), 1-6 (1970).
Harris et al., “Altered Mechanical Behavior of Epicardium Due to Isothermal Heating Under Biaxial Isotonic Loads,” Journal of Biomechanical Engineering, vol. 125, pp. 381-388 (Jun. 2003).
Harris et al., “Kinetics of Thermal Damage to a Collagenous Membrane Under Biaxial Isotonic Loading,” IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, vol. 51, No. 2, pp. 371-379 (Feb. 2004).
Hayashi et al., “The Effect of Thermal Heating on the Length and Histologic Properties of the Glenohumeral Joint Capsule,” American Journal of Sports Medicine, vol. 25, Issue 1, 11 pages (Jan. 1997), URL: http://www.mdconsult.com/das/article/body/156183648-2/jorg=journal&source=Ml&sp=1..., accessed Aug. 25, 2009.
Henriques. F.C., “Studies in thermal injury V. The predictability and the significance of thermally induced rate processes leading to irreversible epidermal injury.” Archives of Pathology, 434, pp. 489-502 (1947).
http://www.4-traders.com/Johnson-Johnson-4832/news/Johnson-Johnson-Ethicon-E...
http://www.apicalinstr.com/generators.htm.
http://www.dotmed.com/listing/electrosurical-unit/ethicon/ultracision-g110-/1466724.
http://www.medicalexpo.com/medical-manufacturer/electrosurgical-generator-6951.html.
http://www.megadyne.com/es_generator.php.
httpl/www.valleylab.com/product/es/generators/index.html.
http:/www.ethicon.com/gb-en/healthcare-professionals/products/energy-devices/capital//ge...
https://www.kjmagnetics.com/fieldcalculator.asp, retrieved Jul. 11, 2016, backdated to Nov. 11, 2011 via https://web.archive.org/web/20111116164447/http://www.kjmagnetics.com/fieldcalculator.asp.
Humphrey, J.D., “Continuum Thermomechanics and the Clinical Treatment of Disease and Injury,” Appl. Mech. Rev., vol. 56, No. 2 pp. 231-260 (Mar. 2003).
Huston et al., “Magnetic and Magnetostrictive Properties of Cube Textured Nickel for Magnetostrictive Transducer Applications,” IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, vol. 9(4), pp. 636-640 (Dec. 1973).
Hörmann et al., “Reversible and irreversible denaturation of collagen fibers.” Biochemistry, 10, pp. 932-937 (1971).
Incropera et al., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, Wiley, New York (1990). (Book—not attached).
Jang, J. et al. “Neuro-fuzzy and Soft Computing.” Prentice Hall, 1997, pp. 13-89, 199-293, 335-393, 453-496, 535-549.
Kurt Gieck & Reiner Gieck, Engineering Formulas § Z.7 (7th ed. 1997).
LaCourse, J.R.; Vogt, M.C.; Miller, W.T., III; Selikowitz, S.M., “Spectral Analysis Interpretation of Electrosurgical Generator Nerve and Muscle Stimulation,” IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, vol. 35, No. 7, pp. 505-509, Jul. 1988.
Lee et al., “A multi-sample denaturation temperature tester for collagenous biomaterials,” Med. Eng. Phy., vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 115-121 (Mar. 1995).
Leonard I. Malls, M.D., “The Value of Irrigation During Bipolar Coagulation,” 1989.
Lim et al., “A Review of Mechanism Used in Laparoscopic Surgical Instruments,” Mechanism and Machine Theory, vol. 38, pp. 1133-1147, (2003).
Makarov, S. N., Ochmann, M., Desinger, K., “The longitudinal vibration response of a curved fiber used for laser ultrasound surgical therapy,” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 102, 1191-1199 (1997).
Moran et al., “Thermally Induced Shrinkage of Joint Capsule,” Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research, No. 281, pp. 248-255 (Dec. 2000).
Morley, L. S. D., “Elastic Waves in a Naturally Curved Rod,” Quarterly Journal of Mechanics and Applied Mathematics, 14: 155-172 (1961).
National Semiconductors Temperature Sensor Handbook—http://www.national.com/appinfo/tempsensors/files/temphb.pdf; accessed online: Apr. 1, 2011.
Orr et al., “Overview of Bioheat Transfer,” pp. 367-384 in Optical-Thermal Response of Laser-Irradiated Tissue, A. J. Welch and M. J. C. van Gernert, eds., Plenum, New York (1995).
Sherrit et al., “Novel Horn Designs for Ultrasonic/Sonic Cleaning Welding, Soldering, Cutting and Drilling,” Proc. SPIE Smart Structures Conference, vol. 4701, Paper No. 34, San Diego, CA, pp. 353-360, Mar. 2002.
Sullivan, “Cost-Constrained Selection of Strand Diameter and Number in a Litz-Wire Transformer Winding,” IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, vol. 16, No. 2, Mar. 2001, pp. 281-288.
Sullivan, “Optimal Choice for Number of Strands in a Litz-Wire Transformer Winding,” IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, vol. 14, No. 2, Mar. 1999, pp. 283-291.
Technology Overview, printed from www.harmonicscalpel.com, Internet site, website accessed on Jun. 13, 2007, (3 pages).
Wall et al., “Thermal modification of collagen,” J Shoulder Elbow Surg, No. 8, pp. 339-344 (Jul./Aug. 1999).
Walsh, S. J., White, R. G., “Vibrational Power Transmission in Curved Beams,” Journal of Sound and Vibration, 233(3), 455-488 (2000).
Weir, C.E., “Rate of shrinkage of tendon collagen—heat, entropy and free energy of activation of the shrinkage of untreated tendon. Effect of acid salt, pickle, and tannage on the activation of tendon collagen.” Journal of the American Leather Chemists Association, 44, pp. 108-140 (1949).
Wells et al., “Altered Mechanical Behavior of Epicardium Under Isothermal Biaxial Loading,” Transactions of the ASME, Journal of Biomedical Engineering, vol. 126, pp. 492-497 (Aug. 2004).
Wright, et al., “Time-Temperature Equivalence of Heat-Induced Changes in Cells and Proteins,” Feb., 1998. Asme Journal of Biomechanical Engineering, vol. 120, pp. 22-26.
Related Publications (1)
Number Date Country
20170202570 A1 Jul 2017 US
Provisional Applications (2)
Number Date Country
62330669 May 2016 US
62279635 Jan 2016 US